CIRRUS PERSPECTIVE TOUCH+

Cockpit Reference Guide

Cirrus SR2x
System Software Version 3956.Q2 or later
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Engine & Airframe Systems (EAS)

AUDIO AND CNS

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

ABNORMAL OPERATIONS

ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS

APPENDIX

INDEX
Copyright © 2022-2023 Garmin® Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 3956.Q2 or later for the
Cirrus Perspective Touch+ by Garmin Integrated Avionics System. Where used, references
to ‘SR2x’ are inclusive of the SR20, SR22, and SR22T. Some differences in operation may
be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software
versions. Always refer to the approved current pertinent flight manual for a description of
systems, limitations, and procedures.

Garmin International, Inc. Garmin (Europe) Ltd.

1200 East 151st Street Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A. Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.

Garmin AT, Inc. Garmin Corporation

2345 Turner Road SE No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A. Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan

Contact Garmin Product Support or view warranty information at flygarmin.com®.

Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied,
transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose
without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard
drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such
electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this
copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of
this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin, G2000, GDL, FliteCharts, Connext, SafeTaxi, flyGarmin, and flyGarmin.com
are registered trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Autonomí,
ChartView, GDU, GEA, GFC 700, GMA, GTX, Garmin ESP, Garmin SVT, Garmin Pilot,
Flight Stream, Smart Airspace, SurfaceWatch, and WireAware are trademarks of Garmin
International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the
express permission of Garmin.
Perspective is a trademark of Cirrus Design Corporation. Stormscope is a registered
trademarks of Extant Aerospace. CO Guardian is a trademark of Guardian Avionics,
Inc. AC-U-KWIK is a registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc. NavData
is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the
Wi-Fi Alliance. Sirius, XM, and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius
XM Radio, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license.
iOS is a registered trademark of Cisco in the US and is used by Apple under license.
Android is a trademark of Google LLC.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively
“AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties, with respect to the AOPA information included
in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is”
and AOPA does not warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability,
or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the
software or related documentation, even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative
has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes
of action, claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability
for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not
apply to you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK
Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with respect to the AC-U-KWIK
information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to,
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The
information is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or make
any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not
to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release
and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses
related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s
use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or
exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages so the
above limitations or exclusions may not apply to licensee.

Printed in the U.S.A.

22
PAP

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Warnings, Cautions & Notes

WARNING: Do not operate this equipment without first obtaining qualified instruction.

WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for verifica-
tion of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data may not
incorporate the latest NOTAM information.

WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic control
altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used for compliance
with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements, instructions, and clear-
ances.

WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the sole
means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other approved
navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to enhance situational
awareness.

WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately
depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equipment, poor
signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from aircraft or ground stations, traffic
may be present that is not represented on the display.

WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or
around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data link weather
products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.

WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to find the age
of the weather information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time
delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission,
the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be older than
the indicated weather product age.

WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for
maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains terrain and obstacle data
from third party sources and cannot independently verify the accuracy of the information.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes

WARNING: Do not rely on the displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) as the
sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.

WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON
WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from
an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible with the map reference
datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned in error as displayed.

WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH when
flying an approach with vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level the aircraft at
the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.

WARNING: Do not rely on the accuracy of attitude and heading indications in the
following geographic areas (due to variations in the earth’s magnetic field): North
of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes;
North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada);
North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada);
North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia);
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of
Australia and New Zealand).

WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle,
and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT™ is intended as an aid to situational awareness
only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon which to solely base
decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.

WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means for
determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the proper
approach path angle during landing.

WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system display

as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and interfer-
ence may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete information. Refer
to documentation from the lightning detection system manufacturer for detailed
information about the system.

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Warnings, Cautions & Notes

WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle avoidance.
TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.

WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve the
pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.

WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System functions
will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only a QNH altimeter set-
ting for height above mean sea level, or the standard pressure setting, as applicable.

WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method of flight

guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does not have NOTAM
or ATIS information regarding the current active runway, condition, or information
about the position of hold lines.

CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners containing
ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.

CAUTION: Do not allow repairs to be made by anyone other than an authorized

Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the
warranty and affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.

CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power
interruption during the database loading process could result in maintenance being
required to reboot the system.

NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images
of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most
current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment may differ slightly
from the actual equipment.

NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restric-
tion (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official sources such
as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes

NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and
is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject
to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS equipment.
Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID (NAVAID).
Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the system can be misused
or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.

NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.

NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known
to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This
notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition 65. If you have
any questions or would like additional information, please refer to our web site at
www.garmin.com/prop65.

NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures, or
electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result in nuisance mis-
compare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while taxiing. If one or more
of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation indicates no comparison is
possible.

NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded within
that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system operation may be
observed among similar types of procedures due to differences in the Navigation
Database coding specific to each procedure.

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Warnings, Cautions & Notes

NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin database-
dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen that
have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA are assured compli-
ance with all data quality requirements (DQRs). A copy of the Type 2 LOA is
available for each applicable database and can be viewed at flygarmin.com
by selecting ‘Aviation Database Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is
required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does
not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may
be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in accor-
dance with established pertinent aircraft documents and regulatory guidance
or limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.

NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to find what data may be incomplete.
The database exclusion list can be viewed at flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Database
Exclusions List.’

NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database alerts
and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database alerts can
be viewed at flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Alerts.’

NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact Garmin
Product Support.

NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related
to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect
procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other displayed item
used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go to flygarmin.
com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes

NOTE: Electronic aeronautical charts displayed on this system have been shown
to meet the guidance in AC 120-76D as a Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) for
FliteCharts® and ChartView™. The accuracy of the charts is subject to the chart
data provider. Own-ship position on airport surface charts cannot be guaranteed to
meet the accuracy specified in AC 120-76D. Possible additional requirements may
make a secondary source of aeronautical charts, such as traditional paper charts or
an additional electronic display, necessary on the aircraft and available to the pilot.
If the secondary source of aeronautical charts is a Portable Electronic Device (PED),
its use must be consistent with the guidance in AC 120-76D.

NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain Special
Procedures. Before flying these procedures, pilots must have specific FAA authorization,
training, and possession of the corresponding current, and legitimately-sourced chart
(approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special Procedure in the navigation database
DOES NOT imply specific FAA authorization to fly the procedure.

NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the Terrain
database and the system’s ability to process the data representing the affected areas.

NOTE: The nose of the ‘own ship’ symbol represents the location of the aircraft. The
center of any traffic symbol represents the location of that traffic. The traffic and own
ship symbols are an abstract representation and do not reflect the physical extent of
the aircraft/traffic, and should not replace other methods for identifying traffic.

NOTE: The pilot/operator must review all portions of the flight plan following a
flight plan import from any source.

NOTE: When using Stormscope®, there are several atmospheric phenomena in addi-
tion to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike
display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in the strike display
mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after the screen has
been cleared.

NOTE: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the Garmin SVT
display or may appear as a partial symbol.

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Warnings, Cautions & Notes

NOTE: When operating the system with the magnetic sensor uncoupled from the
AHRS, the displayed heading and heading information used by some system compo-
nents (e.g. traffic system, AFCS, and weather radar) will be different from the heading
calculated by the AHRS. The difference is an amount equal to the difference between
the current Magnetic Field Variation Database (MV DB) value, and the MV DB value
when the magnetic sensor was uncoupled. Due to the convergence of isogonic lines,
this condition is most noticeable at or near the north and south magnetic poles.

NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an
intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground.
Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source of the interference
should alleviate the condition.

NOTE: Operate G2000 system power through at least one cycle in a period of four
days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system reboot.

NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a resource
with which to find operating instructions on the major features of the system more
easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating guide. Complete operating
procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s Guide for this aircraft.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Software License Agreement

SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY GARMIN (“THE
GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE
FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY.
Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the software
embedded in the Garmin Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the normal
operation of the Garmin Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to
the Software remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge the Software is
the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of
America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge the structure,
organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party
providers and the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/
or its third-party providers. You agree not to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse
assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof
or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the
Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Software License Agreement

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Record of Revisions

Record of Revisions
Part Number Revision Date Page Range Description
190-02954-00 A Sep, 2022 All Initial Release for GDU 32.01.10
190-02954-01 A Dec, 2023 All Initial Release for GDU 32.01.30
Production Revision
- Updated Warnings/Cautions/
Advisories
- Updated content and images

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Record of Revisions

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Table of Contents

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS.............................................................................................. 1
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS................................................................................................................. 1
Airspeed Indicator....................................................................................................................... 1
Altimeter....................................................................................................................................... 2
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI).......................................................................................... 3
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)............................................................................................... 4
Required Navigation Performance and Estimated Position Error......................................... 5
Angle of Attack (AOA) Indicator................................................................................................ 5
GARMIN SVT™ (SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY)............................................................ 6
SVT Operation.............................................................................................................................. 6
Field of View................................................................................................................................. 6
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA.................................................................................................... 6
Wind Data..................................................................................................................................... 6
Timer............................................................................................................................................. 7
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS.............................................................. 7
Minimum Altitude Alerting......................................................................................................... 7

ENGINE AND AIRFRAME SYSTEMS..................................................................... 9

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEMS INDICATIONS.......................................................................... 9
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................... 15
Status & Info.............................................................................................................................. 16
Engine & Fuel............................................................................................................................. 17
Electrical..................................................................................................................................... 18
Ice Protection............................................................................................................................. 20
System Tests............................................................................................................................... 21
LEAN ASSIST MODE.................................................................................................................... 21
REVERSIONARY MODE............................................................................................................... 22
AUDIO AND CNS........................................................................................................ 23
COM OPERATION......................................................................................................................... 23
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation............................................................................. 23
COM Frequency Tuning.............................................................................................................. 23
NAV OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... 26
MODE S TRANSPONDERS.......................................................................................................... 29
ADDITIONAL AUDIO FUNCTIONS............................................................................................ 30
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin i
Table of Contents

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................... 33

NAVIGATION DATA...................................................................................................................... 33
USING MAP DISPLAYS................................................................................................................ 33
Map Settings Synchronization................................................................................................. 33
Map Orientation........................................................................................................................ 33
Map Range.................................................................................................................................. 34
Map Panning............................................................................................................................... 34
Measuring Bearing and Distance............................................................................................. 35
Absolute Terrain......................................................................................................................... 36
Map Symbols.............................................................................................................................. 37
Additional Map Display Items.................................................................................................. 38
WAYPOINTS................................................................................................................................... 39
Airports....................................................................................................................................... 39
Non-Airport and User Created Waypoints.............................................................................. 41
AIRSPACES..................................................................................................................................... 46
Nearest Airspace........................................................................................................................ 46
Smart Airspace........................................................................................................................... 47
FLIGHT PLANNING....................................................................................................................... 47
Flight Plan Data Fields.............................................................................................................. 47
Flight Plan Display..................................................................................................................... 48
Direct-to Navigation.................................................................................................................. 49
Flight Plan Keypad Operation.................................................................................................. 53
Creating a Basic Flight Plan...................................................................................................... 55
Flight Plan Modification and Navigation................................................................................ 57
Flight Plan Operations.............................................................................................................. 71
Managing Flight Plans............................................................................................................... 77
PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................ 81
Departures.................................................................................................................................. 82
Arrivals........................................................................................................................................ 85
Approaches................................................................................................................................. 88
WEIGHT AND BALANCE............................................................................................................. 97
GENERAL PERFORMANCE AND TRIP PLANNING................................................................. 98
Datalink Weather for Performance Estimates........................................................................ 98
Trip Planning............................................................................................................................... 98

ii Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Table of Contents

TAKEOFF AND LANDING ASSISTANT (TOLA)....................................................................... 100

Accessing TOLA........................................................................................................................ 100
Takeoff Data............................................................................................................................. 100
Landing Data............................................................................................................................ 104
RAIM (RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING) PREDICTION................. 106
HAZARD AVOIDANCE............................................................................................ 109
DATA LINK WEATHER................................................................................................................ 109
Activating Data Link Weather Services................................................................................. 109
Registering the System for Garmin Connext Services........................................................ 109
Accessing FIS-B Weather Information................................................................................... 110
Weather Product Age.............................................................................................................. 110
Displaying Data Link Weather Products................................................................................ 113
Connext Weather Data Requests........................................................................................... 116
Weather Product Overview.................................................................................................... 117
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM................................................................ 127
Using the Stormscope Pane.................................................................................................... 128
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY TERRAIN............................................................................. 130
TERRAIN DISPLAYS.................................................................................................................... 131
Displaying Relative Terrain Information............................................................................... 132
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Terrain and Obstacle Alerts.......................................................... 134
TAS TRAFFIC................................................................................................................................ 135
Traffic Display SYMBOLOGY................................................................................................... 136
System Test............................................................................................................................... 137
Operation.................................................................................................................................. 138
ADS-B TRAFFIC........................................................................................................................... 140
Operation.................................................................................................................................. 140

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................... 143

OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................... 143
Basic Autopilot Operation...................................................................................................... 143
AFCS Preflight Test (PFT)......................................................................................................... 143
FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION.............................................................................................. 144
Activating the Flight Director................................................................................................ 144

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin iii
Table of Contents

AFCS MODES.............................................................................................................................. 145

Vertical Modes......................................................................................................................... 145
Lateral Modes.......................................................................................................................... 145
Combination Modes................................................................................................................ 146
Approach Mode........................................................................................................................ 148

ADDITIONAL FEATURES....................................................................................... 151

SAFETAXI..................................................................................................................................... 151
SURFACEWATCH (OPTIONAL)................................................................................................. 152
SurfaceWatch Setup................................................................................................................ 152
ELECTRONIC CHARTS................................................................................................................ 154
ChartView (Optional)............................................................................................................... 155
FliteCharts (Optional).............................................................................................................. 157
IFR/VFR Charts.......................................................................................................................... 158
SATELLITE TELEPHONE & DATALINK SERVICES (OPTIONAL).......................................... 159
Connext Registration.............................................................................................................. 160
Bluetooth Enhancements........................................................................................................ 160
Contacts.................................................................................................................................... 161
Telephone Communication..................................................................................................... 162
Text Messaging (SMS)............................................................................................................. 165
POSITION REPORTING (OPTIONAL)...................................................................................... 168
CONNEXT (OPTIONAL)............................................................................................................. 169
Wireless Transceiver/PED Compatibility................................................................................ 169
Recording Mode....................................................................................................................... 171
SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO (OPTIONAL)........................................................................... 172
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Services.................................................................................. 172
Using SiriusXM Radio.............................................................................................................. 173
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS ....................................................................................................... 174
ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS...................................................................................................... 176
AUXILIARY VIDEO (EVS)........................................................................................................... 178
STABILIZED APPROACH............................................................................................................ 178
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP) (OPTIONAL)............................................ 179
DATABASE MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................... 179

iv Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Table of Contents

SCHEDULED MESSAGES........................................................................................................... 180

CREW PROFILES......................................................................................................................... 181
ABNORMAL OPERATION..................................................................................... 185
REVERSIONARY DISPLAY OPERATION.................................................................................. 185
TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER FAILURE................................................................................ 185
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS............................................................................................... 185
GARMIN SVT TROUBLESHOOTING........................................................................................ 187
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES............................................................................................................... 187
SVT UNUSUAL ATTITUDES....................................................................................................... 188
STANDBY FLIGHT DISPLAY...................................................................................................... 188
ABNORMAL CNS OPERATION................................................................................................. 189
COM Failure.............................................................................................................................. 189
COM Tuning Discrepancy......................................................................................................... 189
Audio Controller Fail-Safe Operation.................................................................................... 190
Touchscreen Controller Failure............................................................................................... 190
Transponder Failure................................................................................................................. 190
FMS DEGRADATION.................................................................................................................. 190
Dead Reckoning Navigation................................................................................................... 190
CONNEXT WEATHER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS................................................................ 191
AFCS ABNORMAL OPERATIONS............................................................................................. 192
Electronic Stability & Protection............................................................................................ 192
Overspeed Protection.............................................................................................................. 192
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction.......................................................................................... 192
Overpowering Autopilot Servos............................................................................................ 193
DATALINK TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................. 193
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS......................................................................... 195
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS....................................................................................................... 195
CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES..................................................................... 196
Comparator Annunciations..................................................................................................... 197
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations...................................................................................... 198
AIRSPACES................................................................................................................................... 198

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin v
Table of Contents

VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY MESSAGES......................................................................... 199

IMPORTING AND EXPORTING FLIGHT PLAN MESSAGES................................................ 199
TAKEOFF AND LANDING ASSISTANT (TOLA)....................................................................... 201
Takeoff Data............................................................................................................................. 201
Landing Data............................................................................................................................ 201
FIS-B WEATHER ANNUNCIATIONS......................................................................................... 201
TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE ANNUNCIATIONS....................................................................... 202
TERRAIN ANNUNCIATIONS..................................................................................................... 203
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS...................................................................................................... 207
AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS............................................................................................................ 209
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS.......................................................................................................... 210
STABILIZED APPROACH ALERTS............................................................................................. 211
CAS MESSAGES.......................................................................................................................... 211
Warning Messages................................................................................................................... 211
Caution Messages.................................................................................................................... 213
Alerts Messages....................................................................................................................... 214
SYSTEM MESSAGES................................................................................................................. 216
AIRFRAME SYSTEM MESSAGES............................................................................................. 242
APPENDICES.............................................................................................................. 243
DATABASE MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................... 243
DATABASES AND CYCLES........................................................................................................ 245
Standby Database Catalog..................................................................................................... 245
Database Auto Swap............................................................................................................... 246
Seamless Database Activation............................................................................................... 247
Updating Databases When the System is Powered On....................................................... 248
Deleting Databases ............................................................................................................... 251
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update.......................................................................... 251
TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS............................................................................... 252
MFW Mode Touchscreen Controller Screens........................................................................ 254
PFW Touchscreen Controller Screens.................................................................... 267
PFD SOFTKEYS............................................................................................................................ 272
Screen Cleaning....................................................................................................................... 285

vi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Table of Contents

MAP SYMBOLS........................................................................................................................... 285

PFW Navigation Status Box / MFW Navigation Data Bar................................................... 285
Land Symbols........................................................................................................................... 285
Aviation Symbols..................................................................................................................... 286
Additional Map Display Items................................................................................................ 289
FLIGHT PLANNING..................................................................................................................... 290
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS...................................................................................................... 207
AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS............................................................................................................ 209
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS.......................................................................................................... 210
STABILIZED APPROACH ALERTS............................................................................................. 211
CAS MESSAGES.......................................................................................................................... 211
Warning Messages................................................................................................................... 211
Caution Messages.................................................................................................................... 213
Alerts Messages....................................................................................................................... 214
SYSTEM MESSAGES................................................................................................................. 216
AIRFRAME SYSTEM MESSAGES............................................................................................. 242
APPENDICES.............................................................................................................. 243
DATABASE MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................... 243
DATABASES AND CYCLES........................................................................................................ 245
Standby Database Catalog..................................................................................................... 245
Database Auto Swap............................................................................................................... 246
Seamless Database Activation............................................................................................... 247
Updating Databases When the System is Powered On....................................................... 248
Deleting Databases ............................................................................................................... 251
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update.......................................................................... 251
TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS............................................................................... 252
MFW Mode Touchscreen Controller Screens........................................................................ 254
PFW Touchscreen Controller Screens.................................................................... 267
PFD SOFTKEYS............................................................................................................................ 272
Screen Cleaning....................................................................................................................... 285
MAP SYMBOLS........................................................................................................................... 285
PFW Navigation Status Box / MFW Navigation Data Bar................................................... 285
Land Symbols........................................................................................................................... 285

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin vii
Table of Contents

Aviation Symbols..................................................................................................................... 286

Additional Map Display Items................................................................................................ 289
FLIGHT PLANNING..................................................................................................................... 290
AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS............................................................................................................ 209
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS.......................................................................................................... 210
STABILIZED APPROACH ALERTS............................................................................................. 211
CAS MESSAGES.......................................................................................................................... 211
Warning Messages................................................................................................................... 211
Caution Messages.................................................................................................................... 213
Alerts Messages....................................................................................................................... 214
SYSTEM MESSAGES................................................................................................................. 216
AIRFRAME SYSTEM MESSAGES............................................................................................. 242
APPENDICES.............................................................................................................. 243
DATABASE MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................... 243
DATABASES AND CYCLES........................................................................................................ 245
Standby Database Catalog..................................................................................................... 245
Database Auto Swap............................................................................................................... 246
Seamless Database Activation............................................................................................... 247
Updating Databases When the System is Powered On....................................................... 248
Deleting Databases ............................................................................................................... 251
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update.......................................................................... 251
TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS............................................................................... 252
MFW Mode Touchscreen Controller Screens........................................................................ 254
PFW Touchscreen Controller Screens.................................................................... 267
PFD SOFTKEYS............................................................................................................................ 272
Screen Cleaning....................................................................................................................... 285
MAP SYMBOLS........................................................................................................................... 285
PFW Navigation Status Box / MFW Navigation Data Bar................................................... 285
Land Symbols........................................................................................................................... 285
Aviation Symbols..................................................................................................................... 286
Additional Map Display Items................................................................................................ 289
FLIGHT PLANNING..................................................................................................................... 290
INDEX....................................................................................................................... Index-1
viii Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Instruments

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATOR

EAS
EISEIS
Changing Vspeeds and enabling/disabling Vspeed Bugs:
1) From PFW Home, touch Speed Bugs.
2) Touch the General, Takeoff, or Landing Tab.

XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/
CNS
3) To enable or disable a Vspeed bug, touch the button for the Vspeed bug. The button

XPDR/Audio Management
Nav/Com/
and
annunciation is green when the Vspeed bug is enabled and gray when disabled.
4) To change the Vrotate speed, touch the Vrotate Data Field and input a value using the
keypad or large and small upper knobs, then touch the Enter Button or push the small

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
upper knob. A pencil icon next to a Vspeed value indicates the Vspeed is a pilot-selected
value.
Or:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Speed Bugs.

Avoidance
2) Touch the General, Takeoff, or Landing Tab.
3) To enable or disable a Vspeed bug, touch the button for the Vspeed bug. The button
annunciation is green when the Vspeed bug is enabled and gray when disabled.

AFCS
4) To change the Vrotate speed, touch the Vrotate Data Field and input a value using the
keypad or large and small upper knobs, then touch the Enter Button or push the upper

AFCS Features
knob. A pencil icon next to the Vspeed value indicates the Vspeed is a pilot-selected

Additional Additional
value.
Enabling or disabling all General, Takeoff or Landing Vspeed bugs:
Features

1) From PFW Home, touch Speed Bugs.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the General, Takeoff, or Landing Tab.

3) To enable all Vspeed bugs, touch the All On Button.
Annun/Alerts

4) To disable all Vspeed, touch the All Off Button.

Annun/Alerts

Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Speed Bugs.
2) Touch the General, Takeoff, or Landing Tab.
Appendix
Appendix

3) To enable all Vspeed bugs, touch the All On Button.

4) To disable all Vspeed, touch the All Off Button.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 1
 Flight Instruments

Restoring Vspeed defaults:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From PFW Home, touch Speed Bugs.

Flight

2) Touch the Restore All Defaults Button. Vspeeds are restored to default values and all
Vspeed buttons are disabled.
Or:
EISEAS
EIS

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Speed Bugs.

2) Touch the Restore All Defaults Button. Vspeeds are restored to default values and all
Vspeed buttons are disabled.
XPDR/Audio
and
Nav/Com/
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/

ALTIMETER
Selecting the Altitude/Vertical Speed Display Units:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

2) Touch the Units Tab.

3) Scroll and touch the Altitude/Vertical Speed Button.
4) Touch either the Feet (FT, FPM) Button or the Meters (MT, MPS) Button.
Hazard Hazard

5) When finished, touch the Back Button or the Home Button.

Avoidance

Setting the Selected Altitude:

1) Turn the ALT Knob on the AFCS Controller to update the Selected Altitude in 100-ft
AFCS

increments. Quickly turning the ALT Knob will change the selected altitude in larger
increments.
Features AFCS

2) If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for
Additional Additional

the Selected altitude.

3) Push the ALT Knob to synchronize the selected altitude with the displayed altitude to the
nearest 10 ft.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Enabling/Disabling Meters Overlays on the Altimeter:

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings.
2) Scroll and touch the Meters Overlay Button to enable (green annunciation).
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Or:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey
2) Press the Other PFD Settings Softkey
Appendix

3) Press the Altitude Units Softkey

Appendix

4) Press the Meters Softkey to display the meters overlay. Press again to disable the
overlay.
5) When finished, touch the Back Button.
Index
Index

2 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Instruments

Selecting the Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting. If the setting is entered into the

Flight
Altimeter Setting Preview Window, proceed to step 2.
2) Push the BARO Knob after descending past the barometric transition altitude.
Selecting standard barometric pressure:

EAS
EISEIS
 Push the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed in the
Barometric Setting box.

XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/
Changing Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting Units:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Nav/Com/
and
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings.
2) Scroll down, and touch the Baro Select Units Button.
3) Touch either the Inches (IN) or Hectopascals (HPA) Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Or:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Other PFD Settings Softkey.

Hazard Hazard
3) Press the Altitude Units Softkey.

Avoidance
4) Press either the IN or HPA Softkey.
5) When finished, touch the Back Button.

AFCS
Enabling/disabling Automatically Switch BARO:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities >Setup > Avionics Settings.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the System Tab.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the Automatically Switch BARO Button to turn the alert on or off.
Setting the Baro Transition Alert: Features

1) From the MFW Home Screen, touch Utilities >Setup > Avionics Settings.
Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Alerts Tab.

3) To enable the alert, touch the BARO Transition ALT Climb Button or BARO Transition
Annun/Alerts

LVL Descent Button.

Annun/Alerts

4) To set or change the Baro Transition Alert Altitude, touch the respective data field. Enter
the desired altitude or flight level on the keypad, and touch the Enter Button.
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
Appendix
Appendix

Changing the HSI Display Format:

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
2) Touch the Layout Button.
3) Touch the HSI Map Button.
Index
Index

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 3
 Flight Instruments

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

2) Press the Map Layout Softkey.

Flight

3) Press the HSI Map Softkey.

Adjusting the Selected Heading:
1) Turn the HDG Knob on the AFCS Controller to set the Selected Heading.
EISEAS
EIS

2) Push the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
Adjusting the Selected Course:
XPDR/Audio
and
Nav/Com/

1) Turn the upper knob to set the Selected Course.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/

2) Push the upper knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of
the active waypoint or navigation station.
Changing the Navigation Angle Setting:
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities >Setup > Avionics Settings.

2) Touch the Units Tab.
3) Touch the Nav Angle Button.
Hazard Hazard

4) Touch either the Magnetic ( º ) Button or True ( ºT ) Button.

Avoidance

Selecting Bearing Display and Changing Sources:

1) From PFW Home, touch the Bearing 1 Button or the Bearing 2 Button to change the
AFCS

source with each touch (Off, GPS,NAV1, NAV2, ADF, BEST GLIDE, WPT).
2) To remove the bearing pointer and information, touch the Bearing 1 Button or the
Features AFCS

Bearing 2 Button followed by the Off Button.

Additional Additional

Or:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
Features

2) Press the Bearing 1 Softkey or the Bearing 2 Softkey to change the source with each
Operation
Abnormal

touch (NAV1, NAV2, GPS, ADF, WPT, and Off).

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
Annun/Alerts

Changing Navigation Sources:

Annun/Alerts

From PFW Home, touch the Nav Source Button to select GPS, VOR1/VOR2, or LOC1/
LOC2.
Or:
Appendix
Appendix

1) Press the Active NAV Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1/LOC1.

2) Press the Active NAV Softkey again to change from VOR1/LOC1 to VOR2/LOC2.
3) Press the Active NAV Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
Index
Index

4 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Instruments

REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE AND ESTIMATED POSITION ERROR

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Setting the RNP Manually:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > FMS Sensors > RNP/EPE Tab.
2) Touch the RNP/EPE Button.

EAS
3) Enter the new RNP setting using the keypad or large/small data entry knobs.

EISEIS
4) Touch the Enter Button or push the upper right knob. The new setting is now displayed
on the HSI and on the RNP Button with a pencil icon to indicate it has been manually

XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/
entered.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Nav/Com/
and
Canceling Manual RNP Setting:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > FMS Sensors.
2) Touch the RNP/EPE Tab.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
3) Touch the RNP Button.
4) Touch the Restore Default Button. The system now automatically sets the RNP.
Enabling/Disabling OBS Mode While Navigating a GPS Flight Plan:

Hazard Hazard
1) From PFW Home, touch the OBS Button to select OBS Mode.

Avoidance
2) Turn the upper knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Push the upper
Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.

AFCS
3) Touch the OBS Button again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
Or:

AFCS Features
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode

Additional Additional
2) Turn the upper knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Push the upper
Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint. Features

3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.

Operation
Abnormal

ANGLE OF ATTACK (AOA) INDICATOR

Selecting the AOA Indicator Display Mode:
Annun/Alerts

1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Settings Button.

Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the AOA Button.

3) Touch the On, Off, or Auto Button.
Or:
Appendix
Appendix

1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.

2) Press the Other PFD Settings Softkey.
3) Press the AOA Softkey to cycle through the different modes (On, Off, or Auto).
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 5
 Flight Instruments

GARMIN SVT™ (SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

SVT OPERATION
Enabling/Disabling SVT Modes:
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings > Synthetic Vision.
EISEAS
EIS

2) Touch the Auto, Flight, or Off Button.

Or:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
XPDR/Audio
and
Nav/Com/
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

2) Press the SVT Mode Softkey.

Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Press the Auto, Flight, or Off Softkey.

Enabling/Disabling SVT Settings (SVT must be enabled):
Flight Flight

1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Settings > Settings.

Avoidance Management

2) Touch the Pathways, Runway Locator, Airport Signs, or Wire Buttons.

Or:
Hazard Hazard

1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.

Avoidance

2) Press the SVT Settings Softkey.

3) Press the Pathways, Runway Locator, Airport Signs, or Wire Softkeys.
AFCS

Enabling/Disabling SVT Horizon Heading (SVT must be enabled):

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings > Horizon Heading.
Features AFCS

Or:
Additional Additional

1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.

2) Press the Attitude Instruments Softkey.
Features

3) Press the Horizon Heading Softkey.

Operation
Abnormal

FIELD OF VIEW
Enabling or Disabling the Field of View Indication:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Map Selection > Map Settings.

Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Other Tab.

3) Scroll and touch the Field of View Button to enable/disable field of view display.
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
Appendix
Appendix

WIND DATA
Displaying Wind Data:
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings > Wind.
Index
Index

6 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Instruments

2) Touch the Option 1 Button to display direction arrows with headwind and crosswind

Instruments
Instruments
components or touch the Option 2 Button to display wind direction arrow and speed.

Flight
Flight
Or:
1) Press the PFD Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Other PFD Settings Softkey.

EAS
EISEIS
3) Press the Wind Softkey.
4) Press desired wind option softkey ( ñ DEG KT, £ñ KT, or Off) to change how wind data
is displayed.

XPDR/Audio
Audio
Nav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Nav/Com/
TIMER

and
Setting the Timer:
1) From PFW Home, touch the Timers Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) Touch an existing timer button or Add Timer Button.
3) Input the desired time using the numeric keypad, then touch the Enter Button or push
the upper knob.

Hazard Hazard
4) Touch the Up or Down Button.

Avoidance
5) To start timer, touch the Start Button. When the timer is active, the button changes to a
Stop Button.
6) To stop the timer, touch the Stop Button.

AFCS
7) To reset the timer, touch the Reset Button.

AFCS Features
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS

Additional Additional
MINIMUM ALTITUDE ALERTING
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) Bug:
Features

1) From PFW Home, touch Minimums.

Operation
Abnormal

Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Minimums.
Annun/Alerts

2) On the Minimums Screen, touch the Minimums Button.

Annun/Alerts

3) To set the MDA/DH bug, touch the Baro, or Temp Comp Buttons. To disable Minimums,
touch the Off Button.
4) If Temp Comp was selected, and the destination temperature was not entered previously,
Appendix
Appendix

the Destination Temp Screen appears. Enter the destination temperature using the
keypad or large and small knobs, then touch the Enter Button or push the small upper
knob. If the temperature is negative, touch the ± Button if necessary in order to place a
minus sign in front of the temperature datafield.
Index
Index

5) Enter the MDA/DH altitude using the keypad or the large/small upper knob. When
finished, touch the Enter Button or push the small upper knob.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 7
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio
Nav/Com/
and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS
EIS Instruments
Instruments

8
Flight Instruments

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight
Flight AudioNav/Com/
and Flight Flight Hazard Hazard Additional Additional
Abnormal
Instruments
Instruments EASEIS XPDR/Audio Management
CNS Management Avoidance
Avoidance AFCS AFCS Features Features
Operation Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Appendix
Appendix Index
Index

9
Engine & Airframe Systems

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
ENGINE AND AIRFRAME SYSTEMS

13
12
10

11

14

15

16

17
8

9
ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEMS INDICATIONS

EIS Display (SR22)

2
1

190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

10
7
6
5
4
3
1

2
Engine & Airframe Systems

EIS Display (SR22T)

9
8

17
16
15
14
13
11
10

12

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight
Flight AudioNav/Com/
and Flight Flight Hazard Hazard Additional Additional
Abnormal
Instruments
Instruments EASEIS XPDR/Audio Management
CNS Management Avoidance
Avoidance AFCS AFCS Features Features
Operation Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Appendix
Appendix Index
Index

11
Engine & Airframe Systems

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
13
12
10

11

14

17
8

EIS Display (SR20)

2
1

190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Engine & Airframe Systems

2 8 9 4 3 10 11
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

7 6
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

14 15 12 13
EIS Display (Reversionary)
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

1 % Power A digital display and a white pointer along a green band indicate the
% power normal operating range. The gauge will display 0 to 100%
AFCS

power while the numerical display will display 0 to 140%.

2 Fuel Flow (GPH) This indicates the current fuel flow in Gallons Per Hour (GPH).
Features AFCS

Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas Temperature

Additional Additional

3
Temperature (EGT) Displays the coldest and hottest Exhaust Gas Temperatures in degrees
or Turbo Inlet Fahrenheit.
Features

Temperature (TIT) Turbo Inlet Temperature

Operation
Abnormal

Displays the left and right Turbo Inlet Temperatures in degrees

Fahrenheit.
Cylinder Head Displays the head temperature of the hottest and coldest cylinder.
Annun/Alerts

4
Temperature (CHT)
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

12 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Engine & Airframe Systems

Flap Position Flap position is normally displayed using a rotating pointer and the flap

Instruments
5

Instruments
Flight
Flight
lever setting (Up, 50%, 100%). When the actual flap position is not the
same as the commanded flap position, an amber box will be displayed
around the commanded position and the pointer will be amber. When
the actual flap position and the commanded flap position are the same,

EASEIS
a green box will be displayed, and the pointer will be cyan. When the
flaps are in transition to the commanded position, a white box will be
displayed around the commanded position and the pointer will be cyan.
Invalid flap position is indicated by an amber ‘X’ across the display.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Commanded

and
Flap Position

Flap

Flight Flight
Actual Flap Positions

Management Avoidance
Position

Commanded Flap Position Box - Normal

Hazard Hazard
Commanded

Avoidance
Flap Position

Flap

AFCS
Positions
Actual Flap
Position

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Commanded Flap Position Box - Transition
Commanded
Flap Position
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Flap
Actual Flap Positions
Position
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Commanded Flap Position Box - Caution

Appendix
Appendix

Flap
Positions
Invalid Flap
Indication

Invalid Flap Position Box - Amber X

Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 13
 Engine & Airframe Systems

6 VFE (Flaps This displays the VFE speeds for the airframe based on current flap
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Extended Speed) deflection.

7 Fuel Tank Quantity The fuel quantity is displayed as a total fuel quantity, and individual
quantities are shown for the left and right tanks. The Fuel Tank Left
and Right arrows will change to amber or red as fuel depletes. The fuel
EISEAS

amount will show black lettering over an amber box if in the amber
range. The fuel amount will flash white over a red box if in the red
range.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

The tank selection indicator will appear above the fuel quantity
indication. Cyan boxes indicate manual tank selection. White boxes
indicate automatic tank selection.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard

Left Tank Right Tank Left Tank Right Tank

Avoidance

Manual Selec- with Auto Manual Selec-

tion Selection tion
Box
AFCS

8 Engine Manifold Displays manifold pressure in inches of Mercury to indicate engine

Features AFCS

Pressure power.
Additional Additional

9 Tachometer Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute.

Features

10 Oil Pressure Displays pressure of oil supplied to the engine in pounds per square
inch (psi).
Operation
Abnormal

11 Oil Temperature Displays engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.

Annun/Alerts

12 Ammeter Displays the battery 1 load in amperes.

Annun/Alerts

13 Essential Bus Displays ESS Bus in Volts

Voltage
Appendix

14 Alternator Load Displays the Alternator 1 (Left) Load and Alternator 2 (Right) Load in
Appendix

amperes.
15 Oxygen Pressure Displays Oxygen Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch (PSI). If the oxygen
system is on then the word “ON” will be displayed in a Cyan Box.
Index
Index

14 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Engine & Airframe Systems

16 Ice Protection Displays total remaining Ice Protection Fluid in Gallons.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Fluid
17 Destination Displays the field elevation for the selected destination airfield.
Elevation

EASEIS
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS
Synoptics diagrams show current conditions of certain aircraft functionalities on aviation
system diagrams. Lines and components shown in the diagrams change color to indicate

AudioNav/Com/
various conditions such as flow, normal, automatic, manual, advisory, caution, or warning.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Refer to the specific synoptic sections for more information. Aircraft systems depicted in the
synoptic diagrams include:
• Ice Protection (if equipped) • Status & Information

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
• Electrical • Video (if equipped)
• Engine & Fuel

Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 15
 Engine & Airframe Systems

STATUS & INFO

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

The ‘Status & Info’ Synoptics Page shows temperatures, aircraft information, landing infor-
mation, hours, parking brake status, and door status. The Takeoff/Performance data block will
change based on the aircraft status. Takeoff performance is shown when the aircraft is on the
ground, landing performance is shown when the aircraft is in the air.
EISEAS

NOTE: Performance Values are approximated from the Approved Flight Manual.
Please refer to the Approved Flight Manual for more information.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Accessing the Aircraft Status & Info Synoptics:

Nav/Com/

From MFD Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Status & Info.

Flight ID
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Air Data and Weight

Landing/
Hazard Hazard

Takeoff
Avoidance

Performance
AFCS

Aircraft
Hours
Features AFCS

Display
Additional Additional

Oil
Parking Status
Brake
Features

Position
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts

Baggage Cabin
Annun/Alerts

Door Door
Status Status
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

Status and Info

16 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Engine & Airframe Systems

ENGINE & FUEL

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
The ‘Engine & Fuel’ Synoptic Page uses a simplified diagram of the aircraft’s fuel system to
display the system status. The fuel quantity and temperature displays repeat the displays from
the EIS. When the fuel system is operating normally, all objects and lines are shown in green,
blue or white on the system diagram. Lines between objects represent fuel lines. Green lines

EASEIS
indicate there is flow. White lines indicate there is no flow. Blue lines represent flow with
manual selection. Amber objects, text/background, or lines indicates an abnormal or caution
state. Red objects or text/background indicate a warning state. Fuel tanks will show a green

AudioNav/Com/
border when selected, a white border when unselected, a cyan border when manually selected,

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
and an amber border when a caution state is detected. Fuel level will show green when nor-
mal, amber in caution state, and red in warning state.
Accessing the Engine & Fuel Synoptics:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Engine & Fuel.
Cylinder Exhaust Gas
Head Temperature

Hazard Hazard
Temperature

AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Electric Fuel
Pump Fuel Flow Features

Fuel Pump
Operation
Abnormal

Status
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Fuel Tank
Status
Fuel Valve
Total Fuel Selected And
Quantity Mode
Appendix
Appendix

Left Tank Right Tank

Fuel Quantity Fuel Quantity

Fuel Used Fuel

Index
Index

And Economy
Remaining And Range
Fuel Synoptics (SR22T)
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 17
 Engine & Airframe Systems
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

SR20 CHT/EGT

ELECTRICAL
Flight Flight

The ‘Electrical Synoptic’ Page uses a simplified diagram of the aircraft’s electrical system to
Avoidance Management

display the system status. When the electrical system is operating normally, all objects and
lines are shown in green or white on the system diagram. Lines between objects represent
electrical connections. Green lines indicate there is current flow. White lines indicate there is
Hazard Hazard

no current flow. Objects in green are active. Objects in white are inactive. Amber objects, text/
Avoidance

background, or lines indicates an abnormal or caution state. Red objects or text/background

indicates a warning state.
Accessing the Electrical Synoptics:
AFCS

From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Electrical Power.

Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

18 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight
Flight AudioNav/Com/
and Flight Flight Hazard Hazard Additional Additional
Abnormal
Instruments
Instruments EASEIS XPDR/Audio Management
CNS Management Avoidance
Avoidance AFCS AFCS Features Features
Operation Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Appendix
Appendix Index
Index

19
Engine & Airframe Systems

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Electrical Synoptics
Lithium Battery

190-02954-01 Rev. A
Option
 Engine & Airframe Systems

ICE PROTECTION
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

If the Ice Protection System is equipped, the ‘Ice Protection’ Synoptic Page uses a simpli-
fied diagram of the aircraft’s ice protection system to display the system status. Lines between
objects indicate connections to the Ice Protection System. Green lines indicate flow. White
lines indicate there is no flow. Objects in green are active. Cyan objects are manually selected.
EISEAS

Objects in white are inactive. Amber objects, text/background, or lines indicates an abnormal
or caution state. Red objects, lines, or text/background indicates a warning state. IP Valve
status will read in white if off, green if auto-selected, cyan if manually selected, or black on an
Audio and

amber background if in an abnormal status.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Accessing the Ice Protection Synoptics:

From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Ice Protection.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Outside Air
Temperature
(OAT)
Hazard Hazard

Pitot Heat AOA Heat

Avoidance

Status Status
AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

IPS Valve
Status
Features

Total IPS
Operation
Abnormal

Fluid

Right
Annun/Alerts

Left Tank
Tank
Annun/Alerts

Total
Total

IPS Endur-
Appendix

ance Status
Appendix
Index
Index

Ice Protection Synoptics

20 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Engine & Airframe Systems

SYSTEM TESTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
NOTE: Information on system tests is superseded by the current version of the per-
tinent flight manual.
Pilot initiated systems tests are located on the ‘System Test’ Screen. These tests are ADS-B

EASEIS
and TAWS.
Accessing the System Tests:

AudioNav/Com/
1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > System Tests.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
2) Touch the desired system test.

System Test Description

Flight Flight
ADS-B Tests the Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast System (ADS-B).

Management Avoidance
TAWS Tests the Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS).
System Tests

Hazard Hazard
LEAN ASSIST MODE

Avoidance
NOTE: The pilot should follow the engine manufacturer’s recommended leaning

AFCS
procedures in the current version of the pertinent flight manual.
A leaning assist function is available on the ‘Engine & Fuel’ Page to assist in the leaning

AFCS Features
process.

Additional Additional
Accessing Lean Assist Mode:
1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems. Features

2) Touch the Engine & Fuel Button. The Lean Assist Button will now appear on the
Operation
Abnormal

Aircraft Systems Screen.

3) Touch the Lean Assist Button.
Annun/Alerts

When the Lean Assist Button is touched, the system initially highlights the number and
Annun/Alerts

places a cyan box around the EGT display of the cylinder with the hottest EGT. The ∆ Peak
temperature is the difference between the peak temperature and the present temperature for
the peaked cylinder. When the first peak is detected, “1st” is annunciated below that cylinder’s
EGT bar and the temperature is enclosed in a cyan box.
Appendix
Appendix

The system continues to detect peak EGT’s for each cylinder lean of peak as the fuel flow
is decreased, and the peak of each cylinder’s EGT is indicated by a cyan marker on the graph.
Once all cylinders are lean of peak, the last cylinder to peak is denoted by the “Last” annuncia-
tion below its bar on the graph.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 21
 Engine & Airframe Systems

REVERSIONARY MODE
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

In the event of a display failure, depending on the failed display(s), the operating display(s)
may be re-configured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology together with con-
densed EIS and MFD information (refer to the System Overview for more information about
Reversionary Mode).
EISEAS

EIS
Display
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

EIS (Reversionary Mode)

AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

22 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Audio and CNS

AUDIO AND CNS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
COM OPERATION
COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATION

EASEIS
Selecting a COM Radio for transmission:
From NAV/COM Home, touch the MIC Button to switch between COM1 and COM2
radios.

AudioNav/Com/
Or:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
2) Touch the COM1 or COM2 MIC Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Selecting a COM Radio for monitoring:
From NAV/COM Home, touch the MON Button to monitor the desired COM.
Or:

Hazard Hazard
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’

Avoidance
Screen.
2) Touch the COM1 Button or COM2 Button.

AFCS
COM FREQUENCY TUNING

AFCS Features
Selecting a COM1 or COM2 frequency from the ‘NAV/COM Home’ Screen:

Additional Additional
1) Touch the COM1 STBY Button or COM2 STBY Button to select for tuning.
2) Use the keypad to select the frequency.
3) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1 or COM2 standby
Features

frequency (not required if tuning with the upper knobs).

Operation
Abnormal

4) Touch the XFER Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1 or COM2 active
frequency and transfer the previously active frequency to the standby frequency:
Annun/Alerts

COM frequency tuning from the ‘Audio & Radios’ Screen using the COM Frequency Buttons:
Annun/Alerts

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
2) Touch the COM1, or COM2 Frequency Button to display the COM1 or COM2 keypad.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Use the keypad to select the frequency.

4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the standby frequency:
COM frequency tuning from the ‘Audio & Radios’ Screen using the COM Volume Slider Buttons:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Index
Index

Screen.
2) Touch the COM1 or COM2 Volume Slider Button to select that radio for tuning.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 23
 Audio and CNS

3) Turn the large and small upper knobs to select the frequency (Large knob increases/
Instruments
Instruments

decreases MHz; Small knob increases/decreases kHz).

Flight
Flight

4) If desired, push and hold the small upper knob to accept the new frequency as the active
frequency and transfer the previously active frequency to the standby frequency.
Transferring the active and standby COM frequencies:
EISEAS

From NAV/COM Home, touch the COM1 Button or COM2 Button to transfer the standby
and active frequencies.
Or:
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

1) From NAV/COM Home, push the small upper knob to select the standby COM desired for
Nav/Com/

transfer (selected standby frequency is cyan).

2) Push and hold the small upper knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active
frequency.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Or:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Hazard Hazard

2) Touch the COM1 or COM2 Volume Slider Button to select the radio for frequency transfer.
Avoidance

3) Push and hold the small upper knob to transfer the frequencies.
Selecting the Sync to Pilot Button:
AFCS

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the Copilot Tab or Pass Tab.

Additional Additional

3) Touch the Sync to Pilot Button. ‘Audio & Radios’ Screen Buttons are not available to the
copilot or passengers when Sync to Pilot Button is enabled.
Features

Finding and selecting a COM frequency using the Find Button:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Find Button to display the ‘Find COM Frequency’
Screen.
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the tab for the desired type of frequency (Recent, Nearest, Dest, Flight Plan, or
Annun/Alerts

Favorite).
3) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
4) Touch the Frequency Button to accept the new frequency as the COM1 or COM2 standby
Appendix

frequency.
Appendix

Finding and selecting a COM frequency from the ‘Airport Information’ Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport to display the ‘Airport Information’
Screen.
Index
Index

2) If needed, touch the airport button to enter or find the desired airport.
3) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.

24 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Audio and CNS

4) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
5) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.

Flight
6) Touch the location button to load the frequency into COM1 or COM2 Active, Standby, or
Favorites.
Finding and selecting a COM1 or COM2 frequency from the ‘Nearest Airport’ Screen:

EASEIS
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport to display the ‘Nearest Airport’ Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the desired airport.

AudioNav/Com/
3) Touch the desired Airport Button to display the ‘Waypoint Options’ Window.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
4) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the ‘Airport Information’ Screen.
5) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.
6) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
7) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.
8) Touch the location button to load the frequency into COM1 or COM2 Active, Standby, or
Favorites.

Hazard Hazard
Finding and selecting a COM1 or COM2 frequency from the ‘Nearest’ Screen:

Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch the Nearest > (Airspace or ARTCC or FSS or Weather) to
display the Nearest (Airspace or ARTCC or FSS or Weather) Screen.

AFCS
2) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.
3) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.

AFCS Features
4) Touch the location button to load the frequency into COM1 or COM2 Active, Standby, or

Additional Additional
Favorites.
Adding a COM frequency to favorites: Features

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Find Button.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Favorite Tab.

3) Touch the Add Favorite Frequency Button to display the ‘Add User Frequency’ Screen.
4) Touch the Name Button.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

5) Enter the desired frequency name.

6) Touch the Enter Button.
7) Touch the Frequency Button.
Appendix

8) Use the keypad to select the frequency.

Appendix

9) Touch the Enter Button.

10) Touch the Add Favorite Button.
Adding a COM frequency to favorites from any ‘Load Frequency’ Screen:
Index
Index

1) From any ‘Load Frequency’ Screen, touch the Add to Favorites Button.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 25
 Audio and CNS

2) Touch the Name Button to change the name if desired.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

3) Touch the Add to Favorite Button.

Flight

Selecting a COM frequency from favorites:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Find Button.
2) Touch the Favorite Tab.
EISEAS

3) Touch the desired Frequency Button.

4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the standby frequency.
Audio and

Removing a COM frequency from Favorites:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Find Button.

2) Touch the Favorite Tab.
3) Touch the X Button next to the frequency to be deleted.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

4) Touch the OK Button to confirm.

Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
Hazard Hazard

2) Touch the System Tab.

Avoidance

3) Touch the COM Channel Spacing Button.

4) Select desired spacing (8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz).
AFCS

NAV OPERATION
Features AFCS

Selecting/deselecting a navigation radio for monitoring:

Additional Additional

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Features

2) Touch the NAV1 Button or NAV2 Button to select/deselect the radio for monitoring.
Operation
Abnormal

Tuning a NAV frequency from the ‘Audio & Radios’ Screen:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the NAV1 or NAV2 Frequency Button to display the NAV1 or NAV2 Standby Screen.
3) Use the keypad to select the desired frequency.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the NAV1 or NAV2 standby
Appendix

frequency:
Appendix

Transferring the active and standby NAV frequencies:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Index
Index

2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 Frequency Button to display the NAV1/NAV2 Standby Screen.
3) Touch the XFER Button or push and hold the small upper knob to transfer the
frequencies.
26 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Audio and CNS

Adding a NAV frequency to favorites:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’

Flight
Screen.
2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 Frequency Button.
3) Touch the Find Button.

EASEIS
4) Touch the Favorite Tab.
5) Touch the Add Favorite Frequency Button.
6) Touch the Name Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
7) Enter the desired frequency name.

and
8) Touch the ENTER Button or push the small upper knob.
9) Touch the Frequency Button.

Flight Flight
10) Use the keypad to select the frequency.

Management Avoidance
11) Touch the ENTER Button or push the small upper knob.
12) Touch the Add Favorite Button.

Hazard Hazard
Adding a NAV frequency to favorites from any ‘Load Frequency’ Screen:

Avoidance
1) From any ‘Load Frequency’ Screen, touch the Add to Favorites Button.
2) If desired, touch the Name Button to change the name.

AFCS
3) Touch the Add Favorite Button.
Selecting a NAV frequency from favorites:

AFCS Features
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’

Additional Additional
Screen.
2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 Frequency Button. Features

3) Touch the Find Button.

Operation
Abnormal

4) Touch the Favorite Tab.

5) Touch the desired Frequency Button.
Annun/Alerts

6) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new frequency as the standby frequency.
Annun/Alerts

Removing a frequency from favorites:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.
Appendix

2) Touch the NAV1/NAV2 Frequency Button.

Appendix

3) Touch the Find Button.

4) Touch the Favorite Tab.
5) Touch the X Button next to the frequency to be deleted.
Index
Index

6) Touch the OK Button to confirm.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 27
 Audio and CNS

Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the ‘Airport Information’ Screen:
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport to display the ‘Airport Information’
Flight

Screen.
2) If needed, touch the airport button to enter/find the desired airport.
3) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.
EISEAS

4) Scroll the list to find the desired navigation frequency.

5) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.
6) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1 or NAV2 Active/Standby or
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Favorites.
7) Touch the Done Button or the Back Button to return to the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.
Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the ‘VOR Info’ Screen:
Flight Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > VOR to display the ‘VOR Information’ Screen.
Avoidance Management

2) If needed, touch the VOR button to enter/find the desired VOR.

3) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.
Hazard Hazard

4) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1 or NAV2 Active/Standby or
Avoidance

Favorites.
5) Touch the Done Button or the Back Button to return to the ‘VOR Information’ Screen.
AFCS

Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the ‘Nearest Airport’ Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport to display the ‘Nearest Airport’ Screen.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the desired airport button to display the ‘Waypoint Options’ Window.
Additional Additional

3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the ‘Airport Information’ Screen.
4) Touch the Freqs Tab to display the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.
Features

5) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.

Operation
Abnormal

6) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.

7) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1 or NAV2 Active/Standby or
Favorites.
Annun/Alerts

8) Touch the Done Button or the Back Button to return to the ‘Airport Frequencies’ Screen.
Annun/Alerts

Finding and selecting a NAV frequency from the ‘Nearest VOR’ Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > VOR to display the ‘Nearest VOR’ Screen.
Appendix

2) Scroll the list to find the desired frequency.

Appendix

3) Touch the Frequency Button to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Screen.

4) Touch the location button to load the frequency to NAV1 or NAV2 Active/Standby or
Favorites.
Index
Index

5) Touch the Done Button or the Back Button to return to the ‘Nearest VOR’ Screen.

28 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Audio and CNS

Selecting a DME mode:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’

Flight
Screen.
2) Scroll the list to find the DME Button.
3) Touch the DME Mode Control Button to display the ‘DME’ Screen.

EASEIS
4) Touch the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD Button to select desired DME mode. DME information
will be displayed on the PFD in the Active NAV Source/Frequency Box. An ‘H’ next to the
frequency indicates DME Hold mode.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
MODE S TRANSPONDERS

and
Selecting transponder mode:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Transponder Code/Mode Button to display the

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
‘Transponder’ Screen.
2) Touch desired Mode Selection Button to activate the desired transponder mode.
Entering a transponder code with the keypad:

Hazard Hazard
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Transponder Code/Mode Button.

Avoidance
2) Use the keypad to select the desired code.
3) Touch the Enter Button to enter the new code.

AFCS
Entering a transponder code with the knobs:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Transponder Code/Mode Button.

AFCS Features
2) Turn the large upper knob one click in any direction to select the first digit of the existing

Additional Additional
code.
3) Turn the small upper knob to enter the desired first digit. Features

4) Turn the large upper knob clockwise to move the cursor to the next digit.
Operation
Abnormal

5) Turn the small upper knob to enter the next digit and repeat steps 4 and 5 until complete.
6) Touch the Enter Button or push the small upper knob to enter the new code. Touching
Annun/Alerts

the Cancel Button before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
Annun/Alerts

previous code.
Entering the VFR code with the VFR Button:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Transponder Code/Mode Button.
Appendix

2) Touch the VFR Button.

Appendix

3) Touch the Enter Button or push the small upper knob to enter the new code. Pressing
the Cancel Button before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 29
 Audio and CNS

ADDITIONAL AUDIO FUNCTIONS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Enabling/Disabling Intercom Connections:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Intercom Button.
2) Touch link arrow to enable connection between positions. Arrow turns green.
EISEAS

3) Touch link arrow to disable connection between positions. Arrow turns gray.
Adjusting the intercom volume:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Intercom Button.
Audio and
CNS

2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot, or Pass Volume Button to display the Intercom Settings Screen.
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Adjust the volume by using the lower knob.

Adjusting intercom squelch:
Flight Flight

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Intercom Button.

Avoidance Management

2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot, or Pass Volume Buttons to display the Intercom Settings
Screen.
3) Touch the Squelch Auto Button to disable automatic squelch.
Hazard Hazard

4) Adjust squelch manually using the lower knob.

Avoidance

Enabling/Disabling 3D Audio:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
AFCS

2) Touch the Audio Tab.

Features AFCS

3) Touch the Pilot 3D Audio Button or Copilot 3D Audio Button.

Additional Additional

Enabling/Disabling Left-Right Swap:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Audio Tab.
Features

3) Touch the Pilot L-R Swap Button or Copilot L-R Swap Button.
Operation
Abnormal

Selecting/deselecting the Auxiliary Audio input:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Screen.
2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot or Pass Tab.
3) Scroll the list to find the Music Button.
Appendix

4) Touch the Music Button to select/deselect audio input.

Appendix

Configuring SiriusXM audio Mute Settings:

1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Pilot Music 1 Button to display the ‘Music’ Screen.
2) Touch the Volume Button to display the ‘Music Volume’ Screen.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Mute Settings Button to display the ‘Music Mute Settings’ Screen.
4) Select the Intercom, Radio Inputs, and/or Aural Alerts Buttons to enable/disable mute
SiriusXM audio.
30 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Audio and CNS

Configuring Auxiliary Audio Mute Settings:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’

Flight
Screen.
2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot or Pass Tab.
3) Scroll the list to find the Music Button.

EASEIS
4) Touch the Mute Settings Button to display the ‘Music Mute Settings’ Screen.
5) Select the Intercom, Radio Inputs, and/or Aural Alerts Buttons to enable/disable mute
auxiliary audio.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Configuring audio feedback:

and
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.

Flight Flight
2) Touch the Pilot or Copilot Tab.

Management Avoidance
3) Scroll the list to find the Clicks Button.
4) Touch the Clicks Button to display the ‘Audio Feedback Settings’ Screen.

Hazard Hazard
5) Touch the desired audio feedback setting.

Avoidance
Selecting a paired device as an audio source:
1) From NAV/COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button to display the ‘Audio & Radios’
Screen.

AFCS
2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot, or Pass Tab.

AFCS Features
3) Scroll the list to find the paired device.

Additional Additional
4) Touch the paired device button to enable/disable connected device audio.
5) Touch the Music Button (pilot/copilot tab) or Music 1 Button (passenger tab) to
enable/disable SiriusXM or other music source audio.
Features

6) Adjust volume using the slider bar.

Operation
Abnormal

7) Adjust mute settings by touching the Mute Settings Button and selecting desired
options.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 31
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

32
Audio and CNS

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
NAVIGATION DATA
Changing a field in the MFW Navigation Data Bar:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.

EASEIS
2) Touch the MFD Fields Tab.
3) Touch the desired MFD Data Bar Field button. The respective 'Select MFD Data Bar Field'

AudioNav/Com/
Screen will open.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
4) Scroll as required and touch the desired field description to replace the previous
information.
5) Repeat Steps 3 and 4, as necessary.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
USING MAP DISPLAYS
Viewing the map settings:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map.

Hazard Hazard
2) Touch the Map Selection Button, if necessary. This button is only available if IFR/VFR

Avoidance
charts are installed.
3) Touch the Map Settings Button. The 'Map Settings' Screen is displayed.

AFCS
Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the Map Settings Button. The 'Map Settings' Screen is displayed.
MAP SETTINGS SYNCHRONIZATION
Features

Enabling/disabling map settings synchronization:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings > Map Sync.
2) Touch the Onside Button or the All Button.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the button for the desired setting.

Annun/Alerts

Or:
Touch the Off Button to disable synchronization.
Appendix

MAP ORIENTATION
Appendix

Changing the map display orientation:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Orientation Button.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Heading Up, Track Up, or North Up Button to select the orientation.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 33
 Flight Management

Enabling/disabling North Up Above and selecting the minimum switching range:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Flight

2) If necessary, touch the Other Tab to display the options list.

3) Touch the North Up Above Button to enable/disable the function.
4) Touch the North Up Above Range Button to display the 'Map North Up Above' Window.
EISEAS

5) Scroll the list if necessary to find the desired range, and touch the Range Button.
MAP RANGE
Audio and
CNS

Configuring automatic zoom:

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If necessary, touch the Other Tab to display the options list.
3) Touch the Auto Zoom Button to enable/disable auto zoom.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

4) Touch the Auto Zoom Settings Button to display the 'Auto Zoom Settings' Window.
5) Touch the Auto Zoom Max Look Fwd Button to display the numeric keyboard.
6) Use the keypad and touch the Enter Button to enter the maximum look forward time.
Hazard Hazard

Times are from zero to 999 minutes.

Avoidance

7) Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for ‘Auto Zoom Min Look Fwd’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Auto
Zoom Time Out’ (zero to 99 minutes) functions using the corresponding button names.
AFCS

MAP PANNING
Panning the map:
Features AFCS

1) Push the lower knob to display the Map Pointer.

Additional Additional

2) Turn the upper knobs on the Touchscreen Controller, or slide your finger on the
Touchpad, to move the Map Pointer on the map. The map will pan when the pointer
Features

approaches the edge of the map.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Push either knob to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s
current position.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

Touch the Back Button on the Touchscreen Controller to remove the Map Pointer and
recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
Reviewing information for a waypoint or airspace:
Appendix

1) Place the Map Pointer on an airport, intersection, NAVAID, VRP, user waypoint, or
Appendix

airspace.
2) Touch the Info Button to display the respective information screen.
3) Touch the Back Button on the Touchscreen Controller to return to the 'Map Pointer
Index
Index

Control' Screen without removing the Map Pointer from the map.
Or:

34 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Push either knob to exit the waypoint information screen, remove the Map Pointer and

Instruments
Instruments
recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.

Flight
Flight
Reviewing information for a waypoint or airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an airport, intersection, NAVAID, VRP, user waypoint, or
airspace.

EASEIS
Or:
Place the Map Pointer over multiple map items.
Touch the Prev or Next Button to cycle to the desired map item.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Or:

and
a) Touch the Map Item Button to open the 'Map Item Selection' Screen.
b) Touch the desired map item.

Flight Flight
2) Touch the Info Button to display the respective information screen.

Management Avoidance
3) Touch the Back Button on the Touchscreen Controller to return to the 'Map Pointer
Control' Screen without removing the Map Pointer from the map.

Hazard Hazard
Or:

Avoidance
Push either knob to exit the waypoint information screen, remove the Map Pointer and
recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE

AFCS
Measuring bearing and distance between the aircraft present position and any other

AFCS Features
point:

Additional Additional
1) Push the lower knob. (Measure Pointer functionality is not available for traffic and terrain
panes.)
2) Touch the BRG/DIS Button. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s
Features

present position.
Operation
Abnormal

3) Move the pointer using the Touchpad to the desired location. A dashed Measurement
Line is drawn from the aircraft present position to the location of the Measure Pointer.
Annun/Alerts

The latitude/longitude, distance, bearing and elevation data of the Measure Pointer are
Annun/Alerts

displayed at the top left of the map. Move the pointer again to measure to any other
point.
4) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance function, push either knob, or touch the Back
Appendix

Button.
Appendix

Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:

1) Push the lower knob. (Measure Pointer functionality is not available for traffic and terrain
panes.)
Index
Index

2) Touch the BRG/DIS Button. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s
present position.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 35
 Flight Management

3) Move the pointer using the Touchpad to the desired reference location. A dashed
Instruments
Instruments

Measurement Line is drawn from the aircraft present position to the location of the
Flight
Flight

Measure Pointer. The latitude/longitude, distance, bearing and elevation data of the
Measure Pointer are displayed at the top left of the map.
4) Touch the Select Ref Button to set the Measure Pointer location as the new reference
EISEAS

point for measurement. The dashed Measurement Line is erased.

5) Move the pointer using the Touchpad to the desired location. A dashed Measurement
Line is drawn from the reference point to the location of the Measure Pointer. The
Audio and

latitude/longitude, distance, bearing and elevation data of the Measure Pointer are
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

displayed at the top left of the map.

6) Repeat Steps 3 through 5 to measure between other points.
7) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance function, push either knob, or touch the Back
Flight Flight

Button.
Avoidance Management

ABSOLUTE TERRAIN
Displaying/removing absolute terrain data:
Hazard Hazard

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Avoidance

2) Touch the Sensor Tab, if necessary.

3) Touch the Terrain Button to display the 'Map Terrain Displayed' Window.
AFCS

4) Touch the Absolute Button to display absolute terrain data, or touch the Off Button to
remove absolute terrain data.
Features AFCS

Displaying/removing absolute terrain data on the PFW Map:

Additional Additional

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

2) Touch the Terrain Button to display the 'Inset Map Terrain Displayed' Window.
Features

3) Display or remove absolute terrain data:

Operation
Abnormal

Touch the Absolute Button to display absolute terrain data on the PFW Map.
Or:
Annun/Alerts

Touch the Off Button to remove absolute terrain data from the PFW Map.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey on the PFW.
2) Display or remove absolute terrain data:
Appendix
Appendix

Press the Terrain Softkey until 'Absolute' is shown to display absolute terrain data on
the PFW Map.
Or:
Press the Terrain Softkey until 'Off' is shown to remove absolute terrain data from
Index
Index

the PFW Map.

36 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Selecting an absolute terrain data range:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

Flight
2) Touch the Sensor Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the Terrain Settings Button. A window is displayed providing terrain functions
allowed by the system.

EASEIS
4) Touch the Map Settings Button. A window is displayed providing terrain settings.
5) Touch the Terrain Button to display the 'Map Terrain Range' Window.
6) Scroll the list if necessary to find the desired range, and touch the Range Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Displaying/removing the absolute terrain scale:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Sensor Tab, if necessary.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
3) Touch the Terrain Settings Button. A window is displayed providing terrain functions
allowed by the system.
4) Touch the Map Settings Button. A window is displayed providing terrain settings.

Hazard Hazard
5) Touch the Absolute Terrain Scale Button to display/remove the absolute terrain scale.

Avoidance
MAP SYMBOLS
Displaying/removing a land or aviation symbol type:

AFCS
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Aviation Tab or the Land, Tab, if necessary.

AFCS Features
3) Scroll the list to find the desired item.

Additional Additional
4) Touch the annunciator button to display/remove the symbol type.
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Aviation Tab.

3) Touch the Airspaces Settings Button to display the 'Airspace Settings' Window.
Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the Airspace Altitude Labels Button to display/remove the labels.

Annun/Alerts

Selecting an Aviation or Land item maximum range:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Aviation Tab or Land Tab, if necessary.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Scroll the list to find the desired item.

4) If necessary, touch the Settings Button to display the Range Buttons.
5) Touch the Range Button to display the range choices.
Index

6) Touch a Range Selection Button to select the maximum range.

Index

7) Repeat Steps 3 through 6 as necessary.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 37
 Flight Management

Displaying/removing the VOR compass rose:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Flight

2) Touch the Aviation Tab, if necessary.

3) Scroll the list to find the VOR buttons.
4) Touch the VOR Settings Button to display the 'VOR Settings' Window.
EISEAS

5) Touch the Compass Rose Button to display/remove the VOR compass rose.
Adjusting the map detail:
Audio and

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings > Map Detail.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

2) Slide up or down on the Map Detail Slider to adjust the map detail.
Adjusting the PFW Map Detail:
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings > Map Detail.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

2) Slide up or down on the Map Detail Slider to adjust the PFW Map detail.
Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey on the PFW.
Hazard Hazard

2) Press the Detail Softkey, as required, to cycle to the desired PFW Map detail.
Avoidance

ADDITIONAL MAP DISPLAY ITEMS

Displaying/removing other map items:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the Other Tab, if needed.

Additional Additional

3) Scroll as required and touch the desired button to display/remove map items.
Selecting track vector look-ahead time:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Other Tab, if needed.

3) Touch the Track Vector Time Button to display the Time Selection Buttons in the 'Map
Track Vector Time' Window.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

4) Scroll the list, if needed, and touch a Time Selection Button to select the look-ahead time.
Selecting fuel reserves time:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Appendix

2) Touch the Other Tab, if needed.

Appendix

3) Touch the Fuel RNG (RSV) Time Button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad and touch the Enter Button to enter the fuel reserves time.
Selecting the lat/lon line maximum range:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab, if necessary.

38 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

3) Touch the LAT/LON Lines Range Button to display the Range Selection Buttons.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
4) Touch a Range Selection Button to select the maximum map display range.

Flight
Displaying/removing the glide range ring:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Other Tab.

EASEIS
3) Scroll as required and touch the Glide Range Button to enable/disable the display.
WAYPOINTS

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
AIRPORTS

and
Selecting an airport for review by identifier:
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the Selected Airport Button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to enter the airport identifier.

Hazard Hazard
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the airport information on the

Avoidance
Touchscreen Controller.
6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
'Airport Information' Pane, if necessary.

AFCS
Finding and selecting an airport for review by facility name or city name:

AFCS Features
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

Additional Additional
2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.
3) Touch the Selected Airport Button to display the keypad.
4) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen.
Features

5) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.

Operation
Abnormal

6) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
7) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

8) Use the keypad to enter the name.

9) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
10) Touch an Airport Selection Button to display the airport information on the Touchscreen
Controller.
Appendix
Appendix

11) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
'Airport Information' Pane, if necessary.
Finding and selecting an airport for review by category (Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or Favorites):
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

Index

2) Touch the Info Tab, if necessary.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 39
 Flight Management

3) Touch the Selected Airport Button to display the keypad.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

4) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen.

Flight

5) Touch the Recent Tab, Nearest Tab, Active Flight Plan Tab, or the Favorites Tab to
display a list of airports in the selected category.
6) Touch an Airport Selection Button to display the airport information on the Touchscreen
EISEAS

Controller.
7) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
'Airport Information' Pane, if necessary.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Selecting a runway:
Nav/Com/

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

2) Touch the Runways Tab to display the runway information buttons.
Flight Flight

3) Touch a Runway Information Button to select the runway.

Avoidance Management

4) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to view the
runway on the active display pane, if necessary.
Hazard Hazard

Viewing information for a nearest airport:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport.

2) Touch a Nearest Airport Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window. If necessary,
touch the Show On Map Button to highlight the airport on the 'Nearest Airport' Pane.
AFCS

3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the 'Airport Information' Screen.
4) Touch any tab to display the desired information on the Touchscreen Controller.
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the System Tab, if necessary.
Features

3) Scroll the list to display the Nearest Airport Runway Surface Button.
Operation
Abnormal

4) Touch the Nearest Airport Runway Surface Button to display the surface choices.
5) Touch a Surface Selection Button to set the surface criteria.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the System Tab, if necessary.
Appendix

3) Scroll the list to display the Nearest Airport Min Rwy Length Button.
Appendix

4) Touch the Nearest Airport Min Rwy Length Button to display the keypad.
5) Use the keypad to enter the minimum length.
6) Touch the Enter Button to accept the length criteria.
Index
Index

40 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

NON-AIRPORT AND USER CREATED WAYPOINTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Selecting a non-airport waypoint or User Waypoint:
1) From MFW Home, touch the Waypoint Info Button.
2) Select the INT, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User Waypoint Button.

EASEIS
3) Choose the desired waypoint:
a) Touch the Selected Waypoint Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad to enter the identifier or name.

AudioNav/Com/
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the identifier and display the waypoint's

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
information on the Touchscreen Controller.
Or:
a) For choosing a User Waypoint, touch the WPT List Tab.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
b) Touch the desired User Waypoint Button.
4) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
Intersection, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User Waypoint Information Pane, if needed.

Hazard Hazard
Finding and selecting a non-airport or User Waypoint by category (Recent, Nearest,

Avoidance
Flight Plan, or Favorites):
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > INT, VRP, VOR, NDB or User Waypoint.

AFCS
2) Touch the Selected Waypoint Button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen.

AFCS Features
4) Touch the Recent Tab, Nearest Tab, Active Flight Plan Tab, or the Favorites Tab to

Additional Additional
display a list of waypoints in the selected category.
5) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display that waypoint's information on the
Touchscreen Controller.
Features

6) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
Operation
Abnormal

Intersection, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User WPT Information Pane, if needed.

Finding and selecting a non-airport waypoint for review by facility name or city name:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > INT, VRP, VOR, or NDB.
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Selected Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

3) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen.
4) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.
Appendix
Appendix

5) If needed, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
6) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
7) Use the keypad to enter the name.
Index

8) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 41
 Flight Management

9) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the waypoint information on the

Instruments
Instruments

Touchscreen Controller.
Flight
Flight

10) Touch the Waypoint Options Button, then the Show on Map Button to display the
Intersection, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User WPT Information Pane, if needed.
Viewing information for nearest Intersection, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User Waypoint:
EISEAS

1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > INT, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User.
2) Touch a Nearest Waypoint Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the Nearest Intersection/VRP/VOR/NDB/User
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

pane, if needed.
4) Touch the Intersection, VRP, VOR, NDB, or User Waypoint Info Button to display the
selected waypoint's information screen.
Flight Flight

Creating user waypoints from the 'Create User Waypoint' Screen:

Avoidance Management

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info.

2) Access the 'Create User Waypoint' Screen:
Hazard Hazard

Touch the Create Waypoint Button.

Avoidance

Or:
a) Touch the User Waypoint Button.
b) Touch the WPT List Tab.
AFCS

c) Touch the Add User Waypoint Button.

Features AFCS

3) Touch the User Waypoint Name Button to display the keypad.

Additional Additional

4) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a User Waypoint Name.
5) If desired, touch the Type Button to open the 'Select User Waypoint Type' Screen to
change the setting from Route to Airport.
Features

a) Touch the Airport Button.

Operation
Abnormal

b) Touch the Elevation Button.

c) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the airport elevation.
Annun/Alerts

6) If desired, define the location parameters of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
Annun/Alerts

a) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Select User Waypoint Mode' Screen.
b) Touch the RAD/DIS Button to select the bearing/distance from a waypoint.
c) Touch the REF Button to display the keypad.
Appendix
Appendix

d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button, or the Find function, to select the reference
waypoint.
e) Touch the RAD Button to display the keypad.
f) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the radial.
Index
Index

g) Touch the DIS Button to display the keypad.

42 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

h) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the distance.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Or:

Flight
a) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Select User Waypoint Mode' Screen.
b) Touch the RAD/RAD Button to select the bearings from two waypoints.
c) Touch the REF1 Button to display the keypad.

EASEIS
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button, or the Find function, to select the waypoint.
e) Touch the RAD1 Button to display the keypad.

AudioNav/Com/
f) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the radial.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
g) Repeat the previous steps for the second reference waypoint (REF2 Button) and
radial (RAD2 Button).
Or:

Flight Flight
a) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Select User Waypoint Mode' Screen.

Management Avoidance
b) Touch the LAT/LON Button to select the latitude/longitude mode.
c) Touch the LAT/LON Button to display the keypad.

Hazard Hazard
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the latitude and longitude.

Avoidance
Or:
a) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Select User Waypoint Mode' Screen.

AFCS
b) Touch the P. POS Button to select the present position type as defined by latitude/
longitude values.

AFCS Features
7) If desired, change the waypoint comment:

Additional Additional
a) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the comment.
8) If desired, touch the Temporary Button to change the waypoint storage method. When
Features

the annunciator on the button is green, the waypoint is only stored until the next power
Operation
Abnormal

cycle. When the annunciator is gray, the waypoint is stored until manually erased.
9) Touch the Create Button to accept the new user waypoint. If RAD/RAD was used to
Annun/Alerts

define the waypoint, and the radials do not intersect, a message "The radials entered
Annun/Alerts

do not intersect" will be displayed. Touch the OK Button to return to the 'Create User
Waypoint' Screen.
Creating user waypoints from map displays:
Appendix

1) Push the lower knob to activate the panning function and display the 'Map Pointer
Appendix

Control' Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.

2) Use the Touchpad to pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
3) Touch the Create WPT Button. The 'Create User Waypoint' Screen is displayed with the
Index
Index

captured position.
4) Touch the User Waypoint Name Button to display the keypad.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 43
 Flight Management

5) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint name.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

6) If desired, touch the Type Button to open the 'Select User Waypoint Type' Screen to
Flight

change the setting from Route to Airport.

a) Touch the Airport Button.
b) Touch the Elevation Button.
EISEAS

c) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the airport elevation.
7) If desired, change the waypoint comment:
a) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the comment.
8) Touch the Create Button to create the new waypoint.
9) Touch the Back Button to deactivate the panning function and return to the previous
Flight Flight

display on the Touchscreen Controller.

Avoidance Management

Editing a user waypoint comment:

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
Hazard Hazard

2) If needed, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the
Avoidance

desired User Waypoint Selection Button.

3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit User Waypoint' Screen.
AFCS

5) Touch the Comment Button to display the keypad.

Features AFCS

6) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint comment (up to 25
characters).
Additional Additional

7) Touch the Save Button to accept the new comment.

8) Touch the OK Button in response to the question "Are you sure you want to modify this
Features

waypoint?".
Operation
Abnormal

9) If the user waypoint is part of an existing flight plan, a second pop up window is
displayed. Touch the OK Button in response to the question "User waypoint is part of at
Annun/Alerts

least one flight plan. Any modifications affect the associated flight plan(s).".
Annun/Alerts

Editing a user waypoint name:

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) If needed, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the
Appendix

desired User Waypoint Selection Button.

Appendix

3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit User Waypoint' Screen.
5) Touch the User Waypoint Name Button to display the keypad.
Index
Index

6) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select a user waypoint name.
7) Touch the Save Button to accept the new name.

44 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

8) Touch the OK Button in response to the question "Are you sure you want to modify this

Instruments
Instruments
waypoint?".

Flight
Flight
9) If the user waypoint is part of an existing flight plan, a second pop up window is
displayed. Touch the OK Button in response to the question "User waypoint is part of at
least one flight plan. Any modifications affect the associated flight plan(s)."

EASEIS
Editing a user waypoint type, mode, elevation, and location:
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.
2) If needed, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch the

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
desired User Waypoint Selection Button.

and
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit User Waypoint' Screen.

Flight Flight
5) To edit the type of User Waypoint:

Management Avoidance
a) Touch the Type Button to display the 'User Waypoint Type' Window.
b) Touch the Route Button to select the type and return to the previous screen.

Hazard Hazard
Or:
a) Touch the Type Button to display the 'User Waypoint Type' Window.

Avoidance
b) Touch the Airport Button to select the type and return to the previous screen.
c) Touch the Elevation Button.

AFCS
d) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the airport elevation and return to the
previous screen.

AFCS Features
6) To edit the mode of User Waypoint:

Additional Additional
a) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Select User Waypoint Mode' Window.
b) Touch the RAD/DIS Button, the RAD/RAD Button, the LAT/LON Button, or the P.
Features

POS Button to select the mode and return to the previous screen.
Operation
Abnormal

7) If the P. POS Mode is selected, skip to step 8. Otherwise, perform the following to edit
the location parameters of the waypoint:
Annun/Alerts

a) Touch the REF Button, the RAD Button, the DIS Button, or the LAT/LON Button to
Annun/Alerts

bring up the keypad.

b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the user waypoint location.
c) Repeat as necessary until the location changes are complete (Reference Waypoint,
Appendix

Radial, Distance, or Latitude and Longitude).

Appendix

8) Touch the Save Button to accept the changes.

9) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Are you sure you want to modify this
waypoint?”.
Index

10) If the user waypoint is part of an existing flight plan, a second pop up window is
Index

displayed. Touch the OK Button in response to the question "User waypoint is part of at
least one flight plan. Any modifications affect the associated flight plan(s)."
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 45
 Flight Management

Deleting a single user waypoint:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.

Flight

2) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
3) Touch the Delete Button.
4) Touch the OK Button in response to the question "Would you like to delete the user
EISEAS

waypoint <waypoint>?".
Deleting all user waypoints:
Audio and

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

2) If needed, touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints, and touch any
Waypoint Selection Button.
3) Touch the Waypoint Options Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
Flight Flight

4) Touch the Delete All Button.

Avoidance Management

5) Touch the OK Button in response to the question "Would you like to delete all user
waypoints?".
Hazard Hazard

Importing user waypoints:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.

2) Touch the Waypoint Options Button.
AFCS

3) Touch the Import Button.

4) Touch the OK Button.
Features AFCS

Exporting user waypoints:

Additional Additional

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > User Waypoint.

2) Touch the WPT List Tab to display the list of user waypoints.
Features

3) Scroll the list, if needed, and touch a User Waypoint Button Information for the selected
Operation
Abnormal

waypoint is displayed.
4) Touch the Waypoint Options Button.
5) Touch the Export Button.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

6) Touch the OK Button in response to the question, 'Would you like to export user
waypoints?'.
AIRSPACES
Appendix
Appendix

NEAREST AIRSPACE
Setting the altitude buffer distance:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings > Alerts Tab.
2) Scroll as required, and touch the Airspace Alert Altitude Buffer (displays current selection
Index
Index

in cyan).
3) Enter the desired altitude buffer value and touch the Enter Button.
46 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Enabling/disabling an airspace alert:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings > Alerts Tab.

Flight
2) Touch the Airspace Alerts Settings Button.
3) Touch any of the of the following buttons to enable/disable the corresponding alert:
CL B/TMA/AWY, CL C/CTA, CL A/D, Restricted, MOA (Military), Other. The button

EASEIS
annunciator is green when alert is enabled, gray when disabled.
Viewing Nearest Airspace Information

AudioNav/Com/
Viewing information for the Nearest Airspace:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airspace.
2) Touch a Nearest Airspace Button to display the 'Airspace Options' Window. If no airspace
is projected, the 'Nearest Airspace' Screen will read "No Results Found".

Flight Flight
3) Touch the Show on Map Button to display the selected airspace, if needed.

Management Avoidance
4) Touch the Details Button to display the selected nearest airspace information.
SMART AIRSPACE

Hazard Hazard
Enabling/disabling the Smart Airspace function:

Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Aviation Tab, if necessary.

AFCS
3) Touch the Airspaces Settings Button to display the 'Airspace Settings' Window.
4) Touch the Smart Airspace Button to enable/disable the Smart Airspace function.

AFCS Features
FLIGHT PLANNING

Additional Additional
FLIGHT PLAN DATA FIELDS Features

Changing a field in the Active or Flight Plan Screen:

Operation
Abnormal

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
Or:
Annun/Alerts

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
Annun/Alerts

> Flight Plan Options.

2) Touch the Edit Data Fields Button to display the 'Flight Plan Data Fields' Screen.
3) Touch the Data Field 1 Button or the Data Field 2 Button to display the 'Select Field
Appendix

Type' Screen.
Appendix

4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a data field type button to select the field type and
return to the 'Flight Plan Data Fields' Screen.
5) Touch the other data field button to choose another data field type, if necessary.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 47
 Flight Management

FLIGHT PLAN DISPLAY

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Displaying/removing the flight plan preview:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
EISEAS

> Flight Plan Options.

Or:
Audio and

For the stored flight plan:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Flight Flight

Options' Window.
Avoidance Management

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button.
Hazard Hazard

2) Touch the Preview FPL Button. A preview of the flight plan is shown on the active
display pane.
Avoidance

3) To view a flight plan segment:

a) Touch the Back Button.
AFCS

b) Scroll as needed, and touch the selection button corresponding to the desired
segment of the flight plan.
Features AFCS

c) Touch the Back Button to return to the flight plan preview.

Additional Additional

4) Touch the Preview FPL Button again or return to the 'MFW Home' Screen to disable the
Preview FPL Button and remove the preview from the display.
Features

Displaying/removing the Flight Plan Text Inset:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Flight Plan Text Button to display/remove the active flight plan text on the
Annun/Alerts

'Navigation Map' Pane.

4) Waypoint distances shown on the Flight Plan Text Inset may be set as leg to leg distances
or cumulative distance by selecting the CUM Button or Leg-Leg Button next to the
Appendix

Flight Plan Text Button.

Appendix

Displaying/removing the Flight Plan Progress Inset:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Flight Plan Progress Button to display/remove the flight plan progress inset.

48 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Viewing Flight Plan Legs for the active flight plan:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan Information > Flight Plan Legs.

Flight
Or:
From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Display FPL Legs.
2) Push either knob to activate the scrolling function on the 'Active Flight Plan' Pane.

EASEIS
3) Turn the upper knobs to scroll the 'Active Flight Plan' Pane.
4) Touch the Display FPL Legs Button again (if previously used) to remove the 'Active
Flight Plan' Pane from the display.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Viewing historical flight plan data:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan Information > Flight Plan History.
2) Push either knob to activate the scrolling function.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
3) Turn the upper knobs to scroll the 'Flight Plan History' Pane.
Deleting flight plan history:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan Information > Flight Plan History > Delete

Hazard Hazard
Flight Plan History.

Avoidance
2) Touch the OK Button in response to the question, 'Clear current waypoints from the flight
plan history?'.

AFCS
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:

AFCS Features
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport.

Additional Additional
2) Touch a Nearest Airport Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window. If desired,
highlight the airport on the active display pane by touching the Show On Map Button. Features

3) Touch the ¯ Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and display
Operation
Abnormal

the 'Direct To' Screen.

4) To activate direct-to navigation:
Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Or:
a) Touch the Activate and Insert in Flight Plan Button or the Insert in Flight Plan
Button (only available if the selected waypoint is not in the flight plan) to display the
'Insert and Activate ¯ <waypoint> Before?' Window.
Appendix
Appendix

b) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the flight plan location to insert the
direct to waypoint, and to activate the direct-to.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
Index

1) Select the screen containing the desired waypoint and select the desired waypoint.
Index

2) If necessary, touch the Waypoint Options Button.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 49
 Flight Management

3) Touch the ¯ Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination, and display
Instruments
Instruments

the 'Direct To' Screen.

Flight
Flight

4) To activate direct-to navigation:

Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Or:
EISEAS

a) Touch the Activate and Insert in Flight Plan Button or the Insert in Flight Plan
Button (only available if the selected waypoint is not in the flight plan) to display the
'Insert and Activate ¯ <waypoint> Before?' Window.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

b) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the flight plan location to insert the
Nav/Com/

direct to waypoint, and to activate the direct-to.

Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by identifier, facility, or city name:
Flight Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.

Avoidance Management

2) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to display the keypad (available waypoints in flight
plan).
Or:
Hazard Hazard

Touch the Select Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

Avoidance

3) Select a waypoint as a direct-to destination:

Input the waypoint identifier using the keypad and touch the Enter Button to accept
AFCS

the identifier, and return to the 'Direct To' Screen.

Or:
Features AFCS

a) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen.

Additional Additional

b) Touch the Search Tab to display the Search By Button.

c) If needed, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by Facility.
Features

d) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
Operation
Abnormal

e) Use the keypad to select the name.

f) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the search results.
Annun/Alerts

g) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to

Annun/Alerts

destination, and return to the 'Direct To' Screen.

4) To activate direct-to navigation:
Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Appendix

Or:
Appendix

a) Touch the Activate and Insert in Flight Plan Button or the Insert in Flight Plan
Button (only available if the selected waypoint is not in the flight plan) to display the
'Insert and Activate ¯ <waypoint> Before?' Window.
Index
Index

b) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the flight plan location to insert the
direct to waypoint, and to activate the direct-to.

50 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Selecting a waypoint as the direct-to destination by category (Nearest or Recent):

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.

Flight
2) Select the desired Tab:
Touch the Recent Tab
Or:

EASEIS
a) Touch the Nearest Tab.
b) If desired, touch the Nearest Waypoint Filter Button and touch the type of waypoint
desired.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
3) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination,

and
and return to the 'Direct To' Screen.
4) Activate the direct-to

Flight Flight
Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.

Management Avoidance
Or:
a) Touch the Activate and Insert in Flight Plan Button or the Insert in Flight Plan

Hazard Hazard
Button (only available if the selected waypoint is not in the flight plan) to display the
'Insert and Activate ¯ <waypoint> Before?' Window.

Avoidance
b) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the flight plan location to insert the
direct to waypoint, and to activate the direct-to.

AFCS
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

AFCS Features
2) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the ¯ Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination and display
the 'Direct To' Screen. Features

4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.

Operation
Abnormal

Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Flight Plan Tab.

Annun/Alerts

3) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination,
and return to the Waypoint Tab of the 'Direct To' Screen.
4) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Appendix

Or:
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch the ¯ Button on the Button Bar to display the 'Direct To'
Screen with the active flight plan waypoint selected as the direct-to destination.
2) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Index
Index

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 51
 Flight Management

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

2) Touch the ¯ Button to display the 'Direct To' Screen with the active flight plan
Flight

waypoint selected the direct-to destination.

3) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the Map Pointer:
EISEAS

1) Push the lower knob to display the pointer.

2) Place the map pointer at the desired destination location.
Audio and

3) If the pointer is placed on a waypoint, the waypoint ID is highlighted, and the ¯

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Button is activated.
Or:
If the pointer is placed over multiple map items.
Flight Flight

Touch the Prev or Next Button to cycle to the desired waypoint.

Avoidance Management

Or:
a) Touch the Map Item Button to open the 'Map Item Selection' Screen.
Hazard Hazard

b) Touch the desired waypoint.

Avoidance

4) Touch the ¯ Button to display the 'Direct To' Screen with the selected point entered as
the direct-to destination.
5) To activate direct-to navigation:
AFCS

Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.

Features AFCS

Or:
Additional Additional

a) Touch the Activate and Insert in Flight Plan Button or the Insert in Flight Plan
Button (only available if the selected waypoint is not in the flight plan) to display the
'Insert and Activate ¯ <waypoint> Before?' Window.
Features

b) Touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the flight plan location to insert the
Operation
Abnormal

direct to waypoint, and to activate the direct-to.

Removing a Direct To:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.

Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Remove ¯ Button.

3) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Remove ¯ <waypoint>”.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.

2) If necessary, touch the Waypoint Selection Button to enter the waypoint as the direct-to
destination. Then, touch the Course Button to display the keypad.
3) Touch the Course or Radial Button.
Index
Index

52 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

4) Use the keypad to select the desired course to the waypoint or the radial from the

Instruments
Instruments
waypoint.

Flight
Flight
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the course, and return to the 'Direct To' Screen.
6) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to using the manually selected
course.

EASEIS
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.
2) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to using the direct course.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Inserting abeam crossing waypoints within a direct-to course:
1) Choose the flight plan waypoint as the direct-to destination:
a) From MFW Home, touch ¯ on the Button Bar.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
b) Touch the Flight Plan Tab.
c) Scroll as required and touch a Waypoint Selection Button to choose the waypoint as
the direct-to destination, and return to the Waypoint Tab of the 'Direct To' Screen.

Hazard Hazard
Or:

Avoidance
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
b) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

AFCS
c) Touch the ¯ Button to choose the waypoint as the direct-to destination and
display the 'Direct To' Screen.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the Insert Abeam Crossing Points Button to activate the insert abeam crossing
waypoints feature.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT PLAN KEYPAD OPERATION
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Enabling/Disabling the Sliding Flight Plan Keyboard:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings. The System Tab is
highlighted.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Sliding Flight Plan Keyboard Button to enable/disable.

Route Entry
Route Entry Description
Appendix
Appendix

"<entry wpt>*<airway>*<exit wpt>"

Or: Basic Airway Segment with a specified exit waypoint.
"*<airway>*<exit wpt>"
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 53
 Flight Management

Route Entry Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

"<entry wpt>*<airway1>*<airway2>*"
Airway-to-airway transition. Airways must meet at a
Or:
transition waypoint recognized by the system.
"*<airway1>*<airway2>*"
EISEAS

"<wpt1>*<wpt2>" Direct routing (back-to-back waypoint entry)

Acceptable Route Entry Patterns

Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Airway to Airway Route Entry Description

"<entry wpt>*<airway>*<exit wpt>" The entry waypoint is specified.
The entry waypoint already exists in the flight plan and is
"*<airway>*<exit wpt>"
Flight Flight

selected as the insertion point for the route entry.

Avoidance Management

Acceptable Airway to Airway Route Entry Patterns

Hazard Hazard

Airway to Airway Route Entry Description

Avoidance

"<entry
The entry waypoint is specified.
wpt>*<airway1>*<airway2>*"
The entry waypoint is implied (already in the flight plan) by
AFCS

"*<airway1>*<airway2>*"
the insertion point.
Features AFCS

Airway to Airway Route Entry Descriptions

Additional Additional

Keypad Entry of Route Characters Displayed in

Segment (In Sequential Flight Plan Action the Route Entry Field After
Features

Order) the Flight Plan Action

Operation
Abnormal

“MCI*J24*WELTS*” Review and load J24 airway with WELTS*

entry point "MCI" and exit point
Annun/Alerts

"WELTS" into flight plan.

Annun/Alerts

WELTS* "JIGSY*" WELTS to JIGSY leg added into JIGSY*

flight plan.
JIGSY* "J134*FLM*" Review and load J134 airway with FLM*
Appendix
Appendix

entry point "JIGSY" and exit point

"FLM" into flight plan.
FLM* "J24*BIGAL* Review and load J24 airway with BIGAL*
entry point "FLM" and exit point
Index
Index

"BIGAL" into flight plan.

54 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Instruments
Instruments
Keypad Entry of Route Characters Displayed in

Flight
Flight
Segment (In Sequential Flight Plan Action the Route Entry Field After
Order) the Flight Plan Action
BIGAL* "AML" Enter Key BIGAL to AML leg added into

EASEIS
flight plan. The flight plan is
displayed showing all route
segments that were added.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
Example Sequence of Entries for Flight Plan

XPDR/Audio Management
and
Adding User Waypoints and Along Track Offset Waypoints Using Route Entry
Characters Displayed in

Flight Flight
Keypad Entry of Route
the Route Entry Field

Management Avoidance
Segment (In Sequential Flight Plan Action
After the Flight Plan
Order)
Action

Hazard Hazard
“GLAZR*Q118*MZZ*” Review and load Q118 airway with MZZ*
entry point "GLAZR" and exit point

Avoidance
"MZZ" into flight plan.
MZZ* "MZZ344/33*" Edit and review the new user MZZ344/33*

AFCS
waypoint. "<waypoint name>" is
created and placed into flight plan.

AFCS Features
MZZ344/33* "OXI*" Enter "<waypoint name>" to "OXI" leg

Additional Additional
Key is added into flight plan. The flight
plan is displayed showing all
route segments that were added. Features

Example Sequence of Entries, Creating and Adding a User Waypoint into Route Segment
Operation
Abnormal

CREATING A BASIC FLIGHT PLAN

Annun/Alerts

Creating an active, standby or stored flight plan:

Annun/Alerts

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Appendix

Or:
Appendix

 For a stored flight plan:

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
b) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Index
Index

c) Touch the Create New Catalog Flight Plan Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight
Plan' Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 55
 Flight Management

2) If no change is necessary to the Origin auto-designated by the system, proceed to Step 4.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

Or:
Flight

To input or change the departure runway, proceed to Step 4.

Or:
To change the Origin, touch the Origin Button. Then, touch the Select Origin Airport
EISEAS

Button.
Or:
When there is no Origin in the flight plan, touch the Add Origin Button.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Enter the origin waypoint:

Use the upper knobs, or the keypad to enter the origin waypoint.
Or:
Flight Flight

Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen. Then, touch the
Avoidance Management

Nearest, Recent, Flight Plan, or Favorites Tab and select the waypoint from the list
of waypoints.
Hazard Hazard

Or:
a) Touch the Find Button to display the 'Find Waypoint' Screen. Then, touch the Search
Avoidance

Tab to display the Search By Button.

b) If necessary, touch the Search By Button to choose Search by City or Search by
AFCS

Facility.
c) Touch the Facility Name Button or the City Name Button to display the keypad.
Features AFCS

d) Use the keypad to select the name, and the Enter Button to accept the entry and
Additional Additional

display the search results.

e) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to choose the waypoint.
Features

4) To input the departure runway, touch the Origin Button to display the 'Select Runway'
Operation
Abnormal

Screen. Touch a Runway Selection Button to select the departure runway and return to
the flight plan.
Or:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

To change the departure runway, touch the Origin Button to display the 'Origin Options'
Window. Then, touch the Select Departure Runway Button. Touch a Runway Selection
Button to select the runway and return to the flight plan.
5) Touch the Add Destination Button to display the keypad.
Appendix
Appendix

6) Select the identifier of the destination waypoint using one of the Step 3 procedures.
7) If needed, touch the Destination Button to display the 'Destination Options' Window.
Touch the Select Arrival Runway Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen. Touch a
Runway Selection Button to select the destination runway and return to the flight plan.
Index
Index

56 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

8) Enter the enroute waypoints:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
If adding a waypoint to the end of the enroute segment of the flight plan, touch the

Flight
Add Waypoint or Route Button to display the keypad
Or:
a) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

EASEIS
b) Touch the Insert Before Button or the Insert After Button to select where the new
waypoint or route will be placed in relation to the selected waypoint. The keypad is
displayed.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
Or:

XPDR/Audio Management
and
a) If adding a waypoint or route to the beginning of the enroute segment of the flight
plan, touch the Enroute Button to display the 'Enroute Options' Window.
b) Touch the Insert Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
9) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to enter the waypoint or route into the flight plan.
10) Repeat Steps 8 and 9 until finished adding enroute waypoints.
11) If you are finished adding enroute waypoints, touch the Done Button to remove the Add

Hazard Hazard
Waypoint or Route Button and the Done Button (This step is only necessary if creating

Avoidance
a flight plan on the 'Active Flight Plan' Screen).
12) If needed, touch the Origin Button to display the 'Origin Options' Window to select

AFCS
a new origin airport, departure runway, departure procedure or to remove the origin
airport.

AFCS Features
13) If needed, touch the Destination Button to display the 'Destination Options' Window to

Additional Additional
select a new destination airport, arrival runway, arrival procedure, approach procedure, or
to remove the destination airport.
FLIGHT PLAN MODIFICATION AND NAVIGATION
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Waypoints
Adding a waypoint to a flight plan:
Annun/Alerts

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:
Appendix

For the stored flight plan:

Appendix

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Index
Index

Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 57
 Flight Management

2) Enter waypoints in the flight plan:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

If adding a waypoint to the end of the enroute segment of the flight plan, touch the
Flight

Add Waypoint or Route Button to display the keypad (this step is not available from
the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen).
Or:
EISEAS

a) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

b) Touch the Insert Before Button or the Insert After Button to select where the new
waypoint or route will be placed in relation to the selected waypoint. The keypad is
Audio and

displayed.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Or:
a) If adding a waypoint or route to the beginning of the enroute segment of the flight
plan, touch the Enroute Button to display the 'Enroute Options' Window.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

b) Touch the Insert Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

3) Use the keypad, upper knobs, or the Find function to select the new waypoint; or use the
keypad to create a route entry.
Hazard Hazard

4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the waypoint or route and place it in the flight plan.
Avoidance

5) If you are finished adding waypoints and routes, touch the Back Button to return to the
previous screen.
AFCS

Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan using the Waypoint Info Button:
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the Airport Button, INT Button, NDB Button, VRP Button, or the User Waypoints
Additional Additional

Button.
3) Choose the desired waypoint:
Features

a) Touch the Selected Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

Operation
Abnormal

b) Use the keypad to enter the identifier or name of the desired waypoint.
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and display the waypoint's information on
the Touchscreen Controller.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Or:
a) To display the list of user waypoints, touch the WPT List Tab.
b) Scroll the list as necessary and touch the desired User Waypoint Button.
Appendix

4) Touch the Waypoint Options Button.

Appendix

5) Touch the Insert in Flight Plan Button. The 'Insert Before Waypoint' Window is
displayed.
6) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select where to
insert the new waypoint. The waypoint is inserted into the active flight plan before the
Index
Index

selected waypoint.
Or:
58 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Touch the Insert at End Button. The waypoint is inserted as the last waypoint in the

Instruments
Instruments
active flight plan.

Flight
Flight
Adding a waypoint into the active flight plan using the Nearest Button:
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest.
2) Touch the Airport Button, INT Button, VOR Button, NDB Button, VRP Button, or User

EASEIS
Button.
3) Scroll as necessary and touch the desired waypoint button.
4) Touch the Insert in Flight Plan Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
5) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select where to

and
insert the new waypoint. The waypoint will be inserted into the active flight plan before
the selected waypoint.

Flight Flight
Or:

Management Avoidance
Touch the Insert at End Button. The waypoint is inserted as the last waypoint in the
active flight plan.

Hazard Hazard
Adding waypoints using the Map Pointer (Rerouting):
1) For the active flight plan: Go to Step 2.

Avoidance
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan

AFCS
> Flight Plan Options > Preview FPL.
Or:

AFCS Features
For the stored flight plan:

Additional Additional
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen. Features

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Operation
Abnormal

Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button.
Annun/Alerts

d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button.

Annun/Alerts

e) Touch the Preview FPL Button to display the stored flight plan map.
2) Push the lower knob to the display 'Map Pointer Control' Screen on the Touchscreen
Controller, and to activate the Map Pointer.
Appendix

3) Place the map pointer over a waypoint or map location for the next desired waypoint.
Appendix

Or:
Place the map pointer over multiple map items.
Touch the Prev or Next Button to cycle to the desired waypoint.
Index
Index

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 59
 Flight Management

a) Touch the Map Item Button to open the 'Map Item Selection' Screen..
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

b) Touch the desired waypoint.

Flight

4) Touch the Insert In FPL Button. The 'Insert Before Waypoint' Screen is displayed.
5) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select where to
insert the new waypoint. The waypoint is inserted before the selected waypoint.
EISEAS

Or:
Touch the Insert at End Button. The waypoint is inserted as the last waypoint in the
active flight plan.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Or:
Nav/Com/

For airfield waypoints, touch the Set as Destination Button if desired. The waypoint is
inserted as the flight plan destination.
Flight Flight

If a new User Waypoint is inserted, the system will create a User Waypoint using the LAT/
Avoidance Management

LON Mode. The default name of the new User Waypoint will be 'WPT' followed by the
numerals ‘000’. Future rerouting requiring the creation of new User Waypoints will have
similar default names with an incremental numeric value (example: 'WPT001', etc.).
Hazard Hazard

6) Touch the Done Button to update the flight plan.

Avoidance

Or:
Add more waypoints to the planned rerouting:
AFCS

a) Touch the Continue Reroute Button.

b) Use the Touchpad to move the pointer to a waypoint or the map location for the
Features AFCS

next desired waypoint.

Additional Additional

c) Touch the Reroute Insertion Button to insert into the planned rerouting.
d) Touch the Load Button to add the entire rerouting to the flight plan, or repeat Step
6b and 6c.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Removing an individual waypoint or multiple waypoints from a flight plan:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:
For the stored flight plan:
Appendix

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
Appendix

to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button.
Index
Index

2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint
Options' Window. Then, touch the Remove WPT(s) Button.
60 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

3) To remove an individual waypoint, touch the OK Button in response to 'Remove

Instruments
Instruments
<waypoint name>?'. The waypoint is removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel

Flight
Flight
Button.
Or:
To remove a series of multiple waypoints:

EASEIS
a) Touch the Remove Multiple Button to display the 'Remove From <waypoint>
Through' Window.
b) Touch a Waypoint Button that is sequenced before or after the previously selected

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
waypoint. The confirmation window 'Remove <waypoint> Through <waypoint>?'.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
c) Touch the OK Button to confirm the removal of the two selected waypoints and all
waypoints sequenced between them, the Edit Button to return to the previous step,
or the Cancel Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Enabling/disabling a fly over waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:

Hazard Hazard
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

Avoidance
Or:
For the stored flight plan:

AFCS
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

AFCS Features
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

Additional Additional
Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen. Features

2) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Fly Over Waypoint Button to enable/disable the waypoint as a fly-over
waypoint.
Adding a heading after a waypoint in the active flight plan:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch the Flight Plan Button.

2) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the desired Waypoint Selection Button. The heading
will be inserted after this waypoint.
Appendix

3) Touch the Insert Heading Leg Button to display the keypad.

Appendix

4) Use the keypad to enter the heading and touch Enter. A 'manseq' heading Waypoint
Selection Button will be added to the active flight plan.
Editing a heading after a waypoint in the active flight plan:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

2) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the desired 'manseq' heading Waypoint Selection
Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 61
 Flight Management

3) Touch the Edit Heading Leg Button to display the keypad.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

4) Use the keypad to enter the heading and touch Enter.

Flight

Removing a heading from the active flight plan:

1) From MFW Home, touch the Flight Plan Button.
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch the desired 'manseq' heading Waypoint Selection
EISEAS

Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

3) Touch the Remove WPT(s) Button.
Audio and

4) Touch the OK Button in response to 'Remove <waypoint name>?'. The heading is

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.

Creating a fix:
1) From MFW Home:
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Fix Function.
Or:
a) Touch the Flight Plan Button.
Hazard Hazard

b) Touch any Waypoint Selection Button to open the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
Avoidance

c) Touch the Fix Function Button.

2) Touch the Type Button to open the 'Select Fix Type' Screen.
AFCS

3) Touch the button corresponding to the desired type of fix.

4) For an Abeam fix:
Features AFCS

a) Touch the Reference Button.

Additional Additional

b) Enter the waypoint identifier, and touch the Enter Button. The 'Radial' Field will
auto-populate.
Features

Or:
Operation
Abnormal

For a Radial fix:

a) Touch the Reference Button, enter the waypoint identifier, and touch the Enter
Button.
Annun/Alerts

b) Touch the Radial Button, enter the radial value, and touch the Enter Button.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
For a Distance fix:
a) Touch the Reference Button, enter the waypoint identifier, and touch the Enter
Appendix
Appendix

Button.
b) Touch the Distance Button, enter the distance value, and touch the Enter Button.
Or:
Index

For a LAT/LON fix, touch the LAT/LON Button, to open the 'LAT/LON' Screen:
Index

For a latitude intersecting fix, enter the latitude, and touch the Enter Button.
Or:
62 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

For a longitude intersecting fix, enter only the longitude, by touching the E or W

Instruments
Instruments
Button followed by the full longitude value, and touch the Enter Button.

Flight
Flight
5) To show the new fix on the map:
a) Touch the Edit Fixes Button.
b) Scroll as required and touch the new fix button on the 'Fix List' Screen.

EASEIS
c) Touch the Show On Map Button to display the fix on the navigation map.
d) Touch the Back Button twice to return to the 'Create Fix' Screen.
6) Touch the Done Button to create the fix:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
7) To create another fix, touch the Create Next Fix Button and repeat steps 2 - 6.

and
Editing a fix:
1) From MFW Home:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Fix Function.
Or:
a) Touch the Flight Plan Button.

Hazard Hazard
b) Touch any Waypoint Selection Button to open the 'Waypoint Options' Window.

Avoidance
c) Touch the Fix Function Button.
2) Touch the Edit Fixes Button.

AFCS
3) Touch the desired Fix Button to edit.
4) Touch the Edit Button.

AFCS Features
5) Re-enter the desired changes and touch the Done Button.

Additional Additional
Deleting a fix or all fixes:
1) From MFW Home: Features

Touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Fix Function.
Operation
Abnormal

Or:
a) Touch the Flight Plan Button.
Annun/Alerts

b) Touch any Waypoint Selection Button to open the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
Annun/Alerts

c) Touch the Fix Function Button.

2) Touch the Edit Fixes Button.
3) Touch the desired Fix Button to delete.
Appendix

4) Touch either the Delete Fix or the Delete All Fixes Button to delete the selected fix or
Appendix

all fixes, respectively.

5) Touch the OK Button to confirm the deletion.
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan using fix information:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home:

Touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Fix Function.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 63
 Flight Management

Or:
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

a) Touch the Flight Plan Button.

Flight

b) Touch any Waypoint Selection Button to open the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
c) Touch the Fix Function Button.
2) Touch the Edit Fixes Button.
EISEAS

3) Touch the desired Fix Button to be added.

4) Touch Edit > Insert Into Flight Plan.
Audio and

5) Scroll the list as necessary, and touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select where to
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

insert the new waypoint. The waypoint is inserted into the active flight plan before the
selected waypoint.
Airways
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Adding an individual airway to a flight plan:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
Hazard Hazard

 For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Avoidance

Or:
For the stored flight plan:
AFCS

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Features AFCS

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Additional Additional

Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint
Features

Options' Window.
Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Load Airway Button to display the 'Airway Selection' Screen.
4) Touch the Sort A->Z Button to select/deselect alphabetical sorting of the airway
Annun/Alerts

waypoints.
Annun/Alerts

5) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an Airway Selection Button to select the airway and
display the 'Select Exit' Window (if Sort A->Z is selected, the exit points are displayed in
alphabetical order, not the order they appear in the airway).
Appendix

6) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an Airway Exit Point Selection Button to select the
Appendix

airway exit point. The airway waypoint sequence is now show on the 'Airway Selection'
Screen.
7) Touch the Show on Map Button to preview the airway on the active display pane.
Index
Index

8) Touch the Load Airway Button to insert the airway into the active or standby flight plan.

64 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Removing an entire airway from the flight plan:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Flight
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:

EASEIS
For the stored flight plan:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

and
Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.

Flight Flight
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an Airway Selection Button to display the 'Airway

Management Avoidance
Options' Window.
3) Touch the Remove Airway Button.

Hazard Hazard
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove Airway – <airway name> from flight
plan?”. The airway is removed, but the starting and ending waypoints remain in the

Avoidance
flight plan. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the flight plan:

AFCS
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:

AFCS Features
 For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

Additional Additional
Or:
For the stored flight plan: Features

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
Operation
Abnormal

to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Annun/Alerts

Options' Window.
Annun/Alerts

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an Airway Selection Button to display the 'Airway
Options' Window.
Appendix

3) Touch the corresponding button to collapse/expand an individual airway, or collapse/

Appendix

expand all airways.

4) Touch the Back Button to return to the flight plan.
Changing Collapsed/Expanded settings for newly loaded airways:
Index
Index

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 65
 Flight Management

F or the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

(Not available for stored flight plans)

Flight

2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch an Airway Selection Button to display the 'Airway
Options' Window.
3) Touch the Load New Airways Button.
EISEAS

4) Touch the selection button for the desired setting.

Altitude Constraints
Audio and

Altitude Constraints within a Flight Plan

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

System Calculated Advisory

Altitude (White Text)
Flight Flight

Modified Altitude Constraint

Avoidance Management

AT or ABOVE
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Auto Designated Altitude
Hazard Hazard

AT or ABOVE
(Cyan Text)
Avoidance

Published Altitude
Not Designated
AFCS

(White Text with Altitude

Restriction Bar)
Altitude Constraint Types
Features AFCS

5OOOFT 23OOFT
Additional Additional

Cross AT or ABOVE 5,000 ft Cross AT or BELOW 3,000 ft

Features

5OOOFT
Operation
Abnormal

23OOFT 3OOOFT
Cross AT 2,300 ft Cross BETWEEN 3,000 ft & 5,000 ft
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Manual Input of Temperature Compensation

Appendix

Active Flight Plan – Waypoint Altitude Constraints

Appendix
Index
Index

66 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

White Text Cyan Text

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
5OOOFT 5OOOFT
Advisory altitudes calculated by the system Altitude is designated for use in determining
estimating the altitude of the aircraft as it passes vertical guidance. A pencil icon indicates manual

EASEIS
the navigation point. designation or manual data entry.

5OOOFT 5OOOFT

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Altitude retrieved from the navigation database. The system cannot use this altitude in determining

and
White line above and/or below indicates the type vertical guidance because of an invalid constraint
of constraint, as shown in the preceding figure. condition.
These altitudes are provided as a reference, and

Flight Flight
are not designated for vertical guidance.

Management Avoidance
Altitude Constraint Color Coding
Entering or modifying an altitude constraint:

Hazard Hazard
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Avoidance
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

AFCS
Or:
For the stored flight plan:

AFCS Features
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog

Additional Additional
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a stored flight plan button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Features

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Operation
Abnormal

2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the desired VNAV ALT Button. If the desired altitude
is already displayed, skip to Step 7 to designate the altitude constraint for vertical
Annun/Alerts

guidance.
Annun/Alerts

3) If the 'Enter Altitude' Window is not automatically displayed, touch the VNAV Constraint
Button to display it. Then, use the keypad to input the altitude.
4) If necessary, touch the Flight Level Button or the MSL Button to select the altitude
Appendix

mode.
Appendix

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the altitude entry and return to the 'VNAV Constraint'
Window.
6) If necessary, touch the Type Button, then touch the At, At or Above, At or Below or
Index
Index

Between Button. If the Between Button is selected, use the keypad and touch the
Enter Button to enter the ceiling and floor altitudes.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 67
 Flight Management

7) Touch the Create or Save Button to designate the new altitude constraint. The altitude
Instruments
Instruments

is now shown in cyan, indicating it is designated for vertical guidance.

Flight
Flight

Removing/undesignating an altitude constraint:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
EISEAS

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:
Audio and

For the stored flight plan:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a stored flight plan button to display the 'Catalog
Flight Flight

Options' Window.
Avoidance Management

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the desired VNAV ALT Button.
Hazard Hazard

3) Touch the Remove Constraint Button. A ‘Remove Altitude Constraint?’ window is

displayed.
Avoidance

4) Touch the OK Button. The altitude is now shown in white (or possibly as white dashes
if there are no other constraints in the flight plan), indicating it is not usable for vertical
AFCS

guidance. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.

Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database
Features AFCS

value:
Additional Additional

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
Features

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Operation
Abnormal

Or:
For the stored flight plan:
Annun/Alerts

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
Annun/Alerts

to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a stored flight plan button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Appendix

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Appendix

2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the desired VNAV ALT Button.
3) Touch the Remove Constraint Button. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNAV altitude
of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
Index
Index

4) Touch the Revert Button. The altitude is now the database altitude and is shown in cyan,
indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.

68 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Activating a vertical navigation direct-to for an existing altitude constraint:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Flight
2) Scroll the active flight plan list and touch the desired VNAV ALT Button.
3) Touch the VNAV ¯ <waypoint> Button to activate the vertical navigation direct-to.
Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.

EASEIS
Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.
2) If necessary, touch the Profile Tab. Touch the VNAV ¯ Button to display the 'Select

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
VNAV Direct To' Screen with a list of possible VNAV direct-to choices.

and
3) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a VNAV Waypoint Selection Button.
4) Touch the OK Button to activate the vertical navigation direct-to. Vertical guidance

Flight Flight
begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.

Management Avoidance
5) Touch the Back Button to exit and return to the previous screen.
Removing an altitude constraint when vertical navigation direct-to is active:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Avoidance
2) Scroll the active flight plan list and touch the VNAV ALT Button for the waypoint receiving
VNAV direct-to guidance.
3) Touch the Remove Constraint Button.

AFCS
4) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Remove Altitude Constraint?”.
Vertical navigation direct-to guidance for the altitude constraint is canceled, and the

AFCS Features
altitude constraint is removed from the flight plan.

Additional Additional
VNAV Enablement
Enabling/disabling VNAV guidance:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.

Operation
Abnormal

2) If necessary, touch the Settings Tab. Touch the VNAV Enabled Button to enable/disable
vertical navigation.
Annun/Alerts

Active Flight Plan VNAV Profile

Annun/Alerts

Entering or modifying a flight path angle constraint in the active flight plan:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.
Appendix

2) Touch the Profile Tab, if needed. Then touch the FPA Button to display the 'VNAV Flight
Appendix

Path Angle' Screen.

3) Use the keypad to select the angle. (FPA must be between -7.0 and -1.00)
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the new FPA constraint.
Index
Index

Removing a flight path angle constraint in the active flight plan:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 69
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Profile Tab, if needed. Then touch the FPA Button to display the 'VNAV Flight
Instruments
Instruments

Path Angle' Screen.

Flight
Flight

3) Touch the Remove FPA Button.

4) Touch the OK Button. The FPA reverts to the FMS computed value, or to dashes. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
EISEAS

Changing the flight plan descent FPA default:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.
2) Touch the Descent Tab.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Default Flight Path Angle Button to bring up the selection window.
4) To define a new descent FPA, touch the Pilot-Defined Descent Button. Then, use the
keypad and the Enter Button to enter the FPA and return to the previous screen.
Flight Flight

Or:
Avoidance Management

To use a pre-defined FPA, touch the desired descent button to select it and return to the
previous screen.
Hazard Hazard

Entering or modifying the VS Target in the active flight plan:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.

2) Touch the VS Target Button to display the 'VNAV VS Target' Screen.
3) Use the keypad to select the descent rate.
AFCS

4) Touch the Enter Button to select the new vertical speed target and to display a new
system-calculated FPA.
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Vertical Situation Display

Enabling/disabling the VSD:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.

3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Button to enable/disable display of the VSD.
Annun/Alerts

Changing the VSD Mode:

Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.
3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Settings Button.
Appendix

4) Touch the Mode Button to display the 'Mode Selection' Window.

Appendix

5) Touch a Mode Selection Button to select it and return to the 'Vertical Situation Display
Settings' Window.
Advisory Descent
Index
Index

Enabling/disabling the Advisory Descent:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.
70 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Settings Tab.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
3) Touch the Advisory Descent Button to enable/disable.

Flight
FLIGHT PLAN OPERATIONS
Activating a flight plan leg:

EASEIS
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the
destination waypoint for the desired leg. The 'Waypoint Options' Window is displayed.

AudioNav/Com/
3) Touch the Activate Leg to Waypoint Button.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Activate Leg?”. The new active flight plan leg is
activated. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Along Track Offsets

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Inserting an along track offset waypoint into the active or standby flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:

Hazard Hazard
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

Avoidance
2) Touch a Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
3) Touch the Along Track Waypoint Button to bring up the 'Along Track Waypoint Offset'

AFCS
Window.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of ±1 to 999 nm (offset must fall

AFCS Features
between the first and last waypoint within the flight plan).

Additional Additional
5) Touch the (Before) – Button or the (After) + Button to select the offset waypoint
direction. Features

6) Touch the Enter Button to insert the offset waypoint into the flight plan.
Operation
Abnormal

Removing an along track offset waypoint from the active or standby flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
2) Touch the Along Track Offset Waypoint Selection Button to display the 'Waypoint Options'
Window.
Appendix

3) Touch the Remove WPT(s) Button.

Appendix

4) Touch the OK Button to delete the waypoint from the flight plan.
Activating parallel offset:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Parallel Offset.
Index
Index

2) Touch the Distance Button to display the keypad.

3) Use the keypad to select the distance.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 71
 Flight Management

4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the distance, and return to the 'Parallel Offset' Screen.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

5) If desired, touch the Direction Button to choose the offset direction.

Flight

6) Touch the Start After Button to display the flight plan waypoints.
7) Scroll if required and touch the desired flight point where the parallel offset will begin.
8) Touch the End Before Button to display the flight plan waypoints.
EISEAS

9) Scroll if required and touch the desired flight point where the parallel offset will end.
10) Touch the Create Button to accept the information and create the parallel offset, and
return to the 'Active Flight Plan' Screen.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Canceling parallel offset:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Parallel Offset.
2) Touch the Cancel Parallel Offset Button to cancel the parallel offset function.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Determining the closest point along the flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:
Hazard Hazard

For the stored flight plan:

Avoidance

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
AFCS

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Features AFCS

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Additional Additional

2) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.
3) Touch the Closest Point of Flight Plan Button to display the 'Closest Point of Flight
Plan' Screen.
Features

4) Touch the From Waypoint Button to display the keypad.

Operation
Abnormal

5) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the “From” waypoint.
6) Touch the Insert Point into Flight Plan Button to add the calculated waypoint into the
Annun/Alerts

flight plan. The name for the new waypoint is derived from the identifier of the From
Annun/Alerts

waypoint.
Creating or Editing a user-defined hold at an active or standby flight plan waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Appendix
Appendix

Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, to display the waypoint at which to define the holding or edit
the existing holding:
Index
Index

a) To create holding, touch the Waypoint Selection Button to select the waypoint at
which to define the holding pattern. The 'Waypoint Options' Window is displayed.
72 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

b) Touch the Hold at Waypoint Button. The 'Hold at Waypoint' Screen is displayed.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Or:

Flight
a) To edit, touch the Hold Waypoint Selection Button. The 'Waypoint Options' Window
is displayed.
b) Touch the Edit Hold Button. The 'Hold at Waypoint' Screen is displayed.

EASEIS
3) Touch the Turn Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn
direction.
4) Touch the Course Direction (Inbound or Outbound) Button, and touch the Inbound

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Button or the Outbound Button to select the course direction.

and
5) Touch the Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the inbound or outbound course.
6) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
to select the length mode.
7) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the
keypad and the Enter Button to select the length of the leg.

Hazard Hazard
8) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and

Avoidance
the Enter Button to select the time for a reminder. A system message (HOLD EXPIRED
Holding EFC time expired.) will be triggered at the selected time.
9) Touch the Create Button to create and add the hold into the flight plan.

AFCS
Or:

AFCS Features
Touch the Save Button to save the changes and return to the flight plan.

Additional Additional
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options. Features

2) Touch the Hold at P. POS Button. The 'Hold at Waypoint' Screen is displayed.
Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Turn Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn
direction.
4) Touch the Course Direction (Inbound or Outbound) Button, and touch the Inbound
Annun/Alerts

Button or the Outbound Button to select the course direction.

Annun/Alerts

5) Touch the Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the inbound or outbound course.
6) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button
Appendix
Appendix

to select the length mode.

7) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the
keypad and the Enter Button to select the length of the leg.
8) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and
Index
Index

the Enter Button to select the time for a reminder.

9) Touch the Create Button to create an Offroute Direct-to hold waypoint at the aircraft
present position.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 73
 Flight Management

10) If desired, to enter the hold into the flight plan, touch the PPOS-H Waypoint Selection
Instruments
Instruments

Button to display the 'Direct To' Screen.

Flight
Flight

11) Touch the Insert in Flight Plan Button. The 'Insert ¯ PPOS-H Before?' Window is
displayed.
12) Touch the desired Waypoint Selection Button, and the hold is inserted in the flight plan
EISEAS

before the selected waypoint.

Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

2) Touch the ¯ Button and set up the Direct To waypoint as desired.

Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Hold Button. The 'Direct To Hold' Screen is displayed.

4) Touch the Turn Button, and touch the Right Button or the Left Button to select the turn
Flight Flight

direction.
Avoidance Management

5) Touch the Course Direction (Inbound or Outbound) Button, and touch the Inbound
Button or the Outbound Button to select the course direction.
6) Touch the Course Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
Hazard Hazard

select the inbound or outbound course.

Avoidance

7) Touch the Leg Length Mode Button, and touch the Distance Button or the Time Button
to select the length mode.
AFCS

8) Touch the Leg Time Button or the Leg Distance Button to display the keypad. Use the
keypad and the Enter Button to select the length of the leg.
Features AFCS

9) Touch the Expect Further Clearance Button to display the keypad. Use the keypad and
Additional Additional

the Enter Button to select the time for a reminder.

10) Touch the Enter Button to return to the 'Direct To' Screen.
11) Touch the Activate ¯ Button to activate the Direct To and add the hold into the flight
Features

plan.
Operation
Abnormal

Removing a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint or at a direct-to way-

point (hold not active):
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Annun/Alerts

2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the Hold Waypoint Selection Button. The 'Waypoint
Options' Window is displayed.
3) Touch the Remove Hold Button.
Appendix
Appendix

4) To remove only the selected hold, touch the OK Button in response to 'Remove
<waypoint name>?'. The hold is removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel
Button.
Or:
Index
Index

To remove the hold along with a series of multiple waypoints:

74 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

a) Touch the Remove Multiple Button to display the 'Remove From <hold waypoint>

Instruments
Instruments
Through' Window.

Flight
Flight
b) Touch a Waypoint Button that is sequenced before or after the previously
selected hold waypoint. The confirmation window 'Remove <waypoint> Through
<waypoint>?'is displayed.

EASEIS
c) Touch the OK Button to confirm the removal of the two selected waypoints and
all waypoints sequenced between them. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel
Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
Exiting a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint or direct-to waypoint

XPDR/Audio Management
and
(hold active):
From PFW Home, touch the SUSP Button to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
Or:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Press the SUSP Softkey to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
Removing a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Hazard Hazard
2) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the PPOS-H Waypoint Selection Button, or touch the

Avoidance
¯ Button. The 'Direct To' Window is displayed.
3) Touch the Remove PPOS-H Button.

AFCS
4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove ¯ PPOS-H?”. The holding pattern is
removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.

AFCS Features
Inverting a Flight Plan

Additional Additional
Inverting the active or standby flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Features

Or:
Operation
Abnormal

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Invert Button.

Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Invert flight plan?”. The flight plan is inverted. To
cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Inverting a stored flight plan:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Index
Index

4) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 75
 Flight Management

5) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

6) Touch the Invert Button. Touch the OK Button to continue. The flight plan and flight
Flight

plan comment is inverted (all procedures are removed). Touch the Back Button to save
the changes and return to the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Using the Standby Flight Plan
EISEAS

Viewing the active and standby flight plan screen:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Audio and

2) Touch the Standby Flight Plan Button to display the 'Standby Flight Plan' Screen.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Active Flight Plan Button to return to the 'Active Flight Plan' Screen.
Linking aircraft present position (Insert P. POS Link) to the standby flight plan:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

2) Touch the desired Waypoint Selection Button to link the aircraft present position to a
waypoint.
3) Touch the Insert P. POS Link Button.
Hazard Hazard

4) A P. POS Button is added to the standby flight plan with a white arrow drawn to indicate
Avoidance

the link created. To change the waypoint that P. POS is linked to, repeat Steps 2 through
4 for the desired waypoint.
AFCS

Removing P. POS link from the standby flight plan:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the P. POS Button.

Additional Additional

3) Touch the Remove P.POS Link Button.

4) Touch the OK Button in response to 'Remove link from P. POS?'. To cancel the request,
touch the Cancel Button.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Loading and activating the standby flight plan:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
2) Load the Standby Flight Plan and preserve previous active leg guidance:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

a) Touch the Load Standby Button.

Or:
Touch Flight Plan Options > Load Standby.
Appendix

b) Touch the OK Button in response to the 'Load Standby Flight Plan and Replace Active
Appendix

Flight Plan.' prompt and return to the 'Flight Plan Plan' Screen. The standby flight
plan is copied to the active flight plan, and an off-route direct-to leg is created for the
previously active leg.
Or:
Index
Index

Load the Standby Flight Plan and create new direct-to leg guidance:

76 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

a) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
b) Touch Load & Activate Standby Button.

Flight
c) Touch the OK Button in response to the 'Active Standby Flight Plan < flight plan
leg >.' prompt and return to the 'Flight Plan Plan' Screen. The standby flight plan
is copied to the active flight plan and new direct-to guidance is provided to the

EASEIS
previously linked waypoint. If there was no P. POS link in the standby flight plan, the
system chooses which waypoint to create a direct-to instead.
MANAGING FLIGHT PLANS

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Importing and Exporting Flight Plans

and
Ignoring a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, the notification

Flight Flight
button will change to a flashing Connext® Button on the Touchscreen Controller, and a

Management Avoidance
Connext annunciation appears on the PFW.
2) Touch the Connext Button to see the notification of the pending flight plan on the

Hazard Hazard
'Notifications' Screen.
3) Touch the Connext Button again to ignore the pending flight plan and return to the

Avoidance
previous screen. The pending flight plan is not loaded into the system, though the
notification message will still remain on the 'Notifications' Screen under the Connext Tab

AFCS
for future use.
Viewing and activating a pending flight plan from a wireless connection:

AFCS Features
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, the notification

Additional Additional
button will change to a flashing Connext Button on the Touchscreen Controller, and a
Connext annunciation appears on the PFW. Features

2) Touch the Connext Button to see the notification of the pending flight plan on the
Operation
Abnormal

'Notifications' Screen.
3) Touch the Flight Plan Received Button to preview and add the pending flight plan to
the standby flight plan. If there is already a loaded standby flight plan, a pop up window
Annun/Alerts

will confirm 'Replace Standby Flight Plan?'. Touch OK to continue.

Annun/Alerts

4) The 'Standby Flight Plan' Screen is now shown on the Touchscreen Controller containing
the flight plan which was transferred from the mobile device.
5) Load the Standby Flight Plan, or Load and Activate the Standby Flight Plan:
Appendix
Appendix

Touch the Load Standby Button. The Standby will replace the Active Flight Plan and
vice versa.
Or:
Touch Flight Plan Options > Load Standby. The Standby will replace the Active
Index
Index

Flight Plan and vice versa.

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 77
 Flight Management

a) Touch Flight Plan Options > Load & Activate Standby. The Standby will replace
Instruments
Instruments

the Active Flight Plan and vice versa.

Flight
Flight

b) To activate, touch the OK Button in response to the 'Active Standby Flight Plan <
flight plan leg >.' prompt and return to the 'Flight Plan Plan' Screen, or touch the
Cancel Button.
EISEAS

Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:

1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog >
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Create New Catalog Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.

Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Import Button to display the 'Import Flight Plan' Screen.
4) Touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the flight plan information and activate the
Import Button.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

5) Touch the Import Button.

6) Touch the OK Button to return to the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Hazard Hazard

Exporting a stored Flight Plan to an SD Card:

1) Insert the SD card for storing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
Avoidance

2) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
3) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
AFCS

4) Touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog Options' Window.
5) Touch the Export Button to display the 'Export Flight Plan' Screen.
Features AFCS

6) Touch the File Name: Button to rename the exported flight plan using the keypad or
Additional Additional

upper knobs, if necessary.

7) Touch the Export Button.
Features

8) Touch the OK Button in response to the “Flight Plan Successfully Exported.” prompt to
Operation
Abnormal

return to the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.

Deleting the active or standby flight plan:
Annun/Alerts

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
> Flight Plan Options.
Appendix
Appendix

2) Touch the Delete Flight Plan Button.

3) Touch the OK Button in response to “Delete all waypoints in flight plan?”. The flight plan
is deleted. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.

78 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen. The

Instruments
Instruments
flight plan information is displayed showing departure, destination, and total distance

Flight
Flight
information for the stored flight plans.
3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.

EASEIS
4) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen to view the
waypoints in the stored flight plan.
Storing a flight plan:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.

and
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
> Flight Plan Options.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) Touch the Store Button.
3) Touch the OK Button in response to the question “Store <origin>/<destination> into
catalog?”.

Hazard Hazard
Activating a stored flight plan:

Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

AFCS
3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.

AFCS Features
4) Touch the Activate Button.

Additional Additional
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Activate Selected Flight Plan and Replace Current
Active Route?”. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button. Features

Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Annun/Alerts

Options' Window.
4) Touch the Invert and Activate Button.
5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Invert and Activate Selected Flight Plan and Replace
Appendix

Current Active Route?”. The stored flight plan is inverted (all procedures are removed)
Appendix

and becomes the active flight plan. The stored flight plan is not modified. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
Copying a stored flight plan to another flight plan memory slot:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 79
 Flight Management

3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Instruments
Instruments

Options' Window.
Flight
Flight

4) Touch the Copy Button.

5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Copy Flight Plan <flight plan name>?”. The copied
flight plan is placed in the list of stored flight plans. To cancel the request, touch the
EISEAS

Cancel Button.
Copying a stored flight plan to the standby flight plan:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Nav/Com/

3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Flight Flight

4) Touch the Copy to Standby Button. If the standby flight plan is empty, the selected
Avoidance Management

flight plan is copied to the standby flight plan. If there is already a standby flight plan,
then a confirmation message is displayed.
5) If necessary, touch the OK Button in response to “Copy Selected Flight Plan and Replace
Hazard Hazard

Current Standby Flight Plan?”. The selected flight plan is copied to the standby flight
Avoidance

plan. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.

Deleting a stored flight plan:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Features AFCS

3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Additional Additional

Options' Window.
4) Touch the Delete Button.
Features

5) Touch the OK Button in response to “Delete Flight Plan <flight plan name>?”. The flight
Operation
Abnormal

plan is deleted, and any flight plans following it in the list are shifted up. To cancel the
request, touch the Cancel Button.
Storing the active flight plan and changing the comment:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

1) For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Store Button.
3) Touch the Rename Button to display the keypad.
Appendix

4) Use the keypad to select the comment.

Appendix

5) Touch the Enter Button. The comment is changed for the active flight plan, and the
'Store <flight plan comment> into the catalog?' prompt is displayed.
6) Touch the OK Button to store the flight plan and return to the 'Active Flight Plan' Screen.
Index

Or:
Index

Touch the Cancel Button to return to the 'Active Flight Plan' Screen.

80 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Changing a flight plan comment for the standby or stored flight plan:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan

Flight
> Flight Plan Options.
Or:
For the stored flight plan:

EASEIS
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
b) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
c) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Options' Window.

and
2) Touch the Rename Button to display the keypad.
3) Use the keypad to select the comment.

Flight Flight
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the comment, and return to the flight plan.

Management Avoidance
PROCEDURES
Viewing available procedures at an airport:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

Avoidance
2) If necessary, touch the Airport Selection Button to display the keypad and use it to select
the airport.

AFCS
3) Touch Proc Tab to display the 'Airport Procedures' Screen.
4) Scroll the list if necessary and touch a Procedure Selection Button. The procedure

AFCS Features
selection screen is displayed on the Touchscreen Controller for the selected procedure.

Additional Additional
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the procedure on the
active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the chart instead.
6) Touch the Cancel Button to return to the 'Airport Procedures' Screen to view another
Features

procedure.
Operation
Abnormal

7) Repeat Steps 4 through 6 as necessary.

Loading a procedure into the active flight plan from the 'Airport Information' Screen:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.

2) If necessary, touch the Airport Selection Button to display the keypad and use it to select
the airport.
3) Touch the Proc Tab to display the 'Airport Procedures' Screen.
Appendix
Appendix

4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a Procedure Selection Button. The procedure
selection screen is displayed on the Touchscreen Controller for the selected procedure.
5) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of
the procedure on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the
Index
Index

procedure chart instead.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 81
 Flight Management

6) Select a different procedure, if desired.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

7) Touch the Load Button to insert the procedure into the active flight plan.
Flight

Loading a procedure into the active flight plan from the 'Nearest Airport' Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport.
2) If necessary, scroll the list to find the desired airport and touch the Airport Selection
EISEAS

Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window for the selected airport.
3) Touch the Airport Info Button to display the 'Airport Information' Screen.
Audio and

4) Touch the Proc Tab to display the 'Airport Procedures' Screen.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a Procedure Selection Button. The procedure
selection screen is displayed on the Touchscreen Controller for the selected procedure.
6) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of
Flight Flight

the procedure on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the
Avoidance Management

procedure chart instead.

7) Select a different procedure, if desired.
Hazard Hazard

8) Touch the Load Button to insert the procedure into the active flight plan.
Avoidance

Removing an entire procedure from a flight plan:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
AFCS

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Features AFCS

Or:
Additional Additional

For the stored flight plan:

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
Features

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Operation
Abnormal

Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Annun/Alerts

2) Scroll the list if necessary and touch the Departure, Arrival, or Approach Header Button to
Annun/Alerts

display the 'Departure Options', 'Arrival Options', or 'Approach Options' Window.

3) Touch the Remove Departure Button, the Remove Arrival Button, or the Remove
Approach Button.
Appendix

4) Touch the OK Button in response to “Remove <procedure> – <procedure name> from

Appendix

flight plan?”. The procedure is removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel Button.
DEPARTURES
Loading a departure into the flight plan:
Index
Index

1) For the active flight plan:

82 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

a) From MFW Home, touch PROC.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
b) Touch the Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.

Flight
Or:
For the standby flight plan:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan > PROC.

EASEIS
b) Touch the Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
For the stored flight plan:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

Flight Flight
Options' Window.

Management Avoidance
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.

Hazard Hazard
e) Touch the Load Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.

Avoidance
2) To access the 'Select Departure' Screen for the departure airport:
If the desired departure airport is already selected, touch the Departure Button. The
'Select Departure' Screen is displayed.

AFCS
Or:
a) Touch the Airport Button.

AFCS Features
b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the departure airport. The 'Select

Additional Additional
Departure' Screen is displayed.
3) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Departure Selection Button to select a departure. The
Features

'Select Transition' Screen may open.

Operation
Abnormal

4) Scroll the list if needed and available. Touch a Transition Selection Button to select the
transition if necessary. The 'Select Runway' Screen will open.
Annun/Alerts

5) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Runway Selection Button to select the runway and
Annun/Alerts

return to the 'Departure Selection' Screen.

6) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of
the departure on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the
departure chart instead.
Appendix
Appendix

7) Touch the Load Button to insert the departure into the flight plan.
Removing a departure from a flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan:
Index
Index

a) From MFW Home, touch PROC.

b) Touch the Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 83
 Flight Management

c) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Departure – <departure identifier> from

Instruments
Instruments

flight plan?' Window is displayed.

Flight
Flight

Or:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
b) Touch the Departure Header Button to display the 'Departure Options' Window.
EISEAS

c) Touch the Remove Departure Button. A 'Remove Departure – <departure

identifier> from flight plan?' Window is displayed.
Or:
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

For the standby flight plan:

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan > PROC.
b) Touch the Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.
Flight Flight

c) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Departure – <departure identifier> from

Avoidance Management

flight plan?' Window is displayed.

Or:
Hazard Hazard

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
b) Touch the Departure Header Button to display the 'Departure Options' Window.
Avoidance

c) Touch the Remove Departure Button. A 'Remove Departure – <departure

identifier> from flight plan?' Window is displayed.
AFCS

Or:
For the stored flight plan:
Features AFCS

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
Additional Additional

to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Features

Options' Window.
Operation
Abnormal

c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.
Annun/Alerts

e) Touch the Load Departure Button to display the 'Departure Selection' Screen.
Annun/Alerts

f) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Departure – <departure identifier> from

flight plan?' Window is displayed.
2) Touch the OK Button. The departure is removed from the flight plan.
Appendix
Appendix

WARNING: Never touch the Edit Runway Button while holding at a waypoint within
a departure or arrival procedure. Doing so will remove the holding pattern from the
flight plan, and the aircraft will fly its current heading without flying the remainder
of the flight plan.
Index
Index

84 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Changing the departure runway for a published departure procedure:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) For the active flight plan:

Flight
From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Or:
For the standby flight plan:

EASEIS
From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
For the stored flight plan:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

Flight Flight
Options' Window.

Management Avoidance
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
2) Open the 'Select Runway' Screen:

Hazard Hazard
Touch the Departure Runway Button.

Avoidance
Or:
a) Touch the Runway Waypoint Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
b) Touch the Edit RWY Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen.

AFCS
3) Select the new departure runway.

AFCS Features
ARRIVALS

Additional Additional
Loading an arrival into the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan: Features

a) From MFW Home, touch PROC.

Operation
Abnormal

b) Touch the Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.

Or:
Annun/Alerts

For the standby flight plan:

Annun/Alerts

a)  From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan > PROC.
b) Touch the Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
Or:
Appendix

For the stored flight plan:

Appendix

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Index
Index

Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 85
 Flight Management

d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.
Instruments
Instruments

e) Touch the Load Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
Flight
Flight

2) To access the 'Select Arrival' Screen for the arrival airport:

If the desired arrival airport is already selected, touch the Arrival Button. The 'Select
Arrival' Screen is displayed.
EISEAS

Or:
a) Touch the Airport Button.
b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the arrival airport. The 'Select Arrival'
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Screen is displayed.
Nav/Com/

3) Scroll the list if needed and touch an Arrival Selection Button to select the arrival. The
'Select Transition' Screen may open.
4)
Flight Flight

Scroll the list if needed and available. Touch a Transition Selection Button to select the
Avoidance Management

transition. The 'Select Runway' Screen will open.

5) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Runway Selection Button to select the runway and
return to the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
Hazard Hazard

6) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of the
Avoidance

arrival on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the arrival
chart instead.
7) Touch the Load Button to insert the arrival into the flight plan.
AFCS

Removing an arrival from a flight plan using the Touchscreen Controller:

Features AFCS

1) For the active flight plan:

Additional Additional

a) From MFW Home, touch PROC.

b) Touch the Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
Features

c) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Arrival – <arrival identifier> from flight plan?'
Operation
Abnormal

Window is displayed.
Or:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

b) Touch the Arrival Header Button to display the 'Arrival Options' Window.
c) Touch the Remove Arrival Button. A 'Remove Arrival – <arrival identifier> from
flight plan?' Window is displayed.
Or:
Appendix
Appendix

For the standby flight plan:

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan > PROC.
b) Touch the Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
Index

c) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Arrival – <arrival identifier> from flight plan?'
Index

Window is displayed.
Or:
86 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

Instruments
Instruments
b) Touch the Arrival Header Button to display the 'Arrival Options' Window.

Flight
Flight
c) Touch the Remove Arrival Button. A 'Remove Arrival – <arrival identifier> from
flight plan?' Window is displayed.
Or:

EASEIS
For the stored flight plan:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog

and
Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
d) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
e) Touch the Load Arrival Button to display the 'Arrival Selection' Screen.
f) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Arrival – <arrival identifier> from flight plan?'
Window is displayed.

Hazard Hazard
2) Touch the OK Button. The arrival is removed from the flight plan.

Avoidance
WARNING: Never touch the Edit Runway Button while holding at a waypoint within

AFCS
a departure or arrival procedure. Doing so will remove the holding pattern from the
flight plan, and the aircraft will fly its current heading without flying the remainder

AFCS Features
of the flight plan.

Additional Additional
Changing the arrival runway for a published arrival procedure:
1) For the active flight plan: Features

From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Operation
Abnormal

Or:
For the standby flight plan:
Annun/Alerts

From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
For the stored flight plan:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog
Appendix

to display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

Appendix

b) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
c) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
Index
Index

2) Display the 'Select Runway' Screen:

Touch the Arrival Runway Button.
Or:
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 87
 Flight Management

a) Touch the Runway Waypoint Button to display the 'Waypoint Options' Window.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

b) Touch the Edit RWY Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen.
Flight

3) Touch an arrival runway option.

If an approach was previously loaded that is not compatible with the arrival, the 'Arrival
does not service loaded Approach. Edit Approach?' message will be displayed. Touch the
EISEAS

Yes Button to change the approach. Otherwise, touch the No Button.

APPROACHES
Audio and

Instrument Approaches
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

HSI Description Example on HSI

Annunciation
LNAV
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Approach to the published MDA

LP
Hazard Hazard

LNAV+V
Approach with advisory vertical
Avoidance

LP+V guidance to the published MDA

L/VNAV Approach Service Level

AFCS

Approach with approved vertical – LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LP, LP+V, LPV
LPV guidance to the published DA
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Approach Service Levels

Features

Approach Service Level Lateral Navigation Source Vertical Navigation Source

Operation
Abnormal

LNAV GPS N/A

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

GPS
LNAV+V GPS
(advisory only)

GPS 1
Appendix

LNAV/VNAV GPS
Appendix

or Baro VNAV 2

LP GPS 1 N/A

LP+V GPS 1 GPS 1 (advisory only)

Index
Index

88 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Approach Service Level Lateral Navigation Source Vertical Navigation Source

Flight
LPV GPS 1 GPS 1

EASEIS
1
SBAS required
2
See Approach Downgrade Behavior Table
Source of Lateral and Vertical Navigation per Approach Service Level

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
User Approach Mode Selection

and
Enabling/Disabling User Approach Mode Select:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) If necessary, touch the System Tab.
3) Scroll the list and touch the Allow User Approach Mode Select Button to enable/disable.
Modifying the active flight plan Approach Mode:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch PROC > Approach > Approach Mode.

Avoidance
2) Change the Approach Mode:
Touch the Auto Button to enable automatic mode selection, if necessary. The button

AFCS
annunciator is green when automatic mode selection is enabled.
Or:

AFCS Features
a) Touch the Auto Button to disable automatic mode selection. The button annunciator

Additional Additional
is gray when automatic mode selection is disabled, and the Service Level buttons and
the Vertical Source buttons become selectable.
b) Touch the desired 'Service Level' Button.
Features

c) Touch the desired 'Vertical Source' Button

Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Enter Button.

Loss of SBAS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Due to the high level of precision required by some approach service levels, losing SBAS
may require the pilot to acknowledge a downgrade of approach service level, or to abort the
approach. See the following table for approach degradation behavior:
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 89
 Flight Management

SBAS
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Approach Becomes Description Action Required Downgrade

Unavailable
Approach
LNAV SBAS not required.
phase not None N/A
EISEAS

LNAV+V The approach is continued.

specified
HSI displays approach service Acknowledge message
Before the FAF level in amber; to display Baro VNAV N/A
Audio and

VDI displays ‘NO GP’. 2

CNS

Glidepath
Management XPDR/Audio

LNAV/
Nav/Com/

VNAV HSI displays downgraded

At/after the
approach service level in None LNAV 1
FAF
magenta; VDI displays ‘NO GP’.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

More than 1 HSI displays approach service

None N/A
min to the FAF level in amber;
Hazard Hazard

HSI displays downgraded Acknowledge message

Within 1 min
LP approach service level in to redisplay CDI with LNAV 1
Avoidance

to the FAF
magenta; CDI is removed. 2 LNAV 1
Acknowledge
At/after the
AFCS

2 N/A
CDI is removed. ABORT APR message to
FAF
redisplay CDI
Features AFCS

HSI displays approach service

More than 1
Additional Additional

level in amber; None N/A

min to the FAF
VDI displays ‘NO GP’.
Features

HSI displays downgraded Acknowledge message

Within 1 min approach service level in amber; to redisplay CDI with
Operation
Abnormal

LP+V LNAV+V 1
to the FAF CDI is removed. VDI displays ‘NO LNAV+V 1 and Baro
GP’. 2 VNAV Glidepath
Annun/Alerts

Acknowledge
Annun/Alerts

At/after the CDI is removed;

ABORT APR message to N/A
FAF VDI displays ‘NO GP’. 2
redisplay CDI
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

90 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

SBAS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Approach Becomes Description Action Required Downgrade
Unavailable
More than 1 HSI displays approach service
None N/A
min to the FAF level in amber.

EASEIS
HSI displays downgraded Acknowledge message
Within 1 min LNAV/
LPV approach service level in amber; to display Baro VNAV
to the FAF VNAV 1
VDI displays ‘NO GP’. 2 Glidepath

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
HSI displays downgraded

and
At/after the
approach service level in None LNAV 1
FAF
magenta; VDI displays ‘NO GP’.
1

Flight Flight
Some approaches may not publish minimums for the downgrade given as an example

Management Avoidance
in this table. The system will select the appropriate downgrade, if available, for each
published approach as it is derived from the database. If an appropriate downgrade is not
available, the approach should be aborted.
2
System message is generated.

Hazard Hazard
Approach Degradation Behavior

Avoidance
Loss of GPS on a Published GPS Approach
If a total loss of GPS positioning occurs while on the final segment of a GPS approach, the

AFCS
approach service level on the HSI will turn amber, the annunciation ‘UNABLE RNP’ will be
displayed on the PFD, and the ‘Notifications’ Screen will display a system message concerning

AFCS Features
the loss of GPS. If the aircraft is at or beyond the FAF when the condition occurs, a system

Additional Additional
message to abort the approach is given. The CDI deviation bar is removed from the HSI and
cannot be restored when GPS positioning is unavailable.
Features
Loss of Integrity
Operation
Abnormal

When the system is no longer receiving sufficient GPS integrity while on the final segment
of a GPS approach, the approach service level on the HSI will turn amber, the annunciation
‘GPS LOI’ will be displayed on the PFD, and the ‘Notifications’ Screen will display a system
Annun/Alerts

message concerning the loss of GPS. If the aircraft is at or beyond the FAF when the condition
Annun/Alerts

occurs, a system message to abort the approach is given and the CDI deviation bar is removed
from the HSI. The CDI deviation bar will reappear after acknowledging the system message
to abort the approach.
Appendix

Loading and Activating an Approach

Appendix

Loading an approach into the active/standby flight plan:

1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch PROC.
Or:
Index
Index

For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
> PROC.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 91
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Approach Button to display the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

3) To select the approach:

Flight

a) If the desired approach airport is already selected, touch the Approach Button. The
'Select Approach' Screen is displayed.
b) Scroll the list, if needed, and touch the desired Approach Selection Button.
EISEAS

c) The 'Select Transition' Screen is automatically displayed after selecting an approach

from the 'Select Approach' Screen. Touch the desired Transition Selection Button to
select the transition.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Or:
Nav/Com/

a) Touch the Airport Button.

b) Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the approach airport. The 'Select
Approach' Screen is displayed.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

c) Scroll the list, if needed, and touch the desired Approach Selection Button.
d) The 'Select Transition' Screen is automatically displayed after selecting an approach
from the 'Select Approach' Screen. Touch the desired Transition Selection Button to
Hazard Hazard

select the transition.

Avoidance

e) If a visual approach was selected, to change the Final Approach Distance, touch the
Final Approach Distance Button, then touch the numeric button for the desired
distance.
AFCS

Or:
Features AFCS

a) If the SBAS Button is available, touch the SBAS Button to display the keypad and
Additional Additional

use it to select the SBAS channel number (The SBAS channel Button is only available
when an RNAV, GPS, or no approach is selected).
If the SBAS Button is not available, touch the Approach Button to display the ‘Select
Features

Approach’ Screen. Scroll as needed and touch the Select by SBAS Channel Button
Operation
Abnormal

to display the keypad, and use it to select the SBAS channel number.
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the SBAS channel and return to the ‘Approach
Annun/Alerts

Selection’ Screen with the airport and approach selected.

Annun/Alerts

c) Touch the Transition Button to display the 'Select Transition' Screen.

4) Scroll the list, if needed, and touch a Transition Selection Button to select the transition.
5) To set the minimums, touch the Minimums Button to display the ‘Minimums’ Screen.
Appendix

a) If Baro is desired, touch the Minimums Button to display the ‘Minimums Source’
Appendix

Window.
b) Touch the Baro Button to select barometric minimums and return to the ‘Minimums’
Screen.
Index
Index

c) Use the keypad to select the minimums altitude.

92 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the barometric minimum altitude and return to the

Instruments
Instruments
‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

Flight
Flight
Or:
a) If temperature compensated minimum is desired, touch the Minimums Button to
display the ‘Minimums Source’ Window.

EASEIS
b) Touch the Temp Comp Button. The first time temperature compensation is enabled,
the ‘Destination Temp’ Screen is displayed. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to
select the temperature at the airport. If temperature compensation was previously

AudioNav/Com/
enabled, the previous entry for destination temperature is automatically entered.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
c) Use the keypad to select the minimums altitude.
d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the temperature compensated minimums and
return to the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
6) To set the landing runway, touch the Landing RWY Button to display the ‘Select Landing
Runway' Screen and touch the desired runway.
7) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of

Hazard Hazard
the approach on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the

Avoidance
approach chart instead.
8) Select the Approach Mode:
If an RNAV approach was selected and User Approach Mode Selection is enabled, touch

AFCS
the Approach Mode Button and change the mode to the desired settings.
9) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the flight plan.

AFCS Features
If a visual approach was selected, an advisory message will appear stating that obstacle

Additional Additional
clearance is not provided and the approach glidepath and threshold crossing height will
also be displayed. Touch the OK Button to continue. Features

Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the Flight Plan Catalog Button to display the ‘Flight Plan Catalog’ Screen.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the ‘Catalog Options’ Screen.
Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the Edit Button to display the ‘Edit Stored Flight Plan’ Screen.
5) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the ‘Flight Plan Options’ Window.
6) Touch the Load Approach Button to display the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.
Appendix
Appendix

7) Select the airport and approach:

a) If needed, touch the Airport Button to display the keypad and use it to select the
approach airport.
b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the approach airport.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 93
 Flight Management

c) If needed, touch the Approach Button to display the ‘Select Approach’ Screen with a
Instruments
Instruments

list of available approaches.

Flight
Flight

d) Scroll the list if needed and touch an Approach Selection Button to select the
approach and display the ‘Select Transition’ Screen.
e) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Transition Selection Button to select the transition
EISEAS

and return to the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

f) If a visual approach was selected, and it is necessary to change the Final Approach
Distance, touch the Final Approach Distance Button, then touch the numeric button
Audio and

for the desired distance.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Or:
a) If the SBAS Button is available , touch the SBAS Button to display the keypad and
use it to select the SBAS channel number (The SBAS channel Button is only available
Flight Flight

when an RNAV or GPS based approach is selected, or no approach is selected).

Avoidance Management

Or:
If the SBAS Button is not available , touch the Approach Button to display the ‘Select
Hazard Hazard

Approach’ Screen. Scroll as needed and touch the Select by SBAS Channel Button
to display the keypad, and use it to select the SBAS channel number.
Avoidance

b) Touch the Enter Button to accept the SBAS channel and return to the ‘Approach
Selection’ Screen with the airport and approach selected.
AFCS

c) Touch the Transition Button to display the ‘Select Transition’ Screen with a list of
available transitions.
Features AFCS

d) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Transition Selection Button to select the transition
Additional Additional

and return to the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

8) To set the landing runway, touch the Landing RWY Button to display the ‘Select Landing
Features

Runway' Screen and touch the desired runway.

Operation
Abnormal

9) Touch the Preview Button, then the Show on Map Button to show the preview of
the approach on the active display pane or touch the Show Chart Button to show the
approach chart instead.
Annun/Alerts

10) Touch the Load Button to insert the approach into the stored flight plan.
Annun/Alerts

Activating a previously loaded approach:

1) From MFW Home, touch PROC.
2) Touch the Activate Approach Button to activate the approach.
Appendix
Appendix

Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the ‘Approach Options’ Window.
Index

3) Touch the Activate Approach Button to activate the approach.

Index

Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:

1) From MFW Home, touch PROC.
94 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Activate Vectors To Final Button to activate vectors to final.

Instruments
Instruments
Or:

Flight
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
2) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the ‘Approach Options’ Window.
3) Touch the Activate Vectors To Final Button to activate vectors to final.

EASEIS
Removing an Approach
Removing an approach from the active/standby flight plan:

AudioNav/Com/
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch PROC.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Or:
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan
> PROC.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) Touch the Approach Button to display the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.
3) Touch the Remove Button. A ‘Remove approach <approach> from flight plan?’ Window
is displayed.

Hazard Hazard
4) Touch the OK Button. The approach is removed from the active flight plan. To cancel the

Avoidance
request, touch the Cancel Button.
Or:
1) For the active flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

AFCS
Or:

AFCS Features
For the standby flight plan: From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Standby Flight Plan.

Additional Additional
2) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the ‘Approach Options’ Screen.
3) Touch the Remove Approach Button. A ‘Remove Approach – <approach> from flight
plan?’ Window is displayed.
Features

4) Touch the OK Button. The approach is removed from the active flight plan. To cancel the
Operation
Abnormal

request, touch the Cancel Button.

Removing an approach from a stored flight plan:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options > Flight Plan Catalog to
Annun/Alerts

display the 'Flight Plan Catalog' Screen.

2) Scroll the list if needed and touch a Stored Flight Plan Button to display the 'Catalog
Options' Window.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Touch the Edit Button to display the 'Edit Stored Flight Plan' Screen.
4) Select the approach to remove:
a) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the 'Approach Options' Window.
b) Touch the Remove Approach Button. A 'Remove Approach – <approach identifier>
Index
Index

from flight plan?' Window is displayed.

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 95
 Flight Management

a) Touch the Flight Plan Options Button to display the 'Flight Plan Options' Window.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

b) Touch the Load Approach Button to display the 'Approach Selection' Screen.
Flight

c) Touch the Remove Button. A 'Remove Approach – <approach identifier> from flight
plan?' Window is displayed.
5) Touch the OK Button. The approach is removed from the stored flight plan. To cancel the
EISEAS

request, touch the Cancel Button.

Missed Approach
Audio and

Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Press the Go-Around Button. The system begins automatic sequencing through the
missed approach waypoints to the MAHP. See the AFCS Section for more details.
Or:
Flight Flight

Fly past the MAP and touch the SUSP Button on the PFW Home Screen or press the
Avoidance Management

SUSP Softkey on the PFW.

Or:
Hazard Hazard

1) From MFW Home, touch PROC.

Avoidance

2) Touch the Activate Missed Approach Button to activate the missed approach. The
system begins automatic sequencing through the missed approach waypoints to the
MAHP. (The Activate Missed Approach Button is available after the leg to the FAF
AFCS

becomes active and GPS is the active NAV source on the PFW.)
Or:
Features AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.

Additional Additional

2) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the 'Approach Options' Window.
3) Touch the Activate Missed Approach Button to activate the missed approach. The
Features

system begins automatic sequencing through the missed approach waypoints to the
Operation
Abnormal

MAHP. (The Activate Missed Approach Button is available after the leg to the FAF
becomes active and GPS is the active NAV source on the PFW.)
Annun/Alerts

Temperature Compensation
Annun/Alerts

NOTE: The use of temperature compensated altitudes outside the final approach
segment will be coordinated with ATC.
Appendix

Manually enabling/disabling temperature compensation for approach waypoint altitudes:

Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Flight Plan Options.
2) Touch the APPR WPT TEMP COMP Button to display the ‘Temp Compensation’ Screen.
3) Touch the Temp Compensation Annunciator Button to enable/disable temperature
Index
Index

compensation.

96 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

4) The first time temperature compensation is enabled, the ‘Destination Temp’ Screen is

Instruments
Instruments
displayed. Use the keypad and the Enter Button to select the temperature at the airport.

Flight
Flight
Touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Temp Compensation’ Screen. If temperature
compensation was previously enabled, the previous entry for destination temperature is
automatically entered.

EASEIS
5) To edit the airport temperature, touch the Temp at Dest Button and use the keypad and
the Enter Button to select the temperature at the airport.
Entering a temperature compensated minimum into an approach:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
1) From MFW Home, touch PROC > Approach to display the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
Or:
a) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan.
b) Touch the Approach Header Button to display the ‘Approach Options’ Window.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
c) Touch the Edit Approach Button to display the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.
2) Touch the Minimums Button to display the ‘Minimums’ Screen.
3) Touch the Minimums Button to display the ‘Minimums Source’ Window.

Hazard Hazard
4) Touch the Temp Comp Button. If necessary, use the keypad and touch the ENT Button

Avoidance
to enter the destination airport temperature. If temperature compensation was previously
enabled, the previous entry for destination temperature is automatically entered.

AFCS
5) If not already entered, use the keypad to select the minimums altitude.
6) Touch the Enter Button to return to the ‘Approach Selection’ Screen.

AFCS Features
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Additional Additional
Selecting the Weight and Balance Display Type:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Weight and Balance.
Features

2) Display the full pane or the desired half pane:

Operation
Abnormal

To view the full pan, if necessary, touch the Full Button to display a full sized display
pane showing the Station vs. Weight Box, 'Aircraft Weight and Balance' Box, and
Annun/Alerts

'Aircraft Load' Box.

Annun/Alerts

Or:
a) To view a half pane, touch the Half Button on the Button Bar, if required.
b) Touch the Display Button to display the 'Select Display Type' Window.
Appendix
Appendix

c) Touch the button corresponding to the desired display type.

Entering the aircraft load weights:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Weight and Balance.
2) Touch the Aircraft Loading Tab to display the aircraft load weight buttons.
Index
Index

3) Touch an aircraft load weight button to display the keypad.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 97
 Flight Management

4) Use the keypad to enter the item weight.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Weight and Balance'
Flight

Screen.
6) Repeat steps 3 - 5 as necessary.
Entering the fuel on board quantity:
EISEAS

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Weight and Balance.

2) Touch the Fuel Tab to display the fuel entry buttons.
Audio and

3) Touch the Fuel Init Button to display the 'Initial Fuel' Screen.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

4) Touch the Initial Fuel Button to display the 'Set Initial Gallons' Screen.
5) Use the keypad to enter the item quantity.
6) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Initial Fuel' Screen.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

7) Touch the Confirm Button to use the value for fuel calculations.
Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Weight and Balance.
Hazard Hazard

2) Touch the Fuel Tab to display the fuel entry buttons.

Avoidance

3) Touch the Fuel Init Button to display the 'Initial Fuel' Screen.
4) Touch the FOB SYNC Button. The fuel on board quantity is set to the current measured
AFCS

fuel.
5) Touch the Confirm Button to use the value for fuel calculations.
Features AFCS

Entering the taxi fuel quantity:

Additional Additional

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Weight and Balance.

2) Touch the Fuel Tab to display the fuel entry buttons.
Features

3) Touch the Taxi Fuel Button to display the entry keypad.

Operation
Abnormal

4) Use keypad to enter desired fuel allotment for taxi.

GENERAL PERFORMANCE AND TRIP PLANNING
Annun/Alerts

DATALINK WEATHER FOR PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES

Annun/Alerts

Changing the datalink wind and temperature source setting for general performance data:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Datalink WX PERF.
Appendix

2) A window is displayed showing the available datalink wind and temperature sources.
Appendix

Touch the button for the desired datalink source.

TRIP PLANNING
Selecting the Stored Flight Plan – Cumulative trip route mode:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.

98 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the 'Input Selection' Window.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the 'Select Flight Plan' Screen.

Flight
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a stored flight plan button to display the 'Select
Flight Plan Leg' Screen.
5) Touch the Cumulative Flight Plan Button to select the mode and return to the 'Trip

EASEIS
Planning' Screen.
Selecting the Stored Flight Plan – Leg trip route mode:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the 'Input Selection' Window.

and
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the 'Select Flight Plan' Screen.
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a stored flight plan button to display the 'Select

Flight Flight
Flight Plan Leg' Screen.

Management Avoidance
5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a flight plan leg selection button to select the mode
and return to the 'Trip Planning' Screen.

Hazard Hazard
Selecting the Active Flight Plan – Remaining trip route mode:

Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the 'Input Selection' Window.
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the 'Select Flight Plan' Screen.

AFCS
4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the active flight plan button to display the 'Select
Flight Plan Leg' Screen.

AFCS Features
5) Touch the Remaining Flight Plan Button to select the mode and return to the 'Trip

Additional Additional
Planning' Screen.
Selecting the Active Flight Plan – Leg trip route mode:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the 'Input Selection' Window.
3) Touch the Select from Flight Plan Button to display the 'Select Flight Plan' Screen.
Annun/Alerts

4) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch the active flight plan button to display the 'Select
Annun/Alerts

Flight Plan Leg' Screen.

5) Scroll the list, if necessary, and touch a flight plan leg selection button to select the mode
and return to the 'Trip Planning' Screen.
Appendix
Appendix

Selecting the waypoints trip route mode:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.
2) Touch the Trip Route Button to display the 'Input Selection' Window.
3) Touch the Select Starting and Ending Waypoints Button to display the 'Select Starting
Index
Index

and Ending Locations' Window.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 99
 Flight Management

4) Touch the starting waypoint button to display the 'Select Starting Location' Window.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

5) Touch the Present Position Button to use the present position of the aircraft and return
Flight

to the 'Select Starting and Ending Locations' Window.

Or:
Touch the Waypoint Button to select a waypoint using the keypad and return to the
EISEAS

'Select Starting and Ending Locations' Window.

6) Touch the ending waypoint button to select a waypoint using the keypad and return to
the 'Select Starting and Ending Locations' Window.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

7) Touch the Accept Button to select the mode and return to the 'Trip Planning' Screen.
Nav/Com/

When the manual entry mode is selected, the other eight trip input data fields must be en-
tered by the pilot, in addition to flight plan and leg selection.
Flight Flight

Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:

Avoidance Management

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Trip Planning.

2) Touch the Manual Entry Button to enable the manual entry data field buttons.
Hazard Hazard

3) Touch an input data field button and use the keypad to select the value.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the value and return to the 'Trip Planning' Screen.
Avoidance

5) Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each of the data fields.

TAKEOFF AND LANDING ASSISTANT (TOLA)
AFCS

ACCESSING TOLA
Features AFCS

Accessing the 'Takeoff Data' Screen:

Additional Additional

From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Accessing the 'Landing Data' Screen:
Features

From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.

Operation
Abnormal

TAKEOFF DATA
Origin Tab
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Manually selecting an origin airport and runway on the 'Takeoff Data' Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data to display the Origin Tab.
2) Touch the Origin Airport Button (may be displayed as six cyan dashes if empty) to display
Appendix

the keypad.
Appendix

3) Use the keypad to enter the origin airport.

4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Takeoff Data' Screen.
5) Touch the Runway Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen.
Index
Index

6) Touch the desired Runway Selection Button, and return to the 'Takeoff Data' Screen.

100 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

Runway Tab

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Entering takeoff run available:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
2) Touch the Runway Tab.
3) Touch the Runway Available Button to display the 'Takeoff Run Available' Screen.

EASEIS
4) Enter or change the takeoff run available distance:
a) Touch the Shorten DEP End Button to display the keypad.

AudioNav/Com/
b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the departure end of the runway.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.
Or:
a) Touch the Takeoff Run Available Button to display the keypad.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
b) Use the keypad to enter the takeoff run available distance.
c) If an Origin runway had been selected, touch the DEP Button or APPR Button to
shorten the distance from the approach or departure end.

Hazard Hazard
d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.

Avoidance
Or:
a) Touch the Shorten APPR End Button to display the keypad.

AFCS
b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the approach end of the runway.
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.

AFCS Features
5) Repeat Step 4 until the takeoff run data is displayed correctly.

Additional Additional
6) Touch the Save Button to make the changes and return to the 'Takeoff Data' Screen.
Entering the takeoff Runway Required distance: Features

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the Runway Tab.

3) Touch the Runway Required Button to display the keypad.
Annun/Alerts

4) Use the keypad to enter the takeoff runway distance required.

Annun/Alerts

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the Runway Tab.
Manually entering takeoff runway elevation, heading, or gradient:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
Appendix
Appendix

2) Touch the Runway Tab.

3) Touch the Runway Elevation Button, Runway Heading Button, or the Runway
Gradient Button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to enter the value.
Index
Index

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the Runway Tab.
6) Repeat Steps 3 through 5 until all runway values are entered as desired.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 101
 Flight Management

Reload runway data from database:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Flight

2) Touch the Runway Tab to display the runway data.

3) Touch the Reload from Database Button. The cyan pencil icon is removed from each
of the manual entries, and the values are replaced with data derived from the Navigation
EISEAS

Database.
Takeoff Config Tab
Audio and

Selecting the flaps position on the 'Takeoff Data' Screen:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

2) Touch the Takeoff Config Tab.
3) Touch the Flaps Button.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

4) Touch the desired flap setting button and return to the Takeoff Config Tab.
Speed Bugs Tab
Enabling/disabling takeoff Vspeed bugs:
Hazard Hazard

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Avoidance

2) Touch the Speed Bugs Tab.

3) Enable/disable takeoff Vspeed bugs:
AFCS

Touch the button for the desired Vspeed bug to enable or disable it. The annunciator bar
is green when enabled.
Features AFCS

Or:
Additional Additional

Touch the All On Button to enable all Vspeed bugs.

Or:
Features

Touch the All Off Button to disable all Vspeed bugs.

Operation
Abnormal

Manually entering takeoff Vspeed values:

1) MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Speed Bugs Tab.

Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the desired Speed Button to display the keypad.

4) Use the keypad to enter the new speed value.
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry and return to the 'Takeoff Data' Screen.
Appendix
Appendix

6) Repeat Steps 3 through 5 until all values are entered as desired.

Restoring all takeoff Vspeed values:
1) MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
Index

2) Touch the Speed Bugs Tab.

Index

3) Touch the Restore All Defaults Button. The system restores all default takeoff Vspeed
values and disables all takeoff Vspeed bugs.
102 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

EMER Return Tab

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Manually selecting the emergency return airport and runway:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
2) Touch the EMER Return Tab.
3) Touch the Emergency Return Airport Button to display the keypad.

EASEIS
4) Use the keypad to enter the emergency return airport.
5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Takeoff Data' Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
6) Touch the Runway Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
7) Touch the desired Runway Selection Button to select it, and return to the 'Takeoff Data'
Screen.
Modifying the Runway Available for the emergency return runway:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
2) Touch the EMER Return Tab.
3) Touch the Runway Available Button to display the 'Landing Distance Available' Screen.

Hazard Hazard
4) Enter or change the landing distance available:

Avoidance
a) Touch the Shorten DEP End Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the departure end of the runway.

AFCS
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.
Or:

AFCS Features
a) Touch the Landing Distance Available Button to display the keypad.

Additional Additional
b) Use the keypad to enter the shortened landing distance available.
c) If a Departure runway had been selected, touch the DEP Button or APPR Button to Features

shorten the distance from the approach or departure end.

Operation
Abnormal

d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.

Or:
Annun/Alerts

a) Touch the Shorten APPR End Button to display the keypad.

Annun/Alerts

b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the approach end of the runway.
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.
5) Repeat Step 4 until the landing distance data is displayed correctly.
Appendix

6) Touch the Save Button to make the changes and return to the EMER Return Tab.
Appendix

Reload runway data from database for the emergency return runway:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.
2) Touch the EMER Return Tab to display the runway data.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Reload from Database Button.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 103
 Flight Management

Entering the Runway Required distance for emergency return:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Flight

2) Touch the EMER Return Tab.

3) Touch the Runway Required Button to display the keypad.
4) Use the keypad to enter the required landing distance.
EISEAS

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the EMER Return Tab.
LANDING DATA
Audio and
CNS

DEST TAB
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Manually selecting an destination airport and runway on the 'Landing Data' Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data to display the DEST Tab.
Flight Flight

2) Touch the Destination Airport Button (may be displayed as six cyan dashes if empty) to
Avoidance Management

display the keypad.

3) Use the keypad to enter the destination airport.
4) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Landing Data' Screen.
Hazard Hazard

5) Touch the Runway Button to display the 'Select Runway' Screen.

Avoidance

6) Touch the desired Runway Selection Button, and return to the 'Landing Data' Screen.
Accessing the 'Weight and Fuel' Screen from the DEST Tab:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data to display the DEST Tab.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the Weight and Fuel Button to display the 'Weight and Fuel' Screen.
Additional Additional

Loading data for emergency return:

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.
2) Touch the Load Emergency Return Button. 'Load emergency return data for landing?'
Features

is displayed.
Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the OK Button to copy the data for emergency return to the 'Landing Data' Screen.
Runway Tab
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Manually entering landing runway available distance:

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.
2) Touch the Runway Tab.
Appendix

3) Touch the Runway Available Button to display the 'Landing Distance Available' Screen.
Appendix

4) Enter or change the landing runway available distance:

a) Touch the Land and Hold Short Button to display a list of intersections and LAHSO
buttons. Each button displays the name of the intersecting runway and LAHSO
Index

designation (if available), and the landing distance available before that intersection/
Index

LAHSO point.

104 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management

b) Scroll the list if necessary and touch the button for the desired intersection or LAHSO

Instruments
Instruments
point.

Flight
Flight
Or:
a) Touch the Intersection Exit Button to display a list of intersections. Each
Intersection Button displays the name of the intersecting runway or taxiway, and the

EASEIS
landing distance available before that intersection.
b) Scroll the list if necessary and touch the button for the desired intersection takeoff.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
a) Touch the Shorten DEP End Button to display the keypad.

and
b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the departure end of the runway.
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.

Flight Flight
Or:

Management Avoidance
a) Touch the Landing Distance Available Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad to enter the shortened landing distance available.

Hazard Hazard
c) If a Departure runway had been selected, touch the DEP Button or APPR Button to
shorten the distance from the approach or departure end.

Avoidance
d) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.
Or:

AFCS
a) Touch the Shorten APPR End Button to display the keypad.
b) Use the keypad to enter the reduction distance from the approach end of the runway.

AFCS Features
c) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry.

Additional Additional
5) Repeat Step 4 until the landing runway available distance data is displayed correctly.
6) Touch the Save Button to make the changes and return to the 'Landing Data' Screen.
Features

Entering the landing Runway Required distance:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.

2) Touch the Runway Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Runway Required Button to display the keypad.

Annun/Alerts

4) Use the keypad to enter the landing runway distance required.

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the Runway Tab.
Manually entering landing runway elevation, heading, or gradient:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.

2) Touch the Runway Tab.
3) Touch the Runway Elevation Button, Runway Heading Button, or the Runway
Index

Gradient Button to display the keypad.

Index

4) Use the keypad to enter the value.

5) Touch the Enter Button to accept the entry, and return to the 'Landing Data' Screen.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 105
 Flight Management
6) Repeat Steps 3 through 5 until all runway values are entered as desired.
Instruments
Instruments

Reload runway data from database:

Flight
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.

2) Touch the Runway Tab to display the runway data.
3) Touch the Reload from Database Button. The cyan pencil icon is removed from each
EISEAS

of the manual entries, and the values are replaced with data derived from the Navigation
Database.
Selecting the flaps position on the 'Landing Data' Screen:
Audio and
CNS

1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Landing Data.

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

2) Touch the Landing Config Tab.

3) Touch the Flaps Button.
Flight Flight

4) Touch the desired flap setting button and return to the Takeoff Config Tab.
Avoidance Management

RAIM (RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING) PREDICTION

In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the
Hazard Hazard

selected approach may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform
a RAIM prediction for the intended approach.
Avoidance

NOTE: The system RAIM prediction capability does not meet all RAIM prediction
AFCS

requirements. Reference the RAIM/Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) Prediction

Tool at flygarmin.com as required.
Features AFCS

Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs
Additional Additional

a consistency check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures the available satellite geometry al-
lows the receiver to calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical
Features

miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches).
During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the
Operation
Abnormal

time.
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date
Annun/Alerts

and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
Annun/Alerts

date and time.

NOTE: The system RAIM prediction capability does not meet all RAIM prediction
Appendix

requirements. Reference the RAIM/Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) Prediction

Appendix

Tool at flygarmin.com, as required.

Predicting RAIM availability:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > FMS Sensors.
Index
Index

2) Touch the Position Sensors Tab.

106 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Flight Management
3) Touch the GPS1 or GPS2 Button and select the GPS1 Status or GPS2 Status Button. The
button annunciator is green when enabled and gray when disabled.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
4) Touch the RAIM Prediction Tab.
5) Touch the Location Button.
6) Touch the Waypoint Button to enter the location for which RAIM will be predicted.
Touch the Present Position Button to enter the aircraft current position as the prediction

EASEIS
location.
7) If the Waypoint Button was touched in step 6, enter the waypoint identifier using the

AudioNav/Com/
alphanumeric buttons or the large and small upper knobs. If the Present Position

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Button was touched in step 6, proceed to step 9.

and
8) Touch the Enter Button. The location selected for RAIM prediction is now displayed on
the Location Button.

Flight Flight
9) Touch the Arrival Time Button.

Management Avoidance
10) Enter the planned arrival time for the selected location using the numeric buttons.
11) Touch the Enter Button. The time is now displayed on the Arrival Time Button.

Hazard Hazard
12) Touch the Arrival Date Button.
13) Touch the button for the desired year. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or use

Avoidance
the Up and Down buttons to display the desired year.
14) Touch the button for the desired month. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or

AFCS
use the Up and Down buttons to display the desired month.
15) Touch the button for the desired day. If necessary, touch and drag in the window, or use

AFCS Features
the Up and Down buttons to display the desired day. The selected date is now displayed

Additional Additional
on the Arrival Date Button.
16) Touch the Compute RAIM Button. One of the following will be displayed in the ‘RAIM Features
Status:’ Field:
Operation


Abnormal

• ‘Computing’— RAIM calculation in progress.

 • ‘Available’— RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and
date.
Annun/Alerts

 • ‘Not Available’— RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time,
Annun/Alerts

and date.
 • ‘--------’— RAIM has not been computed for the specified waypoint, time, and date
combination.
Appendix
Appendix

 • ‘Computing’—RAIM calculation in progress

 • ‘Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and
date
 • ‘Not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time,
Index
Index

and date
 • ‘--------’—RAIM has not been computed for the specified waypoint, time, and date
combination
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 107
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

108
Flight Management

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
DATA LINK WEATHER
ACTIVATING DATA LINK WEATHER SERVICES

EASEIS
Establishing a SiriusXM Weather Data account:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
2) Note the ID shown in the ‘Data Radio’ Window.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
3) Contact SiriusXM customer service. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM

XPDR/Audio Management
and
customer service.
Activating SiriusXM Weather services:

Flight Flight
1) Position the aircraft so the GDL 69A SXM antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky,

Management Avoidance
away from buildings.
2) Connect aircraft to external power source if available.
3) Power on the avionics and allow the system to energize in normal mode.

Hazard Hazard
4) For the GDL 69A SXM, service activation is performed automatically by the system.

Avoidance
5) To verify the correct subscription package, from MFD Home, touch Utilities > Setup >
SiriusXM Info.

AFCS
6) On the ‘SiriusXM Info’ Screen, verify the correct subscription package is displayed in the
‘Service Class’ Window.

AFCS Features
7) In the ‘Weather Products’ Window, scroll as needed to view available weather products.

Additional Additional
Available weather products appear as white text (data has not been received); A green
check indicates the weather product data has been received and is available for use,
unavailable weather products appear in subdued (gray) text. It may take 45 - 60 minutes
Features

before activation is complete and all subscribed-to weather products become available.
Operation
Abnormal

REGISTERING THE SYSTEM FOR GARMIN CONNEXT SERVICES

Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

1) Ensure the aircraft is outside and has a clear view of the sky (if connecting through the
Iridium network).
2) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Connext Settings. If the Registration
Information Window indicates ‘Not Registered’, continue with this procedure.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Touch the Register Tab.

4) Scroll as necessary and touch the Register Button
5) Use the keypad or large and small upper knobs to supply the access code provided from
Garmin Connext customer service.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 109
 Hazard Avoidance

6) Touch the Enter Button or push the upper knob. The system contacts the Garmin
Instruments
Instruments

Connext Weather service. Registration is complete when the Registration Information

Flight
Flight

Window displays the name of the airframe, tail number, and the serial numbers for the
airframe and Iridium unit.
ACCESSING FIS-B WEATHER INFORMATION
EISEAS

Viewing the ‘FIS-B Weather’ Pane:

From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > FIS-B Weather.
Audio and

Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather data reception:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > FIS-B Weather > FIS-B
Settings.
2) Touch the Enable FIS-B or Disable FIS-B Button.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

WEATHER PRODUCT AGE

Enabling/disabling weather product information on the Inset Navigation Map and HSI
Map:
Hazard Hazard

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Avoidance

2) Touch the Layout Button. If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map
Buttons.
AFCS

3) Touch the Weather Legend Button.

Or:
Features AFCS

1) With the PFD Inset Map or HSI Map shown, press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
Additional Additional

2) Press the Weather Legend Softkey.

SiriusXM Product Expiration SiriusXM Product Expiration

Features

Weather Symbol Time Weather Symbol Time

Operation
Abnormal

Product (Minutes) Product (Minutes)

Next-generation 30 Winds Aloft 90
Annun/Alerts

Radar (NEXRAD)
Annun/Alerts

Cloud Tops 60 County 60

Warnings
Appendix

Echo Tops 30 Cyclone 60

Appendix

(Hurricane)
Warnings
SiriusXM 30 Icing Potential 90
Lightning (CIP and SLD)
Index
Index

110 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

SiriusXM Product Expiration SiriusXM Product Expiration

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Weather Symbol Time Weather Symbol Time
Product (Minutes) Product (Minutes)
Storm Cell 30 Pilot Weather 90
Movement Report

EASEIS
(PIREPs)
SIGMETs 60 Air Report 90
(AIREPs)

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
AIRMETs 60 Turbulence 180

and
METARs 90 No Radar No product 30

Flight Flight
Coverage symbol

Management Avoidance
City Forecast 90 Temporary 60
Flight

Hazard Hazard
Restrictions
(TFRs)

Avoidance
Surface Analysis 60 Terminal No product 60
Aerodrome symbol

AFCS
Reports (TAFs)
Freezing Levels 120 Temps Aloft 90

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Surface Visibility 30 Center 120
Weather Features

Advisories
Operation
Abnormal

SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

FIS-B Weather Product Expiration FIS-B Weather Product Expiration

Annun/Alerts

Product Symbol Time Product Symbol Time

Annun/Alerts

(Minutes) (Minutes)
NEXRAD Composite 30 Temporary Flight 60
(US) Restriction (TFR)
Appendix
Appendix

NEXRAD Composite 30 Pilot Weather 90

(Regional) Report (PIREP)
Cloud Tops 120 SIGMETs 60
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 111
 Hazard Avoidance

FIS-B Weather Product Expiration FIS-B Weather Product Expiration

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Product Symbol Time Product Symbol Time

(Minutes) (Minutes)
METARs 90 Graphical AIRMETs 60
EISEAS

Lightning 30 Center Weather 60

Advisories
Audio and
CNS

Winds Aloft 90 1 Terminal Aerodrome No product 60

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Forecast (TAF) image

Turbulence 120 No Radar Coverage No product 30
image
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Icing Forecast 30
Hazard Hazard

1
The Winds Aloft product no longer issues an expiration time. It uses the best applicable
model data for the time given, if one is available, to set an expiration time.
Avoidance

FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

AFCS

Expiration
Garmin Connext Weather
Product Symbol Time
Product
Features AFCS

(Minutes)
Additional Additional

Connext Radar 30
Features

Cloud Tops 60
Operation
Abnormal

Connext Lightning 30
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

SIGMETs 60

AIRMETs 60
Appendix
Appendix

Meteorological Aerodrome Report

90
(METARs)
Index
Index

Winds Aloft 90

112 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Expiration

Instruments
Instruments
Garmin Connext Weather

Flight
Flight
Product Symbol Time
Product
(Minutes)
Pilot Weather Reports
90
(PIREPs)

EASEIS
Temporary Flight Restrictions
60
(TFRs)

AudioNav/Com/
Terminal Aerodrome Reports

CNS
no product image 60

XPDR/Audio Management
(TAFs)

and
Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to ascertain the
age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time
delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission,

Hazard Hazard
the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be older than

Avoidance
the indicated weather product age.

DISPLAYING DATA LINK WEATHER PRODUCTS

AFCS
Weather Data Link Pane

AFCS Features
Viewing the Weather Data Link Pane and changing the data link weather source, if
applicable:

Additional Additional
1) From MFW Home, touch the Weather Button. Button is highlighted and becomes
Weather Selection Button. Selected display pane shows a weather pane. If a weather
Features

pane other than ‘Data Link Weather’ is shown (such as ‘Weather Radar’ in the pane
Operation
Abnormal

title), continue with the procedure to view the desired Weather Pane. (SiriusXM, FIS-B, or
Connext).
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Weather Selection Button. The ‘Weather Selection’ Screen appears.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch either SiriusXM Weather, Connext Weather or FIS-B Weather Button. Touched
button is highlighted and becomes the settings Button. For example, if the SiriusXM
Weather Button is touched it becomes the SiriusXM Settings Button.
4) If not selected, touch either the SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B Settings Button to access
Appendix
Appendix

controls for the selected weather pane.

Selecting a Data Link Weather Source for Navigation Map Panes:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Index

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 113
 Hazard Avoidance

3) Scroll if necessary to view the WX Source Button. Cyan text on the button indicates
Instruments
Instruments

currently selected weather data link weather source.

Flight
Flight

4) Touch the WX Source Button.

5) Touch the button for the data link weather source to be used (such as SiriusXM, FIS-B,
or Connext, if installed).
EISEAS

Selecting a Data Link Weather Source for PFD Maps (Inset Map, HSI Map):
1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.
2) Scroll as needed and touch the WX Source Button. The button will change to reflect
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

desired source (SiriusXM, FIS-B, or Connext).

Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
Flight Flight

2) Press the Data Link Settings Softkey.

Avoidance Management

3) Press the Data Link Softkey. Each selection of the softkey changes the source, which is
displayed in cyan on the softkey.
Hazard Hazard

Setting up and customizing ‘Data Link’ Weather Products on navigation maps:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll through the list to view the available weather products.
AFCS

4) Touch a weather product annunciator button to enable/disable the selected weather

product. Button annunciator is green when a weather product is enabled, or gray when
Features AFCS

disabled.
Additional Additional

5) If not selected, touch a range button next to the corresponding weather product, then
touch to select the maximum map range at which the system will display the selected
Features

weather product.
Operation
Abnormal

Selecting Maximum Navigation Map Range for Data link Weather Products:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Annun/Alerts

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll through the list to view the available weather products.

4) Touch a range button next to the corresponding weather product, then touch to select the
maximum navigation map range at which the system will display the selected weather
Appendix

product.
Appendix

Viewing legends for weather products enabled on the ‘Data Link’ (SiriusXM, Connext,
or FIS-B) Weather Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >
Index
Index

‘Data Link’ Weather Settings

114 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Legend Button. The ‘Weather

Instruments
Instruments
Legends’ Window appears on the Touchscreen Controller.

Flight
Flight
3) Scroll as needed to view the weather legends in the ‘Weather Legends’ window.
4) To remove the ‘Weather Legends’ Window, touch Back or Home.
Selecting a map orientation for the Data Link (SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B) Weather

EASEIS
Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >
‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
2) Touch the Orientation Button to change the selected map orientation (displayed in

and
cyan).
3) Touch the desired map orientation button (Heading Up, Track Up, North Up, Sync to
Nav Map).

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Displaying/Removing Weather Product Age Information on the (PFD Inset Map or HSI
Map):
1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.

Hazard Hazard
2) Scroll as needed and touch the Weather Legend Button.

Avoidance
Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

AFCS
2) Press the Weather Legend Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age
information.

AFCS Features
Setting Data Link Radar Opacity on VFR/IFR Charts :

Additional Additional
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the VFR Button > VFR Settings Button.
Features

Or:
Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the IFR Low Button > IFR Low Settings Button.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the IFR High Button > IFR High Settings Button.
3) To increase or decrease the Data link Radar Opacity touch -/+ Button or move the slider
Appendix
Appendix

left or right to the desire setting. Setting the Data link Radar Opacity percentage to the
same percentage shown as the MFD Backlight Level will cause the Day/Night view to
switch at the current backlight setting. Adjusting the Data link Radar Opacity setting
greater than the MFD Backlight Level will cause the display to remain in Night Mode
Index

longer. Adjusting the Data link Radar Opacity setting lower than the MFD Backlight
Index

Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 115
 Hazard Avoidance

CONNEXT WEATHER DATA REQUESTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Defining Weather Data Request Coverage Area:

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather >
Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Define Coverage Button.
EISEAS

3) To change the diameter and route width of the weather data request coverage area,
touch the Diameter/Width Button. Scroll as needed and touch the desired distance
button in the selection window.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

4) To include/remove the present position in the weather data request, touch the P.POS
Button.
5) To include/remove the destination of the active flight plan in the weather data request,
Flight Flight

touch the Destination Button.

Avoidance Management

6) To include/remove any portion of the active flight plan route in the weather data request,
touch the Flight Plan Button.
7) To change distance of the flight plan to be used in the data request, touch the Flight Plan
Hazard Hazard

Distance Button. Scroll as needed and touch the desired distance of the flight plan to be
Avoidance

used (‘Remaining FPL’ uses the remainder of the flight plan, or select a specified look-
ahead distance from the list.)
AFCS

8) To include/remove a specific waypoint to be used in the weather data request, touch the
Waypoint Button.
Features AFCS

a) Touch the waypoint entry Button (to the right of the Waypoint Button).
Additional Additional

b) Use Touchscreen Controller keypad or large and small upper knobs to enter a waypoint
to include in the weather data request, then touch the Enter Button or press the small
upper knob.
Features

9) When finished, touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Connext Weather Settings’
Operation
Abnormal

Screen, or touch the Home Button.

Sending/Canceling an Immediate Weather Data Request:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather >
Annun/Alerts

Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Send Immediate Request Button. The system contacts Garmin Connext
services and displays the status in the ‘Data Request’ Window. System displays
Appendix

‘Completed’ when finished.

Appendix

3) If desired, touch the Cancel Immediate Request Button while a request is occurring.
‘Data Request’ Window displays ‘Canceled’.
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather >
Connext Settings.

116 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

2) Touch the Auto Request Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
3) From the selection window, touch an Auto Update Request Rate Button to select the

Flight
desired weather request update interval in minutes or touch the Off Button to disable
automatic Connext Data Requests.
WEATHER PRODUCT OVERVIEW

EASEIS
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)

AudioNav/Com/
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to ascertain the

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
age of the weather information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time

and
delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data for data link transmission,
the weather information shown by the data link weather product may be older than
the indicated weather product age.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Displaying NEXRAD weather information on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >

Hazard Hazard
SiriusXM Settings.

Avoidance
2) Touch the NEXRAD Button in the ‘Background’ Window to enable/disable the display of
NEXRAD information.
Changing the NEXRAD coverage area on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:

AFCS
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
SiriusXM Settings.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the NEXRAD Settings Button. The ‘NEXRAD Options’ Window appears.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the NEXRAD Type Button.
4) Touch the Composite Reflectivity CONUS or Base Reflectivity All Regions Button, or
Features

touch Back or Home to exit without changing the coverage area.

Operation
Abnormal

Displaying NEXRAD weather information on the ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Annun/Alerts

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window to enable/
disable the display of the NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane.
Changing the NEXRAD coverage area on the ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.
4) Touch the NEXRAD Type coverage Button (displaying either ‘Composite Reflectivity’ or
Index
Index

‘Base Reflectivity’ in cyan).

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 117
 Hazard Avoidance

5) Touch the Composite Reflectivity CONUS or Base Reflectivity All Regions Button, or
Instruments
Instruments

touch Back or Home to exit without changing the coverage area.

Flight
Flight

Displaying SiriusXM NEXRAD weather information (PFD Inset Map or HSI Map):
1) If necessary, enable the Inset Map or HSI Map.
2) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
EISEAS

3) Scroll in the Overlays Tab and touch the NEXRAD Button.

Or:
Audio and

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

2) Press the WX Overlay Softkey until SiriusXM is displayed in cyan. Each press cycles
through an available option, displayed in cyan. When ‘SiriusXM’ is displayed, SiriusXM
NEXRAD is enabled. When ‘Off’ is displayed, SiriusXM NEXRAD data is disabled.
Flight Flight

Changing the SiriusXM NEXRAD coverage area (PFD Inset Map or HSI Map):
Avoidance Management

1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.

2) Scroll in the Overlays Tab, and touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.
Hazard Hazard

3) Touch the NEXRAD Type Button.

Avoidance

4) Touch the Composite Reflectivity CONUS or Base Reflectivity All Regions Button, or
touch Back or Home to exit without changing the coverage area.
Or:
AFCS

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

2) Press the Data Link Settings Softkey.
Features AFCS

3) Press the NEXRAD Softkey. Each selection of the softkey changes the source ‘COMP’ or
Additional Additional

‘Base’, which is displayed in cyan on the softkey.

Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
Operation
Abnormal

SiriusXM Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the NEXRAD Button in the ‘Background’ Window to enable the
Annun/Alerts

display of NEXRAD.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.

4) Touch the Animation Button to enable/disable the animation.
5) When finished, touch Back or Home.
Appendix
Appendix

Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll if necessary and touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.
Index
Index

4) Touch the NEXRAD Animation Button to enable/disable the animated NEXRAD

information.
118 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

5) When finished, touch Back or Home.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the PFD Inset Map:
1) If necessary, enable the Inset Map.
2) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.
3) Scroll and touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.

EASEIS
4) Touch the NEXRAD Animation Button to enable/disable the animated NEXRAD
information on the Inset Map

AudioNav/Com/
Or:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Data Link Settings Softkey.
3) Press the NEXRAD Animation Softkey.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Enabling/Disabling FIS-B weather information on the ‘FIS-B Weather’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > FIS-B Weather > FIS-B

Hazard Hazard
Settings.

Avoidance
2) Touch the Enable FIS-B Button in the ‘FIS-B Data Status’ Window to enable/disable the
display of FIS-B Weather information.

AFCS
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the ‘FIS-B Weather; Pane (CONUS or Re-
gional):

AFCS Features
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > FIS-B Weather > FIS-B

Additional Additional
Settings.
2) Touch the CONUS NEXRAD or Regional NEXRAD Buttons in the ‘Overlays’ Window. Features

Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD weather information on the ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Button.

Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the CONUS, Regional, or Combined Button to enable/disable the display of the
NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane.
Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD weather information (PFD Inset Map or HSI Map):
Appendix

1) If necessary, enable the Inset Map or HSI Map.

Appendix

2) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

3) Scroll in the Overlays Tab and touch the NEXRAD Button.
Or:
Index
Index

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 119
 Hazard Avoidance

2) Press the WX Overlay Softkey until FIS-B is displayed in cyan. Each press cycles through
Instruments
Instruments

an available option, displayed in cyan. When ‘FIS-B’ is displayed, FIS-B NEXRAD is

Flight
Flight

enabled. When ‘Off’ is displayed, FIS-B NEXRAD data is disabled.

Changing the FIS-B NEXRAD coverage area (PFD Inset Map or HSI Map):
1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.
EISEAS

2) Scroll in the Overlays Tab, and touch the NEXRAD Button.

3) Touch the either CONUS, Regional, or Combined Button for the desired FIS-B NEXRAD
coverage data.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Or:
Nav/Com/

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

2) Press the Data Link Settings Softkey.
Flight Flight

3) Press the NEXRAD Softkey to select between ‘CONUS’, ‘Regional’, or ‘Combined’ FIS-B
Avoidance Management

NEXRAD Coverage data.

Precipitation (Garmin Connext)
Hazard Hazard

Displaying Garmin Connext Radar information on the ‘Connext Weather’ Pane:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather >
Connext Settings.
2) Touch the Radar Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window.
AFCS

Displaying Garmin Connext Radar information on the ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

Features AFCS

1) From MFW Home, Touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Additional Additional

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor tab.

3) Scroll if needed and touch the Connext Radar Button
Features

Displaying Connext Radar weather information (PFD Inset Map or HSI Map):
Operation
Abnormal

1) If necessary, enable the Inset Map or HSI Map.

2) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
3) Scroll in the Overlays Tab and touch the Connext Radar Button.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the WX Overlay Softkey until Connext is displayed in cyan. Each press cycles
Appendix

through an available option, displayed in cyan. When ‘Connext’ is displayed, Connext

Appendix

Radar is enabled. When ‘Off’ is displayed, Connext Radar is disabled.

Enabling/Disabling Echo Tops information:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
Index

SiriusXM Settings.
Index

2) Touch the Echo Tops Button in the ‘Background’ window.

120 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Cloud Tops (SiriusXM/FIS-B)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Enabling/Disabling Cloud Tops information on the ‘Data Link Weather’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >
‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.
2) Touch the Cloud Tops Button in the ‘Background’ Window (SiriusXM) or ‘Overlays’

EASEIS
Window (FIS-B).
Infrared Satellite (Garmin Connext)

AudioNav/Com/
Displaying Infrared Satellite information on the ‘Connext Weather’ Pane:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Connext Weather >
Connext Settings.
2) Touch the IR Satellite Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
METARs and TAFs
Displaying METAR text on the ‘Data Link Weather’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >

Hazard Hazard
‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.

Avoidance
2) Touch the METARs Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window. The system displays graphical
METAR flags at available reporting stations when METARs are enabled (button

AFCS
annunciator is green).
3) To view METAR text, press the lower knob and move the map pointer with the large and

AFCS Features
small upper knobs or Touchpad over a METAR flag. The system displays the original

Additional Additional
METAR text near the METAR flag. If the display has not yet received the METAR text
associated with the selected flag, it displays “Waiting for METAR text.” until it receives
this information. Features

Displaying Graphical METAR information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Graphical METARs Button. The system displays METAR flags at available
Annun/Alerts

reporting stations when METARs are enabled (button annunciator is green).

4) To view METAR text, press the lower knob and move the map pointer with the large and
small upper knobs or Touchpad over a METAR flag. The system displays the original
Appendix

METAR text near the METAR flag. If the display has not yet received the METAR text
Appendix

associated with the selected flag, it displays “Waiting for METAR text.” until it receives
this information.
Displaying METAR information (PFD Inset Map):
Index
Index

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

2) Scroll and touch the Graphical METARs Button. METAR flags appear on the map.
Or:
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 121
 Hazard Avoidance
1) Press the PFD Map Settings.
Instruments

2) Press the METAR Softkey.

Instruments
Flight
Flight

3) If the PFD Inset Map is shown, use the upper and lower knobs on the Touchscreen
Controller to pan the Map Pointer over the desired METAR flag to view the original
METAR text. Note: METAR text is not available on the HSI map.
EISEAS

Viewing textual METAR/TAF information on the Airport Information Screen:

1) From MFW Home, touch Waypoint Info > Airport.
2) If the desired airport identifier and name already appears in the airport button near the
Audio and

top of the screen, go to step 5.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch the airport button.

4) Enter the airport identifier using the keypad or the large and small upper knobs, then
touch the Enter Button or push the upper knob.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

5) Touch the Weather Tab.

6) Touch a button for an available weather product (METAR Raw, METAR Decoded,
TAF Raw, TAF Decoded). If a button is subdued, that weather product is currently
Hazard Hazard

unavailable for the selected airport.

Avoidance

7) Scroll as necessary to view the weather text. Note raw weather products may provide
additional information not present in the decoded version.
Data Link Lightning
AFCS

Enabling/Disabling ‘Data Link’ Lightning information:

Features AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >
Additional Additional

‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.

2) Touch the Lightning Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window.
Features

Displaying ‘Data Link’ Lightning information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll as needed and touch the ‘Data Link’ Lightning Button.

Annun/Alerts

Displaying ‘Data Link’ Lightning information on PFD maps:

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or PFD Inset Map Button to access overlays
Appendix

buttons.
Appendix

3) Scroll if necessary in the Overlays Tab, and touch the ‘Data Link’ Lightning Button.
Or:
1) If necessary, enable the HSI Map or PFD Inset Map to access ‘Data Link’ softkeys.
Index
Index

2) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

3) Press the Datalink Lightning Softkey.

122 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance
Winds Aloft

Instruments
Instruments
Displaying Winds Aloft data:

Flight
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Data Link Weather > Data
Link Weather Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Winds Aloft Button.

EASEIS
3) To change the selected winds aloft altitude, touch the Winds Aloft altitude button and
select the desired winds aloft altitude from the pop-up window.
Enabling/Disabling VSD (containing winds aloft data):

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

and
2) If not selected, touch the Inset Window Tab.
3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Button to enable/disable the VSD Inset Window. If
the winds aloft weather product icon does not appear in the inset window, continue with

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
this procedure to enable winds aloft information.
4) Touch the VERT Situation Display Settings Button.
5) Touch the Winds Button. When enabled, the system displays the winds aloft weather

Hazard Hazard
product inside the Vertical Situation Display.

Avoidance
Temperatures Aloft (SiriusXM)
Displaying Temperatures Aloft data on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:

AFCS
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
SiriusXM Settings.

AFCS Features
2) Scroll in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Temps Aloft Button.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the Temperatures Aloft altitude button (to the right of the Temps Aloft
annunciator button) and touch the desired altitude from which to display temperature Features

aloft data.
Operation
Abnormal

Storm Cell Movement (SiriusXM)

Enabling/Disabling Storm Cell Movement Information on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
Annun/Alerts

SiriusXM Settings.
2) Touch the Storm Cell Movement Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window.
Displaying Storm Cell Movement Information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.
4) Touch the Storm Cell Movement Button. When button annunciator is green, the system
Index
Index

shows Storm Cell Movement with the NEXRAD weather product on navigation map
panes. When button annunciator is gray, system will not show the Storm Cell Movement
weather product on navigation map panes.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 123
 Hazard Avoidance

Displaying Storm Cell Movement with NEXRAD information (PFD Inset and HSI Map):
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Flight

2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map Button to access overlays
buttons.
3) Touch the NEXRAD Settings Button.
EISEAS

4) Touch the Storm Cell Movement Button.

5) When finished, touch Back or Home.
Or:
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map shown, press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Data Link Settings Softkey.
3) Press the Storm Cell Movement Softkey.
Flight Flight

4) When finished, press the Back Softkey.

Avoidance Management

Turbulence (SiriusXM/FIS-B)
Displaying Turbulence data on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:
Hazard Hazard

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Data Link Weather > Data
Avoidance

Link Weather Settings.

2) Scroll in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Turbulence Button.
AFCS

3) Touch the Turbulence altitude button (to the right of the Turbulence annunciator button)
and touch to select an altitude from which to display turbulence data.
Features AFCS

Icing (CIP & SLD) (SiriusXM/FIS-B)

Additional Additional

Displaying Icing data:

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Data Link Weather > Data
Features

Link Weather Settings.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Current Icing Potential
(SiriusXM) or Icing Forecast (FIS-B) Button to enable/disable icing information.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the altitude button (to the right of the Current Icing Potential or Icing Forecast
Annun/Alerts

annunciator Button) and scroll to and touch the desired altitude Button (from 1,000 feet
up to 30,000 feet (SiriusXM) or 2,000 feet up to 24,000 feet (FIS-B)).
Freezing Level (SiriusXM)
Appendix

Displaying Freezing Level information on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:

Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
SiriusXM Settings.
2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Freezing Level Button.
Index
Index

124 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Enabling/disabling TFR information (‘Data Link’ Weather Pane):
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather >
‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.
2) Scroll in the ‘Overlays’ Window as needed and touch the TFRs Button.

EASEIS
3) To view TFR text, push the lower knob to activate the map pointer and move the pointer
with the large and small upper knobs or Touchpad until the selected TFR is highlighted.
The TFR text appears near the map pointer for the selected TFR.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
4) When finished, push either knob, or touch the Back Button or the Home Button.

and
Enabling/disabling TFR information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

Flight Flight
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Management Avoidance
3) Scroll and touch the TFR Button.
Selecting the maximum map range to display TFR information:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

Avoidance
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the TFR Range Button.

AFCS
4) Scroll as necessary and touch the maximum navigation map range to display TFR
information.

AFCS Features
PIREPs and AIREPs

Additional Additional
Displaying PIREP or AIREP information:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > ‘Data Link’ Weather > Features

‘Data Link’ Weather Settings.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Scroll in the ‘Overlays’ Window as needed and touch the AIREPs (SiriusXM only) or
PIREPs Buttons.
3) To view PIREP/AIREP text, push the lower knob to activate the map pointer and use the
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

large and small upper knobs or Touchpad to highlight a PIREP or AIREP symbol, then
touch the Info Button.
4) Scroll as needed through the report text, then touch the Back Button or the Home
Button.
Appendix
Appendix

SIGMETs and AIRMETs

Enabling/Disabling AIRMET and SIGMET information:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Data Link Weather > Data
Index

Link Settings.
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 125
 Hazard Avoidance

2) Scroll as needed and touch the AIRMETs (SiriusXM) and/or SIGMETs Buttons in the
Instruments
Instruments

‘Overlays’ Window.
Flight
Flight

3) To view the text of a AIRMET or SIGMET, push the Joystick and move the map pointer
with the Joystick over the SIGMET or AIRMET border or icon until it is highlighted.
4) Touch the Info Button to show the AIRMET / SIGMET Information Screen with the
EISEAS

selected AIRMET or SIGMET.

5) Scroll as needed to view full text of the report, then touch the Back Button or the Home
Button.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Graphical AIRMETs (FIS-B)

Nav/Com/

Enabling/Disabling Graphical AIRMET information:

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > FIS-B Weather > FIS-B
Flight Flight

Settings.
Avoidance Management

2) Scroll as needed and touch the G-AIRMETs Buttons in the ‘Overlays’ Window.
3) To select a Graphical AIRMET filter, touch the Current Button.
Hazard Hazard

4) On the ‘G-AIRMETs Filter’ Screen, touch either the Current or All Buttons.
• Current: Displays all currently active G-AIRMETs.
Avoidance

• All: Displays all current and future G-AIRMETs.

5) To view the text of a Graphical AIRMET push the Joystick and move the map pointer
AFCS

with the Joystick over the G-AIRMET border or icon until it is highlighted.
6) Touch the Info Button to show the ‘G-AIRMET Info’ Screen with the selected G-AIRMET.
Features AFCS

7) Scroll as needed to view full text of the report, then touch the Back Button or the Home
Additional Additional

Button.
Center Weather Advisories (SiriusXM/FIS-B)
Features

Enabling/Disabling Center Weather Advisory information:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Data Link Weather > Data
Link Settings.
Annun/Alerts

2) Scroll as needed and touch the Center WX Advisories (SiriusXM) or CWAs (FIS-B)
Annun/Alerts

Buttons in the ‘Overlays’ Window.

3) To view the text of a Center Weather Advisory, push the Joystick and move the map
pointer with the Joystick over the Center Weather Advisory border until it is highlighted.
Appendix

4) Touch the Info Button to show the ‘Center Weather Advisory’ Screen for the selected
Appendix

Center Weather Advisory.

5) Scroll as needed to view full text of the report, then touch the Back Button or the Home
Button.
Index
Index

126 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Surface Analysis and City Forecast (SiriusXM)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’
Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
SiriusXM Settings.

EASEIS
2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Surface Analysis or City
Forecast Buttons.
3) If needed, touch the Surface Conditions forecast period button (to the right of the

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Surface Analysis or City Forecast Buttons) and select from Current, 12 Hours, 24

and
Hours, 36 Hours, or 48 Hours forecast periods from the selection window.
Cyclone Warnings (SiriusXM)

Flight Flight
Enabling/Disabling cyclone (hurricane) weather product on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’

Management Avoidance
Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >
SiriusXM Settings.

Hazard Hazard
2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the Cyclone Warnings Button.

Avoidance
County Warnings (SiriusXM)
Displaying County Warning information on the ‘SiriusXM Weather’ Pane:

AFCS
1) From MFD Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > SiriusXM Weather >

AFCS Features
SiriusXM Settings.

Additional Additional
2) Scroll as needed in the ‘Overlays’ Window and touch the County Warnings Button.
3) To view additional information (such as county name), press the lower knob to activate
the map pointer and turn the large and small upper knobs or use the Touchpad to select
Features

a County Warning. County Warning information appears in a box near the map pointer.
Operation
Abnormal

4) When finished, press either knob to deactivate the map pointer.

STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system display
as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and interfer-
ence may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete information. Refer
Appendix

to documentation from the lightning detection system manufacturer for detailed

Appendix

information about the system.

Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 127
 Hazard Avoidance

Lightning Age Symbol

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Strike is less than 6 seconds old

EISEAS

Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old

Audio and

Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Lightning Age and Symbols

USING THE STORMSCOPE PANE

Hazard Hazard

Displaying the ‘Stormscope’ Pane:

Avoidance

From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope > Stormscope
Settings.
AFCS

Selecting a Stormscope Operating Mode on the ‘Stormscope’ Pane:

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope > Stormscope
Features AFCS

Settings.
Additional Additional

2) Touch either the Cell Button or the Strike Button. Button annunciator is green for
currently selected mode.
Clearing Stormscope Information on the ‘Stormscope’ Pane:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Weather > Weather Selection > Stormscope > Stormscope
Operation
Abnormal

Settings.
2) Touch the Clear Stormscope Lightning Button.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Enabling/Disabling Stormscope Lightning Information on the PFD maps:

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map Button to allow for selection of
map overlays.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Scroll if necessary, and touch the Stormscope Lightning button to enable/disable

Stormscope information.
Or:
1) With either the Inset Map or HSI Map shown, press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
Index
Index

2) Press the Stormscope Softkey.

128 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Selecting a Stormscope operating mode (PFD maps):

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Flight
2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map Button to allow for selection of
map overlays.
3) Touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

EASEIS
4) Touch either the Cell or Strike Buttons.
Clearing Stormscope Lightning (PFD maps):

AudioNav/Com/
1) From PFW Home, touch the PFD Map Settings Button.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map Button to allow for selection of
map overlays.
3) Touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

Flight Flight
4) Touch the Clear Stormscope Lightning Button.

Management Avoidance
Selecting a maximum Stormscope map range for the PFD maps:
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Hazard Hazard
2) If not selected, touch either the HSI Map or Inset Map Button to allow for selection of

Avoidance
map overlays.
3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

AFCS
4) Touch the Stormscope Button (current range setting displayed in cyan).
5) Scroll as needed and touch a desired map range setting from the list.

AFCS Features
Enabling/disabling Stormscope information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

Additional Additional
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab. Features

3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Button.

Operation
Abnormal

Selecting a Stormscope mode for ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Annun/Alerts

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Annun/Alerts

3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

4) Touch either the Cell Button or the Strike Button. Button annunciator is green for
currently selected mode.
Appendix

5) When finished, touch Back or Home.

Appendix

Clearing Stormscope information on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Index
Index

3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 129
 Hazard Avoidance

4) Touch the Clear Stormscope Lightning Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

5) When finished, touch Back or Home.

Flight

Selecting a maximum Stormscope map range on ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
EISEAS

3) Scroll as needed and touch the Stormscope Lightning Settings Button.

4) Touch the Stormscope Button (current range setting displayed in cyan).
Audio and

5) Scroll as needed and touch a desired map range setting from the list.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY TERRAIN

Enabling/Disabling VSD Inset Window:
Flight Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Avoidance Management

2) If not selected, touch the Inset Window Tab.

3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Button to enable/disable the VSD Inset Window.
Hazard Hazard

Enabling/disabling Relative Terrain information in the VSD and ‘Navigation Map’ Pane:
Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Terrain Button.
AFCS

4) Touch either the Absolute, Relative, or Absolute + Relative Button to enable the
Features AFCS

display of Terrain information on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane and VSD, or touch the Off
Button to remove this information.
Additional Additional

Enabling/disabling Point Obstacle information in the VSD and ‘Navigation Map’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Features

2) If not selected, touch the Land Tab.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Point Obstacle Button to enable/disable the display of Point Obstacle
information on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane and VSD.
Annun/Alerts

Selecting a Point Obstacle information range in the VSD and ‘Navigation Map’ Panes:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Land Tab.
3) Touch the Point Obstacle Settings Button.
Appendix
Appendix

4) Touch the Point Obstacles Button (current range setting displayed in cyan).
5) Scroll as needed and touch a desired map range setting from the list.
Changing the Vertical Situation Display Mode:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.

130 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Settings Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
4) Touch the Mode Button.

Flight
5) Touch one of the following buttons to select a mode:
• Auto: VSD shows terrain along the active flight plan route, or current track if there is
no active flight plan.

EASEIS
• Flight Plan: VSD shows terrain along the active flight plan route. VSD is unavailable
if there is no active flight plan.
• Track: VSD shows terrain along the current track.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
6) When finished, touch the Back Button or the Home Button.

and
Enabling/disabling the Track Mode Boundary:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

Flight Flight
2) Touch the Inset Window Tab.

Management Avoidance
3) Touch the VERT Situation Display Settings Button.
4) If the Track Mode Boundary Button is subdued, it will be necessary to change the

Hazard Hazard
Mode to either Auto or Track before continuing to the next step; refer to the procedure
‘Changing the VSD Mode’ for more information.

Avoidance
5) Touch the Track Mode Boundary Button to enable/disable the display of the boundary
on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane.

AFCS
6) Touch the Track Mode Boundary range button.
7) Scroll as needed and touch a button for the desired maximum ‘Navigation Map’ Pane

AFCS Features
range for the system to display the Profile Boundary (above this selection, the system will

Additional Additional
remove the Profile Boundary from the pane.)
8) When finished, touch the Back Button or the Home Button. Features

TERRAIN DISPLAYS
Operation
Abnormal

WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information
Annun/Alerts

for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains terrain and
Annun/Alerts

obstacle data from third party sources and cannot independently verify the accuracy
of the information.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 131
 Hazard Avoidance

On-Ground Legend
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

In-Air Legend
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Relative Terrain Legend

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

DISPLAYING RELATIVE TERRAIN INFORMATION

Showing the Terrain Pane:
Hazard Hazard

From MFW Home, touch the [Terrain] Button. [Terrain] can be Terrain-SVT, or TAWS.
Avoidance

Enabling/disabling aviation information on the Terrain Pane:

1) From MFW Home, touch the [Terrain] Button. [Terrain] can be Terrain-SVT, or TAWS.
2) Touch the Show Aviation Data Button to enable/disable aviation information (airports,
AFCS

VORs, NDBs, Intersections) for the terrain pane.

Features AFCS

Relative Terrain on the Navigation Maps

Additional Additional

Controlling Relative Terrain Information (Navigation Map Panes):

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Features

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Touch the Terrain Button.

4) Touch the Relative Button to enable Relative Terrain, or Off to remove terrain
information.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Controlling Relative Terrain Information (Inset and HSI Map):

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
2) If the Inset Map or HSI Map is not presently shown on the PFD, do the following:
Appendix

a) Touch the Layout Button.

Appendix

b) Touch the Inset Map Button to display the Inset Map, or touch the HSI Map Button
to display the HSI Map.
3) Touch the Terrain Button.
Index
Index

4) Touch the Relative Button to enable Relative Terrain, or Off to remove terrain
information.
Or:
132 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
2) Press the Terrain Settings Softkey.

Flight
3) Press the Relative Softkey.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

EASEIS
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Terrain Settings Button.

AudioNav/Com/
4) Touch the Map Settings Button.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
5) The Terrain Button displays the maximum navigation map range to show relative terrain
information in cyan. To change this value, touch the Terrain Button.
6) Scroll as needed, and touch a maximum navigation map range to display relative terrain

Flight Flight
information.

Management Avoidance
7) Touch the Back Button three times to return to the ‘Map Settings’ Screen.
8) Touch the Land Tab.

Hazard Hazard
9) Touch the Point Obstacle Button to enable/disable the display of point obstacles on

Avoidance
navigation maps.
10) Touch the Point Obstacle Settings Button.
11) Touch the Point Obstacle Button.

AFCS
12) The Point Obstacle Button displays the maximum map range to show point obstacles in
cyan. Touch this button to change the value.

AFCS Features
13) Scroll as needed, and touch a maximum navigation map range to display point obstacle

Additional Additional
information.
14) When finished, touch the Back Button or the Home Button.
Features

Enabling/disabling Smart Obstacles Information on (Navigation Maps):

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Land Tab.
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Point Obstacle Settings Button.

Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the Smart Obstacles Button.

Controlling Absolute Terrain + Relative Terrain Information on the Navigation Map
Pane:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Terrain Button.
Index

4) Touch the Absolute + Relative Button to enable Absolute + Relative Terrain feature, or
Index

Off to remove terrain information.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 133
 Hazard Avoidance

Enabling/disabling Absolute Terrain + Relative Terrain Information on the Inset Naviga-

Instruments
Instruments

tion Map and HSI Map:

Flight
Flight

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings Button.

2) If the HSI Map is not presently shown on the PFD, do the following:
a) Touch the Layout Button.
EISEAS

b) Touch the HSI Map Button to display the HSI Map.

3) Touch the Terrain Button.
4) Touch the Absolute + Relative Button to enable Absolute + Relative Terrain feature, or
Audio and
CNS

Off to remove terrain information.

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
Flight Flight

2) Press the Terrain Settings Softkey.

Avoidance Management

3) Press the Absolute + Relative Softkey.

TERRAIN-SVT AND TAWS-B TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE ALERTS
Hazard Hazard

Acknowledging Terrain Alerts:

Avoidance

1) Touch the Terrain-SVT or TAWS Button to display the terrain pane and terrain
settings screen.
2) Touch the OK Button to remove the pop-up alert.
AFCS

Or:
Features AFCS

Touch the Terrain Inhibit or TAWS Inhibit Button to inhibit the terrain system from
issuing alerts.
Additional Additional

Inhibiting/enabling Terrain SVT alerting:

1) From MFW Home, touch Terrain SVT > Terrain SVT Settings.
Features

Or:
Operation
Abnormal

a) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
b) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Annun/Alerts

c) Touch the Terrain Settings Button.

Annun/Alerts

Or:
a) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
b) If not selected, touch the HSI Map or Inset Map button to enable the Overlays
Appendix
Appendix

buttons.
c) Touch the Terrain Settings Button.
2) Touch the Terrain Inhibit Button. When the annunciator on the button is green, Terrain
SVT alerting is inhibited. When the annunciator is gray, Terrain SVT alerting is enabled.
Index
Index

134 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Inhibiting Terrain SVT alerting while an alert is occurring:

Instruments
Instruments
Touch the Terrain Inhibit Button on the Terrain SVT pop-up window.

Flight
Flight
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B FLTA and PDA alerting:
1) From MFW Home, touch TAWS > TAWS Settings.
2) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button. When the annunciator on the button is green, TAWS-B

EASEIS
alerting is inhibited. When the button annunciator is gray, TAWS-B alerting is enabled.
Or:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

and
3) Touch the Terrain Settings Button.
4) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button. TAWS-B alerting is inhibited when the button

Flight Flight
annunciator is green, enabled when gray.

Management Avoidance
Or:
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Hazard Hazard
2) Touch the Terrain Settings Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window.
3) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button.

Avoidance
Inhibiting TAWS-B alerting while an alert is occurring:
1) Touch the TAWS Inhibit Button on the Terrain Alert pop-up window on the Touchscreen

AFCS
Controller.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the OK Button to confirm and inhibit TAWS or touch the Cancel Button to return
to the previous screen or Terrain Alert pop-up window.

Additional Additional
TAWS-B Features
Manually testing the TAWS System:
Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > System Tests.

2) Touch the TAWS Button.
Annun/Alerts

TAS TRAFFIC
Annun/Alerts

WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
Appendix

resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve the
Appendix

pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.

WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately
Index

depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equip-
Index

ment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from other aircraft, traffic
may be present but not represented on the display.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 135
 Hazard Avoidance

TRAFFIC DISPLAY SYMBOLOGY

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Traffic Description
Symbol
Other Non-Threat Traffic
EISEAS

Proximity Advisory (PA)

Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Traffic Advisory (TA)

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Traffic Advisory Off Scale

Hazard Hazard

TAS Traffic Symbology

Avoidance

Traffic Description
Symbol
AFCS

Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the
Features AFCS

intruder aircraft track.

Additional Additional

Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the
aircraft track.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Other Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of
the intruder aircraft track.
Annun/Alerts

TAS Traffic with ADS-B Symbology (GTX 335 Transponder)

Annun/Alerts

Symbol Description
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of
Appendix
Appendix

the intruder aircraft track.

Traffic Advisory without directional information.

Index
Index

136 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

Symbol Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information is beyond the selected display
range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing. Arrow points in the direction
of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information.

EASEIS
Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.

Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
the aircraft track.

and
Proximity Advisory without directional information.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Other Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.

AFCS
Traffic located on the ground with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in
the direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in

AFCS Features
Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.

Additional Additional
Ground traffic without ADS-B directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed
when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground. Features

Non-aircraft ground traffic with ADS-B directional information. Pointed end indicates
Operation
Abnormal

direction of travel. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF)
Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Annun/Alerts

Non-aircraft ground traffic without ADS-B directional information. Ground traffic is

Annun/Alerts

only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.

TAS Traffic with ADS-B Traffic Symbology (GTX 345R Transponder)

Appendix

SYSTEM TEST
Appendix

NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution when
performing a system test during flight.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 137
 Hazard Avoidance

Testing the Traffic System:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.

Flight

2) Turn the lower knob on the GTC to adjust the map range to 2 NM for the inner range
ring, and 6 NM for the outer range ring. This ensures the full traffic test pattern is
depicted on the map.
EISEAS

3) If the traffic system is in Operating Mode, touch the Standby Button and the ADS-B
Display Button.
4) Touch the Home Button to return to the MFW Home screen.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

5) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > System Test.

Nav/Com/

6) Touch the ADS-B Button.

OPERATION
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Displaying the ‘Traffic Map’ Pane:

From MFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
Or:
Hazard Hazard

If the PFW is in Split Mode, press the Traffic Softkey or touch the Traffic Map Button
Avoidance

from PFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller.

Selecting an operating mode:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.

Or:
Features AFCS

a) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Additional Additional

b) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

c) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
Features

2) In the TCAS Mode Window, touch one of the following buttons:

Operation
Abnormal

• Operate: System interrogates other aircraft transponders and displays traffic.

• Standby: Traffic system does not interrogate other aircraft transponders or display
traffic.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Altitude Range
Changing the altitude range:
From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
Appendix

Or:
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings > Traffic Settings
Button.
2) Touch the Altitude Range Button:
Index
Index

138 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

3) Touch one of the following buttons from the list:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
• Unrestricted: All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the

Flight
aircraft.
• Above: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9900 feet above the aircraft to
2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.

EASEIS
• Normal: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to
2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
• Below: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
Additional Traffic Displays
Enabling/disabling display of traffic information on Navigation Map Panes:

Flight Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

Management Avoidance
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
3) Touch the Traffic Button.

Hazard Hazard
Enabling/disabling the display of traffic information (HSI Map or Inset Map):

Avoidance
1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.
2) Touch the Layout Button. If not selected, touch the HSI Map Button or Inset Map
Button to access the Overlays settings.

AFCS
3) Touch the Traffic Button in the ‘Overlays’ Window to enable/disable the display of traffic

AFCS Features
on the HSI Map or Inset Map.

Additional Additional
Or:
1) Press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey.
Features

Customizing traffic display on the navigation maps:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.

4) Touch the Map Settings Button.
5) Touch the Labels button to enable/disable the display of traffic labels on navigation
maps.
Appendix
Appendix

6) To change the map range above which the system removes traffic symbols from the
display, touch the Symbols Button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range above
which the system will remove the traffic symbols.
7) To change the map range at which the system removes traffic labels from the display
Index
Index

(such as, touch the Labels range button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range
above which the system removes traffic labels from the display.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 139
 Hazard Avoidance

Or:
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Flight

2) In the Overlays Tab, touch the Traffic Settings Button.

3) Touch the Map Settings Button.
4) Touch the Labels button to enable/disable the display of traffic labels on navigation
EISEAS

maps.
5) To change the map maximum navigation map range to show traffic symbols, touch the
Symbols Button, then scroll as needed and touch a button for the desired range.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

6)
Nav/Com/

To change the map maximum navigation map range to show traffic labels, touch the
Labels Button, then scroll as needed and touch a button for the desired range.
Enabling/disabling the Traffic Inset Map on the PFD:
Flight Flight

With the PFW in Full Mode, press the Traffic Map Softkey
Avoidance Management

Or:
From PFW Home, touch Traffic Map Button.
Hazard Hazard

Showing the HSI Traffic Map:

Avoidance

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

2) Touch the Layout Button.
AFCS

3) Touch the HSI Traffic Button.

Or:
Features AFCS

1) On the PFW, press the PFD Map Settings Softkey.

Additional Additional

2) Press the Map Layout Softkey.

3) Press the HSI Traffic Softkey.
Features

Enabling/disabling traffic overlay on PFD navigation maps:

Operation
Abnormal

1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
Annun/Alerts

3) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.

Annun/Alerts

ADS-B TRAFFIC
OPERATION
Appendix

Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic:

Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.

Or:
a) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Index
Index

b) Touch the Traffic Settings Button on the Sensor Tab.

Or:

140 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Hazard Avoidance

a) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
b) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.

Flight
2) Touch the ADS-B Display Button.
Displaying Motion Vectors

EASEIS
Selecting a Motion Vector display:
1) From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.
2) Touch the Motion Vector Button.

AudioNav/Com/
3) Touch a button to select the desired Motion Vector display mode: Off, Absolute, or

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Relative.
4) To change the duration of time used to forecast motion vectors, touch the Vector
Duration Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
5) Touch a button for the desired duration: 30SEC, 1MIN, 2MIN, or 5MIN.
Additional Traffic Displays
Showing additional traffic information:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch Traffic > Traffic Settings.

Avoidance
2) Touch the Target Selection Button.
3) Turn the upper knob. A cyan border appears on the first selected traffic symbol.

AFCS
Additional information appears in a window in the lower-left corner of the ‘Traffic Map’
Pane.

AFCS Features
4) To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the upper knob.

Additional Additional
5) When finished, touch the Target Selection Button again to disable the button.
Customizing traffic display on the navigation maps: Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Operation
Abnormal

2) If not selected, touch the Sensor Tab.

3) Touch the Traffic Settings Button.
Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the Map Settings Button.

Annun/Alerts

5) Touch the Labels button to enable/disable the display of traffic labels on navigation
maps.
6) To change the map range above which the system removes traffic symbols from the
Appendix

display, touch the Symbols Button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range above
Appendix

which the system will remove the traffic symbols.

7) To change the map range at which the system removes traffic labels from the display
(such as, touch the Labels range button, then scroll to and touch to select a map range
above which the system removes traffic labels from the display.
Index
Index

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 141
 Hazard Avoidance

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Map Settings.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

2) In the Overlays Tab, touch the Traffic Settings Button.

Flight

3) Touch the Map Settings Button.

4) Touch the Labels button to enable/disable the display of traffic labels on navigation
maps.
EISEAS

5) To change the map maximum navigation map range to show traffic symbols, touch the
Symbols Button, then scroll as needed and touch a button for the desired range.
6) To change the map maximum navigation map range to show traffic labels, touch the
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Labels Button, then scroll as needed and touch a button for the desired range.
Nav/Com/

Traffic Map Display Range

Selecting the ‘Traffic Map’ Pane display range:
Flight Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch the Traffic > Traffic Settings Button.
Avoidance Management

2) Turn the lower knob clockwise to increase map range, or counter-clockwise to decrease
map range.
Hazard Hazard

3) The following range options are available:

Avoidance

• 750 ft.
• 750 ft and 1500 ft.
• 1500 ft and 0.5 nm.
AFCS

• 0.5 nm and 1 nm.

Features AFCS

• 1 and 2 nm.
Additional Additional

• 2 and 6 nm.
• 6 and 12 nm.
• 12 and 24 nm.
Features

• 24 and 40 nm.
Operation
Abnormal

Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:

1) From MFD Home, touch Utilities > Setup > ADS-B Status.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

2) View the status of the traffic applications, then touch the Back Button or the Home
Button when finished.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

142 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 AFCS

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
OVERVIEW

NOTE: The current version of the pertinent flight manual always supersedes the

EASEIS
information in this Pilot’s Guide.

BASIC AUTOPILOT OPERATION

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
– Autopilot Engagement — The autopilot may be engaged by pressing the AP Key on the

XPDR/Audio Management
and
AFCS Controller. PFW Engaging the autopilot also engages the optional yaw damper.
– Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director Off — Upon engagement, the autopilot will
be set to hold the current attitude of the airplane, if the flight director was not previously

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
on.
– Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director On — If the flight director is on, the autopilot
will smoothly pitch and roll the airplane to capture the flight director command bars. The

Hazard Hazard
prior flight director modes remain unchanged.

Avoidance
– Autopilot Disengagement — The most common way to disconnect the autopilot is to
press and release the AP DISC Switch, which is located on the control stick. When dis-
engaged an autopilot disconnect tone will be heard and annunciated on the PFW. Other

AFCS
ways to disconnect the autopilot include:

AFCS Features
» Pressing the AP Key on the AFCS Controller.

Additional Additional
» Pressing the TO/GA Switch, if on the ground and the autopilot is engaged.
» Pulling the autopilot circuit breaker. Features

In the event of unexpected autopilot behavior, pressing and holding the AP DISC Switch
Operation
Abnormal

will disconnect the autopilot and remove all power to the servos.
AFCS PREFLIGHT TEST (PFT)
Annun/Alerts

The AFCS Preflight Test is initiated upon system startup. Evidence of this test is indicated
Annun/Alerts

by a white ‘PFT’ annunciation.

NOTE: During system PFT an “Autopilot” aural alert may be observed with the
autopilot servos circuit breaker pulled.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 143
 AFCS

FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR

Modes Selected
Control Pressed
Lateral Vertical
EISEAS

FD Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Pitch Hold (default) PIT

AP Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Pitch Hold (default) PIT
Audio and

Takeoff (on ground) TO Takeoff (on ground) TO

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

TO/GA Switch
Go Around (in air) GA Go Around (in air) GA
ALT Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Altitude Hold ALT
Flight Flight

FLC Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Flight Level Change FLC
Avoidance Management

VS Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Vertical Speed VS

VNV Key Roll Hold (default) ROL Vertical Path Tracking 1
VPTH
Hazard Hazard

GPS
Avoidance

VOR
NAV Key Navigation2 Pitch Hold (default) PIT
LOC
BC
AFCS

GPS
Features AFCS

APR Key Approach2 VAPP Pitch Hold (default) PIT

LOC
Additional Additional

HDG Key Heading Select HDG Pitch Hold (default) PIT

LVL Key Level LVL Level LVL
Features
Operation
Abnormal

1
Valid VNAV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
When the VNV Key is pressed in conjunction with another mode selection, a ‘V’ is displayed
with the selected mode annunciation.
Annun/Alerts

2
The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course
Annun/Alerts

before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.

Flight Director Activation

Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

144 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 AFCS

AFCS MODES

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
VERTICAL MODES

Vertical Mode Description Control Annunciation

EASEIS
Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude;
Pitch Hold may be used to climb/descend to the (default) PIT

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Selected Altitude

and
Selected Altitude
Captures the Selected Altitude 1
ALTS
Capture

Flight Flight
nnnnn

Management Avoidance
Altitude Hold Holds the current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT
ft

Holds the current aircraft vertical speed;

nnnn
Vertical Speed may be used to climb/descend to the VS Key VS

Hazard Hazard
fpm
Selected Altitude

Avoidance
Holds the current aircraft airspeed
Flight Level Change while the aircraft is climbing/ FLC Key FLC nnn kt

AFCS
descending to the Selected Altitude
1
ALTS is armed automatically when the Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of the

AFCS Features
VNAV Target Altitude.

Additional Additional
2
While in ALT Hold Mode, the UP/DN Wheel will change the altitude ref in 10 ft
increments up to a maximum of 180 ft from the initial reference.
Features

Flight Director Vertical Modes

Operation
Abnormal

LATERAL MODES
Annun/Alerts

Lateral Mode Description Control Annunciation

Annun/Alerts

Roll Hold Holds the current aircraft roll attitude (default) ROL
Captures and tracks the Selected
Heading Select HDG Key HDG
Appendix

Heading
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 145
 AFCS
Instruments
Instruments

Lateral Mode Description Control Annunciation

Flight
Flight

Navigation Mode

GPS Arm/Capture/Track GPS

EISEAS

VOR Enroute Arm/Capture/

Captures and tracks the selected VOR
Track NAV Key
navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC)
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

LOC Arm/Capture/Track
LOC
(No Glideslope)
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Flight Director Lateral Modes

COMBINATION MODES
Hazard Hazard

Mode Description Control Annunciation

Avoidance

Vertical Navigation Modes

AFCS

Captures and tracks descent legs

Vertical Path Tracking VNV Key V PATH
of an active vertical profile
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Captures the Vertical Navigation

VNV Target Altitude Capture 1
ALTV
Target Altitude
VOR Approach Mode
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Captures and tracks VOR

VOR Arm/Capture/Track APR Key VAPP
navigation source
GPS Approach Mode
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Captures and tracks GPS

GPS Arm/Capture/Track GPS
navigation source
APR Key
Captures and tracks the SBAS
Glidepath GP
Appendix

glidepath on approach
Appendix

LOC Approach Mode

Captures and tracks the LOC
LOC Arm/Capture/Track LOC
navigation source
APR Key
Index
Index

Captures and tracks the ILS

Glideslope GS
glideslope on approach

146 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 AFCS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Mode Description Control Annunciation

Captures and tracks the LOC

Backcourse Arm/Capture/Track NAV Key BC
source for backcourse approaches

EASEIS
Additional Modes
Commands a constant pitch

AudioNav/Com/
Takeoff angle on the ground in TO

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
preparation for takeoff TO/GA Switch
Commands a constant pitch angle
Go Around GA
and wings level in the air

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Commands straight and level
Level LVL Key 2 LVL
flight
1
ALTV is armed automatically under V PATH when the VNAV Target Altitude is to be captured

Hazard Hazard
instead of Selected Altitude.

Avoidance
2
Level Mode can also become activated as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection
(ESP™). Refer to the Additional Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP
feature.

AFCS
Flight Director Combination Modes

AFCS Features
Descending with V FLC Mode:

Additional Additional
1) Ensure a flight plan or direct-to waypoint with a vertical constraint is loaded into the
system. Features

2) Activate the flight plan leg or waypoint.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Press the FLC Key on the AFCS Controller.

4) Press the VNV Key on the AFCS Controller.
Annun/Alerts

5) Set the Selected Altitude below the current altitude.

Annun/Alerts

6) Ensure vertical navigation is active (green ‘V’).

Executing a Descent Now:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan and ensure a flight plan with a vertical constraint is
Appendix

loaded.
Appendix

2) On the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Page, touch the altitude constraint button for the desired
waypoint.
3) Press the VNAV Direct To Button. The TOD is recalculated to be just in front of the
Index
Index

aircraft and the descent can begin.

Or:

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 147
 AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > VNAV.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

2) Touch the VNAV Direct To Button and the ‘Select VNAV Direct To’ Page is displayed.
Flight

3) From the list, select the desired descent. In the example below, the FL200 at ININN
Button is selected.
APPROACH MODE
EISEAS

NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active
FMS course for the flight director to enter Approach Mode.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

VOR Approach Mode

Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle
through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
Hazard Hazard

GPS Approach Mode

Avoidance

Selecting GPS Approach Mode without a Glidepath:

1) Ensure an RNAV approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must
AFCS

be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle
Features AFCS

through navigation sources if necessary).

Additional Additional

3) Press the NAV Key.

Features

WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH when
Operation
Abnormal

flying a coupled approach with GP or GS modes active. The autopilot will not level
the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.
Annun/Alerts

Selecting GPS Approach Mode with a Glidepath:

Annun/Alerts

1) Ensure an RNAV approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LP+V, LNAV+V) is
loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
Appendix

2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle
Appendix

through navigation sources if necessary).

3) Press the APR Key.
Index
Index

148 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 AFCS

LOC Approach Mode

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Selecting LOC Approach Mode without a Glideslope:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle
through navigation sources if necessary).

EASEIS
3) Press the NAV Key.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
through navigation sources if necessary).

and
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.

Flight Flight
4) Press the NAV Key.

Management Avoidance
Selecting LOC Approach Mode with a Glideslope (ILS):
1) Ensure a valid ILS frequency is tuned.

Hazard Hazard
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle

Avoidance
through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.

AFCS
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle

AFCS Features
through navigation sources if necessary).

Additional Additional
2) Ensure an ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Backcourse Mode (BC)

NOTE: In order to Arm a LOC Backcourse, the aircraft heading must be within 75
Annun/Alerts

degrees of the LOC Backcourse.

Annun/Alerts

NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer
front course.
Appendix
Appendix

NOTE: The NAV Key must be used to arm Backcourse Mode; the APR Key will not
arm the approach.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 149
 AFCS

Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. When
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course. The flight
Flight

director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation.
Selecting Backcourse Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer backcourse frequency is tuned.
EISEAS

2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (press the Active NAV Softkey to cycle
through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

4) Press the NAV Key.

Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

150 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
SAFETAXI

WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for verifica-

EASEIS
tion of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data may not
incorporate the latest NOTAM information.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
NOTE: To view the SafeTaxi feature, ‘Airports’ must be enabled on the ‘Map Settings’

and
Page through the Aviation Tab on the Touchscreen Controller and Garmin SVT™ must
be active.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
NOTE: When obstacles are displayed on the ‘Navigation Map’ Page in the vicinity
of an airport being viewed with SafeTaxi, the obstacle symbols may be obscured by
SafeTaxi feature labels.

Hazard Hazard
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and run-

Avoidance
ways, and/or complex ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on
an airport surface where positional awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most

AFCS
often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible
confusion.

AFCS Features
NOTE: For 3D SafeTaxi to function, the SafeTaxi2 database must be utilized.

Additional Additional
3D SafeTaxi provides a three dimensional depiction of the airport environment which assists
the pilot with ground maneuvers and airport identification. Information displayed includes
Features

3D building footprints (e.g., hangars, terminals, and towers), taxiways, aprons, signs, and
Operation
Abnormal

other markings. This taxi view is only available in SVT Auto Mode.
Enabling SVT Auto Mode:
Annun/Alerts

1) From PFW Home, touch PFD Settings.

Annun/Alerts

2) With the PFD Tab selected, touch the Synthetic Vision Button.
3) Touch the Auto Button.
Enabling/disabling SafeTaxi:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) If not already selected, touch the Aviation Tab.
3) If necessary, scroll to display the SafeTaxi Annunciator Button.
Index

4) Touch the SafeTaxi Button to enable or disable SafeTaxi on the Navigation and inset
Index

maps. A green annunciator on the button indicates SafeTaxi is enabled.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 151
 Additional Features

Configuring SafeTaxi range:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
Flight

2) If not already selected, touch the Aviation Tab.

3) If necessary, scroll to display the SafeTaxi Range Button.
4) Touch the SafeTaxi Range Button. A selection of ranges are displayed.
EISEAS

5) Touch the desired range.

SURFACEWATCH (OPTIONAL)
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch information as the primary method of flight

guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does not have NOTAM
or ATIS information regarding the current active runway, condition, or information
Flight Flight

about the position of hold lines.

Avoidance Management

NOTE: The SafeTaxi database must be available to provide information regarding

Hazard Hazard

taxiways, aprons and other objects in the airport environment.

Avoidance

Enabling/disabling SurfaceWatch:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
AFCS

2) If not already selected, touch the Alerts Tab and scroll to view the SurfaceWatch Inhibit
Button.
Features AFCS

3) Touch the SurfaceWatch Inhibit Button to enable or disable SurfaceWatch. A green

Additional Additional

annunciator indicates SurfaceWatch is inhibited, or disabled. The system message

‘SFC WATCH INHIB’ is also displayed in the ‘CAS’ Window indicating SurfaceWatch is
inhibited. The inhibit setting will be canceled after a power cycle.
Features

SURFACEWATCH SETUP
Operation
Abnormal

Entering origin/destination airport when no flight plan has been entered:

1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Add Origin or Add Destination as appropriate.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

2) Use the keypad to enter the Airport Identifier and touch Enter.
Selecting origin runway:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Origin.
Appendix

2) On the ‘Select Runway’ Screen, scroll down as required and select the appropriate
Appendix

runway.
Selecting destination runway:
1) From MFW Home, touch Flight Plan > Destination > Select Arrival Runway.
Index
Index

2) On the ‘Select Runway’ Screen, scroll down as required and select the appropriate
runway.

152 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Selecting required takeoff / landing distance using the ‘PERF’ Page:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch PERF > Takeoff Data.

Flight
2) Touch the Origin Tab.
3) If not already selected, touch the Runway Button and select the takeoff runway.
4) Touch the Runway Tab. The ‘Runway Available’ Distance is automatically populated for

EASEIS
runways supported with PERF data.
5) Touch the Runway Required Button and adjust the required takeoff distance as
required.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Selecting required landing distance:

and
1) From MFW Home, touch the PERF > Landing Data.
2) Touch the DEST Tab (if not already selected).

Flight Flight
3) Touch the Runway Button and select the landing runway.

Management Avoidance
4) Touch the Runway Tab. ‘The Runway Available’ is automatically populated for runways
supported with PERF data.

Hazard Hazard
5) Touch Runway Required Button and adjust the required landing distance as required.

Avoidance
NOTE: While a missing or invalid SafeTaxi Database will reduce functionality, Surface-
Watch will remain operational. All SurfaceWatch alerting is based on the Navigation

AFCS
Database. The SurfaceWatch Information Box will show only ‘On’ or ‘Approaching’
runway information if the SafeTaxi Database is missing or invalid or if the airport does

AFCS Features
not have SafeTaxi diagrams.

Additional Additional
Alert Description
The GPS or WAAS position could be invalid, or is insufficient due to RAIM
Features

SURFACEWATCH FAIL
position warning, loss of integrity, or the GPS horizontal protection level
(One or more inputs
Operation
Abnormal

exceeds the LNAV/VNAV horizontal alert limit (556.0 meters). Heading Input
invalid)
could be invalid.
Annun/Alerts

SURFACEWATCH
SurfaceWatch has been inhibited by the pilot. Aural and visual alerts are
Annun/Alerts

INHIBITED
inhibited. Functionality will automatically reset on a system restart.
(SurfaceWatch inhibited)
SURFACEWATCH
Issued when the aircraft is positioned north of N 87° latitude or south of S 87°
DISABLED
Appendix

latitude.
Appendix

(Too far north/south)

Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 153
 Additional Features

Alert Description
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

If the runway entered in PERF or other pilot entry page does not have
complete position information, SurfaceWatch will display this message
NO RUNWAY POSITION indicating that SurfaceWatch should be inhibited by the pilot (see above
DATA procedure).
EISEAS

(Inhibit SurfaceWatch. Some airports within the Navigation database do not have surveyed runway
No runway position position data for all runways at the airport (e.g., soft surface runways, turf,
data.) gravel, etc.). In these cases, SurfaceWatch may either issue alerts, or may not
provide alerts, or may not be able to display complete Information Box data at
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

that airport.
Nav/Com/

SurfaceWatch Alerts
Flight Flight

ELECTRONIC CHARTS
Avoidance Management

WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for verification of
displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data may not incorporate
Hazard Hazard

the latest NOTAM information.

Avoidance

WARNING: Do not rely on the displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) as the
AFCS

sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

NOTE: Electronic aeronautical charts displayed on this system have been shown
to meet the guidance in AC 120 76D as a Type ‘B’ Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) for
Features

ChartView. The accuracy of the charts is subject to the chart data provider. Own-ship
position on airport surface charts cannot be guaranteed to meet the accuracy speci-
Operation
Abnormal

fied in AC 120-76D. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source

of aeronautical charts, such as traditional paper charts or an additional electronic
Annun/Alerts

display, necessary on the aircraft and available to the pilot. If the secondary source
Annun/Alerts

of aeronautical charts is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be consistent
with the guidance in AC 120-76D.
Appendix

NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to database alerts and consider their
Appendix

impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database alerts can be viewed at
flyGarmin.com® by selecting ‘Aviation Database Alerts.’
Index
Index

NOTE: Do not rely solely upon datalink services to provide Temporary Flight Restric-
tion (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official sources such
as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
154 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features
Selecting the preferred charts source:

Instruments
Instruments
1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection > Charts Options.

Flight
Flight
2) Ensure the desired chart source is available (indicated by a green check mark in the ‘Dual
Charts Status’ Window). When the database age is beyond the disable date, an amber
exclamation mark is displayed.

EASEIS
3) Touch the Preferred Source Button.
4) Touch either ChartView or FliteCharts to set as the preferred chart source. The current
selection is then displayed on the Preferred Source Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
CHARTVIEW (OPTIONAL)

XPDR/Audio Management
and
Selecting charts using the ‘Charts’ Screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection.

Flight Flight
2) The airport for which charts will be displayed is shown at the top of the ‘Charts’ Screen.

Management Avoidance
Touch the Airport Button to enter another airport.
3) Touch the Info Tab to display the airport information selection buttons for the selected
airport.

Hazard Hazard
a) Touch the Departure Tab to display a list of possible departures for the selected

Avoidance
airport.
b) Touch the Arrival Tab to display a list of possible arrivals for the selected airport.

AFCS
c) Touch the Approach Tab to display a list of possible approaches for the selected
airport.

AFCS Features
4) Touch the desired information button in any of these lists to display the applicable chart

Additional Additional
on the selected display pane.
5) Touch the Charts Options Button to select the desired display option for the selected
chart.
Features

6) Touch All to display the complete Airport Diagram. Fit Width displays the full width of
Operation
Abnormal

the Airport Diagram. Plan displays only the diagram portion of the chart. Minimums
displays only the approach minimums on an approach chart. Profile displays only
Annun/Alerts

the descent profile on the approach chart. Header displays the chart header. Only
Annun/Alerts

appropriate views are available for the selected chart.

7) Touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Charts’ Screen.
Zooming-in, zooming-out, rotating, and panning the displayed chart:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection.

2) Select the desired chart for display in the selected pane.
3) Push the lower knob. The ‘Charts Pan/Zoom Control’ Screen is displayed on the
Touchscreen Controller.
Index
Index

4) Turn the lower knob, or use the pinch-and-zoom feature on the Touchpad to adjust the
chart zoom.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 155
 Additional Features

5) Move a finger along the Touchpad, or turn the upper knobs to pan the displayed chart.
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

6) Touch the Rotate buttons to rotate the chart clockwise or counter-clockwise, as indicated
Flight

on the button. Each touch of the button rotates the chart 90 degrees in the designated
direction.
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

Pan and Zoom Touchpad

Selecting airport diagrams from the ‘Nearest Airports’ Screen:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport.

2) Touch the desired airport button.
Features AFCS

3) Touch the Airport Chart Button. The Info Tab selections are displayed on the
Additional Additional

Touchscreen Controller and the Airport Diagram is displayed on the selected display pane.
Syncing charts to current phase of flight:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection.

Operation
Abnormal

2) From the ‘Charts’ Page, press the SYNC POF Button to cause the chart applicable to the
current phase of flight to be displayed.
Annun/Alerts

Selecting night, day, or auto view:

Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection > Charts Options.
2) Touch the Light Mode Button.
3) Touch the Night, Day, or Auto Button. When Auto is selected, the display will change
Appendix
Appendix

to the appropriate day or night setting, dependent on ambient lighting.

4) With ‘Auto’ selected, touch the Threshold Button. The ‘Auto Light Mode Threshold’
Window is displayed.
5) Move the slider left or right to set the desired threshold. Setting the Threshold Level
Index
Index

percentage to the same percentage shown as the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause
the Day/Night view to switch at the current backlight setting. Adjusting the Threshold

156 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Level setting larger than the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause the display to remain

Instruments
Instruments
in Night Mode longer. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting smaller than the Current

Flight
Flight
MFD Backlight Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.
FLITECHARTS (OPTIONAL)
Selecting charts using the ‘Charts’ Screen:

EASEIS
1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection.
2) The airport for which charts will be displayed is shown at the top of the ‘Charts’ Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
Touch the Airport Button to enter another airport.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
3) Touch the Info Tab to display the airport information selection buttons for the selected
airport.
a) Touch the Departure Tab to display a list of possible departures for the selected

Flight Flight
airport.

Management Avoidance
b) Touch the Arrival Tab to display a list of possible arrivals for the selected airport.
c) Touch the Approach Tab to display a list of possible approaches for the selected

Hazard Hazard
airport.
4) Touch the desired information button in any of these lists to display the applicable chart

Avoidance
on the selected display pane.
5) Touch the Charts Options Button to select the desired display option for the selected

AFCS
chart.
6) Touch Fit Width to display the full width of the chart.

AFCS Features
7) Touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Charts’ Screen.

Additional Additional
Zooming-in, zooming-out, rotating, and panning the displayed chart:
1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection. Features

2) Select the desired chart for display in the selected pane.

Operation
Abnormal

3) Push the lower knob on the Touchscreen Controller. The ‘Charts Pan/Zoom Control’
Screen is displayed.
Annun/Alerts

5) Move a finger along the Touchpad, or turn the upper knobs to pan the displayed chart.
Annun/Alerts

6) Touch the Rotate buttons to rotate the chart clockwise or counter-clockwise, as indicated
on the button. Each touch of the button rotates the chart 90 degrees in the designated
direction.
Appendix

Selecting airport diagrams from the ‘Nearest Airports’ Screen:

Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Nearest > Airport.

2) Touch the desired airport button.
3) Touch the Airport Chart Button. The Info Tab selections are displayed on the
Index
Index

Touchscreen Controller and the Airport Diagram is displayed on the selected display pane.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 157
 Additional Features

Syncing charts to current phase of flight:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection.

Flight

2) From the ‘Charts’ Page, press the SYNC POF Button to cause the chart applicable to the
current phase of flight to be displayed.
Selecting Night, Day, or Auto view:
EISEAS

1) From MFW Home, touch Charts > Chart Selection > Charts Options.
2) Touch the Light Mode Button.
Audio and

3) Touch the Night, Day, or Auto Button. When Auto is selected, the display will change
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

to the appropriate day or night setting, dependent on ambient lighting.

4) With ‘Auto’ selected, touch the Threshold Button. The ‘Auto Light Mode Threshold’
Window is displayed.
Flight Flight

5) Move the slider left or right to set the desired threshold. Setting the Threshold Level
Avoidance Management

percentage to the same percentage shown as the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause
the Day/Night view to switch at the current backlight setting. Adjusting the Threshold
Level setting larger than the Current MFD Backlight Level will cause the display to remain
Hazard Hazard

in Night Mode longer. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting smaller than the Current
Avoidance

MFD Backlight Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.
IFR/VFR CHARTS
AFCS

Selecting the chart to display:

1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the desired Chart Button (VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High).
Additional Additional

Modifying the VFR, IFR Low, and IFR High chart settings:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection.
Features

2) Touch the desired Chart Button. The selected chart is displayed on the active display
Operation
Abnormal

pane, and the button on the Touchscreen Controller becomes the Chart Settings Button
(VFR Settings Button, IFR Low Settings Button, or IFR High Settings Button).
Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the Chart Settings Button to display the applicable settings screen (‘VFR Charts
Annun/Alerts

Settings’ Page or ‘IFR Charts Settings’ Page.

Selecting Day, Night, or Auto View:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High.
Appendix
Appendix

2) Touch the applicable settings button: VFR Settings, IFR Low Settings, or IFR High
Settings.
3) Touch the Light Mode Button.
4) Touch the Day, Night, or Auto Button. When Auto is selected, the display will change
Index
Index

to the appropriate day or night setting, dependent on ambient lighting.

158 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

5) With ‘Auto’ selected, the Threshold Slider is no longer grayed out.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
6) Move the slider left or right to set the desired threshold. Setting the Threshold Level

Flight
percentage to the same percentage shown as the Current PFD1 Backlight Level will cause
the Day/Night view to switch at the current backlight setting. Adjusting the Threshold
Level setting larger than the Current PFD1 Backlight Level will cause the display to

EASEIS
remain in Night Mode longer. Adjusting the Threshold Level setting smaller than the
Current PFD1 Backlight Level will cause the display to change to Day Mode sooner.
Viewing traffic on the IFR Low, IFR High, or VFR chart:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
2) Touch the ‘Sensor’ Tab. Touch the Traffic Button to enable the traffic overlay. A green
annunciator indicates the feature is enabled.
Configuring traffic overlay settings:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings.
2) Touch the ‘Sensor’ Tab. Touch the Traffic Settings Button, then touch the Map Settings
Button.

Hazard Hazard
3) Touch the Symbols Button. Choose the range at which traffic symbols will be displayed

Avoidance
and below (e.g.,
100 nm and below).

AFCS
4) Touch the Labels Button to enable the feature.
5) Touch the Labels Button with the nautical mile range below. Choose the range at which

AFCS Features
traffic labels will be displayed and below (e.g., 100 nm and below).

Additional Additional
Viewing weather on the IFR Low, IFR High, or VFR chart:
1) From MFW Home, touch Map > Map Selection > Map Settings. Features

2) Touch the ‘Sensor’ Tab. Touch the Graphical METARs Button, the NEXRAD Button, the
Operation
Abnormal

Datalink Lightning Button, the Stormscope Lightning Button, or the TFR Button.
The WX Source Button is used to select the source of weather information: SiriusXM,
Connext, or FIS-B Weather.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

SATELLITE TELEPHONE & DATALINK SERVICES (OPTIONAL)

NOTE: Do not rely solely upon datalink services to provide Temporary Flight Restric-
tion (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official sources such
Appendix
Appendix

as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.

NOTE: Separate accounts must be established to access the Iridium Satellite Network
for voice and Garmin Connext for data transmission of maintenance reports.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 159
 Additional Features

CONNEXT REGISTRATION
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Registering the system for datalink services:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) If necessary, touch the Airframe Tab. Note the System ID. This number will be needed
when contacting Garmin Connext to establish the account.
EISEAS

3) Touch the LRU Info Tab. Scroll to view ‘GSR1.’ Note the serial number of each will also
be needed when contacting Garmin Connext.
Audio and

4) Contact Garmin Connext to establish an account and receive an access code.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

5) From MFW Home, touch Services > Connext Setup >, then touch the REG Tab.
6) Press the Register Button.
7) Enter the access code.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

8) Touch the Enter Button.

BLUETOOTH ENHANCEMENTS
When the GMA 36B Audio Controller is installed, the system supports a Bluetooth link for
Hazard Hazard

audio to a Portable Electronic Device (PED) (e.g., a personal cell phone, Garmin VIRB®, etc.).
Avoidance

See the Connext Section in Additional Features for PED pairing instructions. This link enables
a two-way telephone call between the system and the PED. This arrangement allows the flight
crew to talk on a PED cell phone call through the aviation headset. The system also supports
AFCS

exchange of telephone related data and control commands between the PED and the Garmin
Integrated Flight Deck (GIFD). These controls allow the flight crew to manage incoming and
Features AFCS

outgoing cell phone calls without requiring access to the PED based menu.
Additional Additional

When a PED Bluetooth link is connected to the system, the system provides the following
capability through the Touchscreen controller based user interface. This menu is located on
Features

the ‘Services’ Page. With a Bluetooth audio connection you can:

Operation
Abnormal

– Answer, ignore, hold, or end a call.

– View a calling number and name as reported by the connected PED.
Annun/Alerts

– Initiate a call from the Touchscreen Controller using avionics contacts, Bluetooth contacts,
Annun/Alerts

or the dial pad

– See the signal strength graphic for the connected cell phone.
– Isolate the call to the pilot/copilot (using the Isolate Button).
Appendix
Appendix

The flight crew can manually add contacts to the contacts list (‘Stored’ Contacts). Alternately,
the system can import contacts directly from the PED (‘Pilot Bluetooth’ Contacts). The flight
crew can browse these imported contacts and initiate a cell phone call. The system automati-
cally syncs PED contacts after the Bluetooth connection is made.
Index
Index

160 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
NOTE: For Android devices, you must allow your device to share your contacts when

Flight
the connection is established. For Apple devices, you must first establish the Bluetooth
connection. Then on your PED, go into Bluetooth settings for the connected device
and allow contacts to sync.

EASEIS
CONTACTS
Creating a new stored contact:

AudioNav/Com/
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts. Touch the Stored Tab if not already

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
selected.
2) The ‘Contacts’ Screen is displayed.
3) Touch the Create New Button.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
4) Touch the Name Button. The ‘Contact Name’ Entry Screen is displayed.
5) Enter the name of the new contact.
6) Touch the Enter Button.

Hazard Hazard
7) If desired, touch the Favorite Button to designate the new contact as a favorite. A green

Avoidance
annunciator indicates the contact is now designated as a favorite.
8) Touch the Telephone Number Button. The ‘Phone Number’ Entry Screen is displayed.

AFCS
9) Enter the telephone number of the new contact.
10) Touch the Enter Button.

AFCS Features
11) Touch the Email Address Button (scroll down as required). The ‘Email Address’ Entry

Additional Additional
Screen is displayed.
12) Enter the email address of the new contact.
13) Touch the Enter Button.
Features

14) Touch the Create Button. The new contact is created and appears in the list of contacts.
Operation
Abnormal

If the contact was selected as a ‘Favorite,’ a star symbol will display on the right side of
the contact button to indicate this selection.
Annun/Alerts

Viewing contacts from a Bluetooth connected PED:

Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts.

2) Touch the Pilot Bluetooth Tab. Once a PED is connected to the system, contacts in this
tab will automatically populate.
Appendix
Appendix

Editing a contact:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts. Touch the Stored Tab if not already
selected.
2) Touch the contact you desire to edit.
Index
Index

3) Touch the information field that you would like to edit.

4) When changes are complete, touch the Save Button.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 161
 Additional Features

Deleting a contact:
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts.

Flight

2) Touch the contact you desire to delete.

3) Touch Delete.
4) Touch OK.
EISEAS

Deleting all contacts:

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts.
Audio and

2) Touch Options.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch Delete All Contacts.

4) Touch OK.
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Viewing the ‘Telephone’ Screen:

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.
Hazard Hazard

2) The ‘Satellite Phone’ Screen is displayed.

Avoidance

Internal External
Description
Phone Phone
AFCS

Phone is Idle
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Phone is ringing
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Phone dialed is busy

Appendix

Phone is dialing another phone

Appendix

Phone has failed

Index
Index

162 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Internal External

Instruments
Instruments
Description

Flight
Flight
Phone Phone

Phone status not known

EASEIS
Phone is disabled

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Phone is reserved for data transmission

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
Other phone is on hold

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
Phones are connected

Telephone Symbols

AFCS
Enabling/disabling the Iridium Telephone System:

AFCS Features
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.

Additional Additional
2) Touch the Iridium #1 Button to display the ‘Satellite Phone - Iridium #1 Transceiver’
Screen.
3) Touch the Disable Iridium Transmission Button to disable the transceiver. A green
Features

annunciator indicates Iridium transmission is disabled. Touch the button again to enable
Operation
Abnormal

the transceiver. A gray annunciator indicates Iridium transmission is enabled.

Answering a call:
Annun/Alerts

1) Touch the flashing PHONE Button. The ‘Notifications’ Screen is displayed.

Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Answer Button. The call is now connected as indicated. Touching the Ignore
Button extinguishes the new call annunciation and the call remains disconnected.
3) When the call is finished, touch the End Call Button to disconnect the call.
Appendix
Appendix

Making an external call using a telephone number:

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.
2) Touch the Cockpit Phone Button. The ‘Satellite Phone - Cockpit’ Screen is displayed.
3) Touch the Dial Button. The phone number entry screen is displayed.
Index
Index

4) Using the number keys, enter the phone number.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 163
 Additional Features

The International dialing sequence is necessary to place a call from the cockpit to an
Instruments
Instruments

external phone: Country Code + City/Area Code (if any) + Telephone Number. The
Flight
Flight

following country codes may be used when calling other satellite telephone systems.
Satellite System Country Code
Inmarsat 870
EISEAS

ICO 8810 or 8811

Ellipso 8812 or 8813
Audio and
CNS

Iridium 8816 or 8817

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Globalstar 8818 or 8819

International Calling Codes

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

5) Touch the Send Button. The system now begins establishing a connection. The system
indicates a completed connection when the telephone is answered.
Making an external call by selecting a contact:
Hazard Hazard

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts. Touch the Stored Tab (if not already
Avoidance

selected).
2) Touch the button corresponding to the desired contact. The selected contact is displayed.
AFCS

3) Touch the Call or Send Text Button. A selection screen is displayed.

4) Touch the Make Satellite Phone Call Button.
Features AFCS

Or:
Additional Additional

Touch the Make Bluetooth Phone Call Button. The system initiates the call. The system
indicates a completed connection when the telephone is answered.
Features

Making a call using a contact from a Bluetooth connected PED:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts. Touch the Pilot Bluetooth Tab.
2) Touch the button corresponding to the desired contact. The selected contact is displayed.
Annun/Alerts

Touch the Copy To Stored Contacts Button to save the contact in the Stored Tab on
Annun/Alerts

the Touchscreen Controller.

3) Touch the Call or Send Text Button. A selection screen is displayed.
4) Touch the Make Bluetooth Phone Call Button. The system initiates the call using the
Appendix

connected PED. The system indicates a completed connection when the telephone is
Appendix

answered.
Entering numbers during an Iridium call:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.
Index
Index

2) With a call already connected, touch the Cockpit Phone Button. The ‘Satellite Phone -
Cockpit’ Screen is displayed.

164 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

3) Touch the Open Keypad Button. The ‘Phone Keypad’ Screen is displayed.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
4) Utilize the keypad as necessary.

Flight
If a call is connected and a third party attempts a call, the ‘Notifications’ Screen will display
a ‘Call Waiting’ Message.
Placing a call on hold:

EASEIS
From the Phone Tab on the ‘Notification’s Screen, press the Hold Active Call And
Answer Button.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Press the Ignore Button.

and
Or:
When a call is connected over Bluetooth, touch the Hold Active Call Button.

Flight Flight
Ending a call:

Management Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.
2) Touch the Cockpit Phone Button. The ‘Cockpit Phone’ Screen is displayed.

Hazard Hazard
3) Touch the End Call Button.

Avoidance
Enabling/disabling telephone audio and adjusting volume:
1) After a call is connected, from MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite Phone.

AFCS
2) Touch the Cockpit Phone Button. The ‘Satellite Phone - Cockpit’ Screen is displayed.
3) Touch the Pilot Audio or Copilot Audio Annunciator Button to disable telephone audio,

AFCS Features
including microphone (gray annunciator).

Additional Additional
4) Touch the Annunciator Button again to enable telephone audio, including microphone
(green annunciator).
5) Touch and move the Volume Slider on the appropriate Touchscreen Controller to adjust
Features

the telephone volume.

Operation
Abnormal

TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)

Annun/Alerts

Viewing the ‘SMS Text Messaging’ Screen:

Annun/Alerts

From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

Sending a text message:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.
Appendix

2) Touch the Draft New Button. The ‘SMS Text Message Draft’ Screen is displayed. The
Appendix

Draft New Message Button is also available from within the Drafts and Outbox Tabs.
3) Touch the To Window. A selection screen is displayed. If the text message is to be sent
to an SMS compatible telephone, touch the Phone Button. If the message is to be sent
Index

to an email address, touch the Email Button.

Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 165
 Additional Features

4) Enter the telephone number or email address. The number or address may be obtained
Instruments
Instruments

from stored Contacts by touching the Find Button.

Flight
Flight

5) If a phone number or address was entered manually, touch the Enter Button. The
number or address is now displayed.
6) Touch the Message Window. The alphanumeric buttons are displayed.
EISEAS

7) Enter the message text. The large upper knob on the Touchscreen Controller may be used
to move the cursor within the message text in order to select the location for adding new
text, or delete existing text.
Audio and
CNS

8) Touch the Enter Button. The message text is displayed in the Message Window.
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

9) Touch the Send Button.

Sending a new text message to a saved contact:
Flight Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Contacts.

Avoidance Management

2) Scroll down as required to find a contact. Touch the contact’s name on the Touchscreen
Controller.
3) Touch the Call or Send Text Button.
Hazard Hazard

Viewing a text message when received:

Avoidance

1) Touch the flashing SMS Button on the Touchscreen Controller. The SMS Text Inbox Tab
is automatically selected and the newly received text message is shown at the top of the
AFCS

Notifications List.
2) Touch the desired message to display its contents.
Features AFCS

3) If desired, touch the Reply Button to create a reply to the message.

Additional Additional

4) Touch the Delete Button to delete the message from the list.
5) Touching the Save Contact Button saves the contact information in the system contact
Features

list.
Operation
Abnormal

Replying to a text message:

While viewing the text message content, touch the Reply Button.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

2) If necessary, scroll to the desired message. Touch the desired text message in the Inbox
list. The text message is displayed.
Appendix

3) Touch the Reply Button. The ‘Opened Satellite SMS Text Message’ Screen is displayed.
Appendix

4) Touch the Message Window to display the alphanumeric buttons.

6) Touch the Enter Button. The reply message is displayed.
7) Touch the Send Button. The ‘Satellite SMS Text Message Replied To’ Screen is displayed.
Index
Index

8) If desired, touch the Reply Again Button to send another reply.

166 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

9) Touch the Delete Button to delete the message from the list.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
10) Touching the Save Contact Button saves the contact information in the system contact

Flight
list.
Viewing Inbox messages:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

EASEIS
2) Touch the Inbox Tab. A list of received messages is displayed. The Inbox Tab is selected
by default when accessing the ‘Satellite SMS Text Messaging’ Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
Viewing Draft messages:

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.
2) Touch the Drafts Tab. A list of draft messages is displayed; provided messages have been
previously saved.

Flight Flight
3) Touch a message to access the Send or Delete Buttons.

Management Avoidance
Viewing Outbox messages:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

Hazard Hazard
2) Touch the Outbox Tab. A list of sent or unsent messages is displayed.

Avoidance
3) Touch a message to access the Resend, Delete, and Save Contact buttons.
Message Symbol Description

AFCS
Received text message that has not been opened

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Received text message that has been opened
Features

A reply has been sent for this text message

Operation
Abnormal

Saved text message, draft not sent

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

System is sending text message

Text message has been sent

Appendix
Appendix

System failed to send text message

Index
Index

Text Message Symbols

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 167
 Additional Features

Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

Flight

2) Touch the Options Button. The ‘Sort Messages By’ selections are displayed.
3) Touch the Time Button. A green annunciator indicates an active selection.
4) Touch the Back Button to return to the previously selected message box.
EISEAS

Viewing messages sorted by address:

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.
Audio and

2) Touch the Options Button. The ‘Sort Messages By’ selections are displayed.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Address Button. A green annunciator indicates an active selection.

4) Touch the Back Button to return to the previously selected message box.
Marking all messages as read:
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

2) Touch the Options Button. The selection buttons are displayed.
3) Touch the Mark All Read Button. All messages in the Inbox now indicate they have
Hazard Hazard

been opened.
Avoidance

4) Touch the Back Button to return to the Inbox.

Deleting all messages:
AFCS

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Satellite SMS Text.

2) Touch the Options Button. The selection buttons are displayed.
Features AFCS

3) Touch the Delete All Messages Button. A confirmation screen is displayed.

Additional Additional

4) Touch the OK Button.

Or:
Features

Touch the Cancel Button to return to the Inbox.

Operation
Abnormal

POSITION REPORTING (OPTIONAL)

Annun/Alerts

NOTE: An account must be established with Garmin Connext to make full use of the
Annun/Alerts

Position Reporting feature.

Enabling/disabling position reporting:

Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Position Reports.

Appendix

2) Touch the Automatic Reporting Button to enable or disable automatic transmission of

position reports. A green annunciator indicates automatic reporting is enabled.
Setting up automatic position reporting:
Index
Index

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Position Reports.

2) Touch the Automatic Reporting Button to enable automatic transmission of position
reports. A green annunciator indicates automatic reporting is enabled.
168 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

3) Touch the Interval Button. The ‘Interval Entry’ Screen is shown.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
4) Use the keypad to enter the time (2 - 60 minutes) between automatic reports, and touch

Flight
the Enter Button to return to the ‘Connext Position Reports’ Screen.
5) Touch the Passengers Onboard Button to indicate passengers are or are not on the
aircraft. A green annunciator indicates passengers are on the aircraft.

EASEIS
Sending a position report manually:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Position Reports.
2) Touch the Send Report Button to send a report as soon as the link is available.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
CONNEXT (OPTIONAL)
WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER/PED COMPATIBILITY

Flight Flight
The Wireless Transceiver (Flight Stream 510) is compatible with the following PEDs, operat-

Management Avoidance
ing system (OS) versions, and Apps:
– iPhone® 5 and newer, running iOS version 8.1 and above

Hazard Hazard
– iPad® 3 and newer, running iOS version 8.1 and above

Avoidance
– iPad Air® and newer, running iOS version 8.1 and above
– iPad mini® with Retina Display and newer, running iOS version 8.1 and above

AFCS
– iPad Pro® and newer, running iOS version 8.1 and above
– Google Nexus™, running Android OS version 4.4 (KitKat) and above

AFCS Features
– Samsung Galaxy™, running Android OS version 4.4 (KitKat) and above

Additional Additional
– Garmin Pilot for iPhone/iPad version 8.4 and above, running on a supported iPhone/iPad
model listed above Features

– Garmin Pilot for Android version 5.4 and above, running on a supported Android OS
Operation
Abnormal

device listed above

– ForeFlight® Mobile version 7.3 and above, running on a supported iPhone/iPad model
Annun/Alerts

listed above
Annun/Alerts

– FltPlan® Go version 4.6.4 and above, running on a supported iPhone/iPad model listed
above
Appendix

NOTE: If the ‘Wireless Settings’ Screen displays the Flight Stream 510 as ‘offline,’
Appendix

ensure the Flight Stream 510 is inserted into the lower slot of either GDU and cycle
the power to the system.
Index
Index

NOTE: For the Flight Stream 510, only one Wi-Fi device can be connected at a time,
and only one protocol (e.g., Bluetooth or Wi-Fi) is connected at a time.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 169
 Additional Features

Viewing the ‘Networks & Pairing’ Screen:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

From MFW Home, touch Services > Networks & Pairing.

Flight

Changing Bluetooth device name:

1) From the ‘Networks & Pairing’ Screen, touch the Bluetooth Settings Button.
2) Touch the Bluetooth Device Name Button. This is the name of the Bluetooth device you
EISEAS

will connect to from your PED.

3) If desired, change the name of the Bluetooth Device by entering a new name using the
alpha-numeric keypad on the ‘BT Name’ Screen.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

4) Touch the Enter Button when complete.

Connecting a PED to the aircraft’s Bluetooth System:
1) After obtaining the system’s Bluetooth Name from the previous procedure, on your PED,
Flight Flight

initiate a Bluetooth connection to this device. Connect to this device on your PED.
Avoidance Management

NOTE: The flight crew shall reject a Bluetooth pairing request if the PINs on the PED
and Garmin display are not identical or the request originates from any unknown or
Hazard Hazard

suspicious device.
Avoidance

2) The system will prompt with a message: “Accept Bluetooth pairing with device “<PED
Name>”? Passkey: <######>.”
AFCS

3) After verifying the passkey provided by the system matches that on your PED, touch the
Yes Button to pair the device. Also complete any pairing steps on your PED.
Features AFCS

4) From the ‘Internal Network Settings’ Screen, touch the Devices Tab. Your device is now
Additional Additional

‘Connected’ to the system over Bluetooth.

Viewing the ‘Connext Settings’ Screen:
Features

From MFW Home, touch Services > Connext Setup. The Settings Tab is displayed by
Operation
Abnormal

default.
Selecting crew position for Garmin Pilot control of Connext Bluetooth volume:
Annun/Alerts

1) From the ‘Connext Setup’ Page and with the Settings Tab selected, touch the PED
Annun/Alerts

Volume Settings Button.

2) Touch the Pilot, Copilot, or Pass Button (indicated by a green annunciator) to enable
SiriusXM remote volume control on a mobile device running Garmin Pilot. A mobile
Appendix

device running Garmin Pilot can now control the passenger’s SiriusXM volume.
Appendix

Enabling/disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin Pilot:

NOTE: Before activating a flight plan that has been transferred/uploaded from outside
Index

the avionics system, the flight crew shall validate the flight plan is correct.
Index

170 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Connext Setup.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
2) On the Settings Tab, a green annunciator below the PED Flight Plan Imports Button

Flight
indicates PED flight plan importing is enabled. Pressing the PED Flight Plan Imports
Button cycles this function either ‘on’ or ‘off.’
Enabling/Disabling Wi-Fi Database Importing from Garmin Pilot:

EASEIS
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Connext Setup.
2) On the Settings Tab, a green annunciator below the Database Imports Button indicates
Wi-Fi Database Importing is enabled. Pressing the Database Imports Button cycles this

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
function either ‘on’ or ‘off.’

and
Removing a specific paired device from the list of paired devices:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Networks & Pairing.

Flight Flight
2) Touch the Bluetooth Settings Button.

Management Avoidance
3) While viewing the ‘Internal Network Settings’ Screen, touch Devices Tab.
4) Touch the Bluetooth device name to be removed.

Hazard Hazard
5) A confirmation screen is displayed asking to remove the paired Bluetooth device.

Avoidance
6) Touch OK to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
RECORDING MODE

AFCS
NOTE: For monitored audio to be recorded, the device must be connected to GMA-1
over a Bluetooth connection.

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Enabling a Bluetooth Device as a recording device:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Networks & Pairing. Features

2) While viewing the ‘Networks & Pairing’ Screen, touch the Bluetooth Settings Button.
Operation
Abnormal

3) On the ‘Internal Network Settings’ Page, touch the Select Device Button.
4) From the ‘Device Selection List’ touch the GMA 1 Button.
Annun/Alerts

5) With GMA 1 selected, touch Devices Tab on the ‘Internal Network Settings’ Page.
Annun/Alerts

6) Follow the ‘Connecting a PED to the aircraft’s Bluetooth System’ Procedure and connect
the PED to GMA 1.
7) Toggle the Recording Device Enable Button next to the device in the ‘Bluetooth Device
Appendix

Name and Status’ List to allow headset audio to be recorded over the GMA-1 Bluetooth
Appendix

connection to the PED.

8) A green annunciator indicates the device has been enabled for recording.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 171
 Additional Features

SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO (OPTIONAL)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE SERVICES

The SiriusXM Radio services are activated by first establishing an account with SiriusXM
Satellite Radio. The Audio Radio ID and/or Data Radio ID must be provided to SiriusXM Satel-
lite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
EISEAS

SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses the coded radio ID to send an activation signal that, when
received by the SiriusXM Datalink Receiver, allows it to play entertainment programming.
Audio and

These radio IDs are located:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

– On the label on the back of the Datalink Receiver.

– On the ‘SiriusXM Info’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
Contact the installer if the radio ID cannot be located.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Establishing a SiriusXM Satellite Radio account:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > SiriusXM Info.
2) Note the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID.
Hazard Hazard

3) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite
Avoidance

Radio services.
Activating SiriusXM satellite services:
AFCS

1) Position the aircraft so the GDL 69A SXM antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky,
away from buildings.
Features AFCS

2) Connect aircraft to external power source if available.

Additional Additional

3) Power on the avionics and allow the system to start in normal mode.
4) For the GDL 69A SXM, service activation is performed automatically by the system.
Features

5) To verify the correct subscription package, from MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup >
Operation
Abnormal

SiriusXM Info.
6) On the ‘SiriusXM Info’ Screen, verify the correct subscription package is displayed in the
Annun/Alerts

‘Service Class’ Window.

Annun/Alerts

7) In the ‘Weather Products’ Window, available weather products appear as white text (data
has not been received); A green check indicates the weather product data has been
received and is available for use, unavailable weather products appear in subdued (gray)
text.
Appendix
Appendix

NOTE: It may take 45 - 60 minutes before activation is complete and all subscribed-to
weather products become available.
Index
Index

172 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

USING SIRIUSXM RADIO

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Viewing the ‘Music’ Screen:
From MFW Home, touch Services > Music.
Or:
From NAV / COM Home, touch the Pilot Music 1 Button.

EASEIS
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music to access the ‘Music’ Screen.

AudioNav/Com/
2) Touch the desired channel in the channel list. The selected channel is now shown in the

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
‘Now Playing’ Field.
Selecting a channel directly:
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Channel.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
2) The numeric keypad is displayed. Enter the desired channel number.
3) Press the Enter Button. The selected channel is now shown in the ‘Now Playing’ Field.
Selecting a category:

Hazard Hazard
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Category.

Avoidance
2) The list of categories is displayed.
3) Scroll to view the available categories.

AFCS
4) Touch the desired category to select. The selected category is displayed on the Category
Button and the channel list displays channels available for the selected category.

AFCS Features
Saving a channel to favorites list:

Additional Additional
1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music to access the ‘Music’ Screen.
2) Select a desired channel. It will be shown as the ‘Now Playing’ Channel.
Features

3) Touch the Favorite Annunciator Button. The current channel is placed in the favorites
Operation
Abnormal

list. Note, a green annunciator indicates a favorite channel is ‘Now Playing.’

Selecting a favorite channel for listening:
Annun/Alerts

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Category.

Annun/Alerts

2) The list of categories is displayed.

3) If necessary, scroll to view the Favorites Button.
4) Touch the Favorites Button to view the ‘Favorites’ Channel List.
Appendix
Appendix

5) Touch the desired channel in the list. The channel is now displayed in the ‘Now Playing’
Field.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 173
 Additional Features

Adjusting SiriusXM pilot volume:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Volume.

Flight

2) The Volume Slider is displayed.

3) Touch and drag the slider to the right or left to adjust the volume. Dragging to the right
increases volume. Dragging to the left to decrease the volume.
EISEAS

Or:
Turn the Volume Knob on the Touchscreen Controller.
Audio and

Muting or unmuting the volume:

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Volume.

2) Touch the Music Annunciator Button to mute or unmute the volume. Muted volume is
indicated by a gray annunciator. Unmuted volume is indicated by a green annunciator.
Flight Flight

3) Touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Music’ Screen. When the volume is muted,
Avoidance Management

‘Muted’ is displayed in the ‘Music Volume’ Field.

Or:
Hazard Hazard

1) From NAV / COM Home, touch the Audio & Radios Button, then touch the Pilot,
Copilot, or Pass Tab.
Avoidance

2) Scroll down and press the Music Button. A gray annunciation under the Music Button
indicates SiriusXM volume is muted.
AFCS

Enabling/disabling soft mute settings:

1) From MFW Home, touch Services > Music > Volume > Mute Settings.
Features AFCS

2) Touch the Intercom Annunciator Button to select/deselect automatic soft muting of

Additional Additional

entertainment audio when intercom audio is present. This function is active when the
annunciator is green.
Features

3) Touch the Radio Inputs Annunciator Button to allow automatic soft muting of
Operation
Abnormal

entertainment audio when COM, NAV, ADF, etc. audio is present. This function is active
when the annunciator is green.
Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the Aural Alerts Annunciator Button to allow automatic soft muting of
Annun/Alerts

entertainment audio when alert audio is present. This function is active when the
annunciator is green.
5) Touch the Back Button to return to the ‘Music’ Screen.
Appendix

ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
Appendix

NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are created
by the aircraft manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated
through the aircraft manufacturer.
Index
Index

174 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Utilizing a nominated checklist:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) After the flight crew has been alerted to a CAS Message that is linked to a checklist, from

Flight
MFW Home, touch Checklist.
2) Touch the ‘CAS’ Tab to view the checklist linked to that specific CAS message.
3) Touch the nominated checklist to view the checklist on the MFW/PFW.

EASEIS
Accessing and navigating checklists:
1) From MFW Home, touch the Checklist Button. The checklist structure is displayed.

AudioNav/Com/
2) Touch the desired checklist from the list. If necessary, scroll through the list to see all the

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
available checklists for the selected group. The first checklist item is selected as indicated

and
by the white text surrounded by a cyan box.
3) Press the lower knob on the Touchscreen Controller or the Checklist Advance Button to

Flight Flight
check the selected checklist item. The line item turns green and a check mark is placed in

Management Avoidance
the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
Turn the lower knob on the Touchscreen Controller to scroll through the checklist and
select the desired checklist item.

Hazard Hazard
Selecting a checked item and pressing the lower knob on the Touchscreen Controller or

Avoidance
the Checklist Advance Button will return the item to the unchecked state.
Or:

AFCS
Press the dedicated checklist button. The line item turns green and a check mark is
placed in the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.

AFCS Features
4) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘* Checklist Finished *’ is displayed in green

Additional Additional
text at the bottom left of the checklist window and ‘Go to Next Checklist?’ is highlighted.
If ‘Go to Next Checklist?’ is selected before checking all the checklist items, ‘* Checklist
Not Finished *’ will be displayed in amber text.
Features

5) While the ‘Go to Next Checklist?’ text is highlighted, press the lower knob on the
Operation
Abnormal

Touchscreen Controller.
Or:
Annun/Alerts

Press the Checklist Advance Button to display the next checklist in the group.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Choose another Checklist by touching the desired checklist on the Touchscreen Controller.
Resetting a specific checklist:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Checklist.

2) Touch the desired checklist to reset.
3) Touch the Checklist Options Button.
4) Touch the Reset Checklist Button.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 175
 Additional Features

Resetting all checklists:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch the Checklist Button.

Flight

2) Touch the Checklist Options Button.

3) Touch the Reset All Checklists Button.
ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS
EISEAS

Selecting a document:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Documents. The ‘Document Viewer’ Screen is now
Audio and

displayed.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

2) Touch the Selected Document Button.

3) Touch the Installed or User Tab to select the desired document source. In the above
example, the User Tab is selected. Documents must be installed by the manufacturer for
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

them to show in the ‘Installed’ Tab.

4) Touch the desired document button. The selected document name is displayed in the
Selected Document Button. The document is displayed in the selected pane.
Hazard Hazard

Changing Document Viewer options:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Documents > Options. The ‘Document Viewer
Options’ Screen is displayed.
AFCS

2) Touch the Document Info Button to view information pertaining to the document, such
as the document name, the file size, and the creation date.
Features AFCS

3) After touching the Back Button, touch the Fit Page Button to view the complete page in
Additional Additional

the selected pane.

4) Touch the Fit Width Button to enlarge the displayed page to fill the width of the selected
pane.
Features

5) Touching the Rotate Page buttons will turn the displayed page 90 degrees to the right
Operation
Abnormal

or left within the selected pane. Each subsequent touch will turn the page another 90
degrees.
Annun/Alerts

6) Touch the Brightness Slider to adjust the brightness of the displayed page.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Touch the + Button to increase brightness, or the - Button to decrease brightness. Each
touch increases or decreases the brightness by approximately five percent.
Appendix

Browsing the document:

Appendix

1) After selecting the desired document, touch the PREV Page and Next Page buttons to
increment and decrement one page with each touch.
2) The Page Select Button shows the number of pages contained in the document and the
Index
Index

page currently being displayed. Touch the Page Select Button to jump to a specific page
number. The ‘Enter Page Number’ Screen is displayed.

176 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

3) From the ‘Document Viewer’ Screen, touch the Find Button to display the ‘Document

Instruments
Instruments
Viewer Find’ Screen.

Flight
Flight
4) If necessary, touch the Table of Contents Tab.
5) Touch the [+] Button to expand a topic. Touch the [–] Button to return to the collapsed
view of the topic.

EASEIS
6) Touch the desired topic to jump to that portion of the document. In this example, the
Flight Plan Section is selected.
Zooming in and out on a document page:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
1) With the document displayed, push the lower knob. The ‘Document Pointer Options’

and
Screen is now displayed on the Touchscreen Controller. Also, a flashing pointer is shown
on the document display.
2) Turn the lower knob, or use the pinch-and-zoom feature on the Touchpad to zoom in or

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
zoom out on the document page display.
3) Turn the upper knobs, or move a finger across the Touchpad to move the pointer within
the document. When the pointer reaches the edge of the display, the display will scroll to

Hazard Hazard
show more of the document page.

Avoidance
Navigating links within the document:
1) With the document displayed, push the lower knob. The ‘Document Pointer Options’

AFCS
Screen is now displayed on the Touchscreen Controller. Also, a flashing pointer is shown
on the document display.

AFCS Features
2) Turn the upper knobs, or move a finger across the Touchpad to move the pointer to the

Additional Additional
desired document link.
3) With the link highlighted, touch the Follow Link Button. The selected link destination is
now displayed in the selected pane.
Features

4) Touch the Return To Link Button to return to the link origin.

Operation
Abnormal

5) Touch the Back Button, push the upper knob, or press the lower knob to remove the
pointer from the display.
Annun/Alerts

Creating bookmarks in the document:

Annun/Alerts

1) While viewing the page to bookmark, touch the Find Button on the ‘Document Viewer
Find’ Screen.
2) Touch the Bookmark Tab.
Appendix
Appendix

3) Touch the Bookmark Current Page Button. The ‘Enter Bookmark Name’ Screen is
displayed.
4) After naming the bookmark, touch the Enter Button. A confirmation screen is displayed.
5) Touch the OK Button. The newly created bookmark is displayed.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 177
 Additional Features

Deleting document bookmarks:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) With the desired document displayed, touch the Find Button to display the ‘Document
Flight

Viewer Find’ Screen.

2) Touch the Bookmark Tab.
3) Touch the X Button next to the bookmark to be deleted.
EISEAS

4) Touch the OK Button on the confirmation screen.

5) To acknowledge deletion of the bookmark, touch the OK Button.
Audio and

AUXILIARY VIDEO (EVS)

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

NOTE: Auxiliary Video can only be displayed on the MFD.

Displaying auxiliary video:

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Video. The ‘Video Settings’ Screen is
displayed on the Touchscreen Controller and Auxiliary Video is displayed on the selected
display pane.
Hazard Hazard

Switching between full-screen and split-screen:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Video.

2) On the Touchscreen controller, touch the Half or Full Button on the Button Bar.
AFCS

Zooming in and out:

1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Video.
Features AFCS

2) Turn the lower right knob on the Touchscreen Controller to zoom in and out. Note the
Additional Additional

‘ZOOM: 4x’ or
‘ZOOM: 1x’ notification on the ‘Video’ Screen after zooming in or out.
Features

Adjusting video settings:

Operation
Abnormal

1) From MFW Home, touch Aircraft Systems > Video.

2) To adjust the brightness, contrast, or saturation, touch and slide the applicable slider.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

Touch the + pointer to increase or the - pointer to decrease the setting.

3) Touch the Default Settings Button to return the video settings to the factory settings.
STABILIZED APPROACH
Appendix
Appendix

Inhibiting all stabilized approach alerts:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.
2) Touch the Alerts Tab.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Stabilized APPR Inhibit Button to enable or disable Stabilized Approach
Alerts. A green annunciation in the button indicates Stabilized Approach Alerts are
inhibited.
178 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Configuring Stabilized Approach settings:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.

Flight
2) Touch the Alerts Tab.
3) Scroll down to view the Stabilized APPR Inhibit Button and touch the adjacent
Settings Button.

EASEIS
4) Touch the Flap Override Button to override the ‘Flaps Not in Landing Configuration’
Alert.
Or:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Touch the Wind Inhibit Button to prevent the Crosswind Alert and the Tailwind Alert

and
from being displayed.
Or:

Flight Flight
Touch the GS/GP Inhibit Button inhibit the Vertical Deviation Alerts.

Management Avoidance
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP) (OPTIONAL)
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding the Autopilot Disconnect (AP DISC)

Hazard Hazard
Switch. Upon releasing the AP DISC Switch, ESP force will again be applied, provided aircraft

Avoidance
attitude, angle of attack and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement limits. ESP can
also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.

AFCS
Enabling/disabling ESP:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Settings.

AFCS Features
2) On the System Tab, scroll to display the Stability & Protection Button.

Additional Additional
3) Touch the Stability & Protection Button to enable or disable ESP. A green annunciator
on the button indicates ESP is enabled.
ESP is automatically enabled when power is applied to the system.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

DATABASE MANAGEMENT

CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power
Annun/Alerts

interruption during the database loading process could result in maintenance being
Annun/Alerts

required to reboot the system.

NOTE: To improve database security, the following databases are digitally signed
Appendix
Appendix

and must pass digital signature verification before the system will accept an upload
through an SD card or through the Wireless Transceiver (Flight Stream 510): Airport
Directories, Basemap, Navigation, Obstacles, SafeTaxi, Terrain, ChartView, FliteCharts,
and IFR/VFR.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 179
 Additional Features
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact Garmin
Flight

Product Support.

NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related
EISEAS

to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect

procedure, incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes, or any other displayed item
used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go to flyGarmin.
Audio and

com® and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report.’

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain Special
Procedures. Before flying these procedures, pilots must have specific FAA authoriza-
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

tion, training, and possession of the corresponding current, and legitimately-sourced

chart (e.g., approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special Procedure in the navigation
database DOES NOT imply specific FAA authorization to fly the procedure.
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database exclu-
sion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be incomplete.
The database exclusion list can be viewed at flyGarmin.com® by selecting ‘Database
AFCS

Exclusions List.’
Features AFCS

Viewing database information:

Additional Additional

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) Touch the Database Tab.
3) Touch the button corresponding to the display (MFD1, PFD1, GTC1, or GTC2) for which
Features

the database information will be viewed.

Operation
Abnormal

4) Scroll to display the appropriate database information.

Or:
Annun/Alerts

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
Annun/Alerts

SCHEDULED MESSAGES
Entering a scheduled message:
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.

Appendix

2) Touch the Add Message Button.

3) Touch the Message Button.
4) The keypad is displayed. Enter the message name using the keypad or large and small
Index
Index

upper knobs
5) Touch the Enter Button. The message name is displayed on the Message Button.

180 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

6) Touch the Frequency Button.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
7) Touch the Event, One Time, or Periodic Button. The selection is displayed on the

Flight
Frequency Button.
8) Touch the Time Button.
9) Enter the time value using the keypad. If the Event Button was selected in step 7, time is

EASEIS
entered in a clock format (HH:MM lcl) as local time. If the One Time or Periodic Buttons
were selected in step 7, the time is entered in a HH:MM:SS format.
10) Touch the Enter Button. The time is displayed on the Time Button.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
11) If the Event Button was selected in step 7, touch the Date Button. The Date Button is

and
subdued and disabled if the One Time or Periodic Buttons were selected in step 7.
12) Touch the desired year, then the month, followed by the day.
Editing a scheduled message:

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.
2) Touch the button with the name of the message to be edited. The ‘Message Options’
Window is displayed.

Hazard Hazard
3) Touch the Edit Message Button.

Avoidance
4) Select the desired message parameter to be edited and perform the needed steps as
discussed previously for entering a scheduled message.

AFCS
Resetting the time for an existing scheduled one-time or periodic message:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.

AFCS Features
2) Touch the button with the name of the message to reset its time. The scheduled message

Additional Additional
time is immediately reset and begins the count-down.
Deleting a scheduled message: Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Scheduled Messages.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Touch the name of the message to be deleted. The ‘Message Options’ Window is
displayed.
3) Touch the Delete Message Button. Touch the Delete All Messages Button to delete all
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

saved messages.
CREW PROFILES
Add a new crew profile:
Appendix
Appendix

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.

2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the Add Profile Button.
3) Input the name to assign to the crew profile using the keypad or the large and small
upper knobs. Crew profiles may be up to 16 characters long and cannot share the exact
Index
Index

name of another crew profile.

4) Touch the Enter Button or push the upper knob.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 181
 Additional Features

Activate a crew profile:

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.

Flight

2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be activated.
3) Touch the Activate Button. When finished, the system displays the name of the selected
crew profile in the ‘Active Profile’ Window.
EISEAS

Copy an existing crew profile:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
Audio and

2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be copied.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

3) Touch the Copy Button.

4) Input the name to assign to the copied crew profile using the keypad or the large and
small upper knobs. Crew profiles may be up to 16 characters long and cannot share the
Flight Flight

exact name of another crew profile.

Avoidance Management

5) Touch the Enter Button or push the upper knob. The ‘Crew Profile’ Screen displays the
name of the copied profile in the list.
Hazard Hazard

Rename an existing Crew Profile:

Avoidance

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.

2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be renamed.
3) Touch the Rename Button.
AFCS

4) Input the new name to assign to the selected crew profile using the keypad or the large
and small upper knobs, then touch Enter or push the upper knob. Crew profiles may be
Features AFCS

up to 16 characters long, and cannot share the exact name of an existing crew profile.
Additional Additional

The ‘Crew Profile’ Screen displays the name of the renamed crew profile in the list.
Delete a crew profile:
Features

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.

Operation
Abnormal

2) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be deleted.
3) Touch the Delete Button.
Annun/Alerts

4) Touch the OK Button to confirm and delete the crew profile, or touch the Cancel Button
Annun/Alerts

if it is not desired to delete the crew profile.

NOTE: The system cannot delete the currently active crew profile. If necessary,
Appendix

activate another crew profile before deletion.

Appendix

Import a crew profile from an SD card:

1) If necessary, insert an SD card containing a crew profile into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
Index
Index

3) Touch the Import Button.

4) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be imported.
182 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Additional Features

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
NOTE: The system may not be able to import a crew profile that was created/saved

Flight
using a previous software version.

Export a crew profile to an SD card:

EASEIS
1) If necessary, insert an SD card to store a crew profile into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Crew Profile.
3) Scroll if necessary, and touch the button for the crew profile to be exported from the list.

AudioNav/Com/
4) Touch the Export Button.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 183
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

184
Additional Features

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal Operation

ABNORMAL OPERATION

Instruments
Flight
REVERSIONARY DISPLAY OPERATION

NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when the LRUs are communicating using backup

EAS
paths. Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
If either the PFD or MFD fails or is off-line, the system automatically shows a display Re-
versionary Mode. This mode combines a PFW display, an EIS display, and a Display Pane on

Audio and
CNS
the operating display in a condensed format. If the system is unable to detect a failed PFD or
MFD, the pilot can manually activate display Reversionary Mode by pressing the red DISPLAY
BACKUP Button mounted between the PFD and MFD.

Management
If the PFD fails or is off-line, GTC1 shows the Standby Flight Display, using attitude and air

Flight
data from the standby sensors. The Standby Flight Display includes an Airspeed Indicator,
Attitude Indicator, Altimeter and Altimeter Setting. Softkeys and knobs on GTC1 control the
Standby Flight Display; refer to the Flight Instruments Section for more information about

Avoidance
Hazard
these controls. GTC2 provides the PFW or MFW Screens, and NAV/Com control modes on
the MFD operating in Reversionary Mode. Other conditions besides a PFD failure may cause
the Standby Flight Display to appear; refer to the AHRS Operation discussion for more infor-
mation on these conditions.

AFCS
If the MFD fails or is off-line, GTC1 continues to operate as a Touchscreen Controller (i.e.,
no Standby Flight Display), and allows the selection of PFD Mode or NAV/Com Mode.
If both the PFD and MFD fail, GTC1 shows the Standby Flight Display. Since the PFD and

Additional
Features
MFD are not available to control, the ‘PFW Home’ Screen and ‘MFW Home’ Screen on any
remaining Touchscreen Controller displays a large amber ‘X’ on the controller when PFD or
MFD control mode is selected.
Operation
Abnormal

TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER FAILURE

If GTC2 fails or is off-line, GTC1 continue to provide the same control modes as were previ-
ously available (PFW, MFW, NAV/COM). The Standby Flight Display is not available if GTC1
Annun/Alerts

encounters a complete failure (for example, if GTC1 is not receiving any power.)
If both Touchscreen Controllers fail or are off-line, the PFD and MFD continue to operate in
Normal Mode, however, controls for the PFW, MFW, and NAV/COM tuning will be unavail-
able. Refer to the Audio and CNS Section for more information on NAV/COM failure modes.
Appendix

ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS

The annunciations listed in the following table can appear on or near the HSI when abnor-
mal GPS conditions occur.
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 185
 Abnormal Operation

Annunciation Location Description

Instruments
Flight

Loss of Integrity Monitoring – GPS integrity is insufficient for the

GPS LOI Left of HSI
current phase of flight
Left of HSI
The estimated GPS position error exceeds RNP limits. Check GPS
UNABLE RNP and System
EAS

signal.
Messages
GPS
GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
INTEG Left of HSI
Audio and

(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)

CNS

OK
Dead Reckoning – System is using projected position rather than
Lower left of
DR GPS position to compute navigation data and sequence active
Management

aircraft symbol
Flight

flight plan waypoints

Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI

Avoidance
Hazard
AFCS
Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Abnormal GPS Condition Annunciations

In Dead Reckoning Mode the following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
Annun/Alerts

– CDI (when GPS is the selected navigation source; the CDI is removed after 20 minutes).
– Flight Phase.
– Current Track Bug.
Appendix

– Wind Data.
– Distances to bearing sources displayed in the NAV/DME Information Bar.
– GPS bearing pointers.
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they become
Index

increasingly inaccurate over time.

186 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal Operation

GARMIN SVT TROUBLESHOOTING

Instruments
Flight
Garmin SVT™ is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain,
and traffic inputs. SVT is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the
display. In case of invalid SVT data, the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown
attitude display.

EAS
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
– Attitude data.

Audio and
– Heading data.

CNS
– GPS position data.
– 4.9 arc-second terrain data.

Management
Flight
– Obstacle data.
– Terrain SVT or TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed.
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES

Avoidance
Hazard
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the hori-
zon warn of extreme pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at
50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line. The display shows either a brown or blue colored
bar at the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent

AFCS
losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
Nose High Nose Low

Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts

Pitch Attitude Warnings

Appendix

The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely
fill the display.
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 187
 Abnormal Operation

If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is
Instruments
Flight

removed. The Altimeter, Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indica-
tors remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows
can be displayed during such situations. The following information is removed from the PFD
when the aircraft experiences unusual attitudes:
EAS

• Traffic Annunciations • Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glide-

• AFCS Annunciations path Indicators

• Flight Director Command Bars • Altimeter Barometric Setting

Audio and
CNS

• Inset Map • Selected Altitude

• True Airspeed • VNAV Target Altitude

Management

• Groundspeed • Selected Heading

Flight

• Wind Data • Selected Course or Desired Track

• System Time
Avoidance
Hazard

• Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision

Height display

SVT UNUSUAL ATTITUDES

AFCS

During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the
top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also displayed
when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. This is intended to prevent
losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
Additional
Features

Blue Band
Operation
Abnormal

Terrain Com-
pletely Fills
Display
Annun/Alerts
Appendix

Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain

STANDBY FLIGHT DISPLAY

Selecting the Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting on the Standby Flight Display:
Index

Turn the lower knob on Touchscreen Controller to select the desired setting.

188 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal Operation

Changing Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting Units on the Standby Flight Display:

Instruments
Flight
Press the bottom softkey on the Touchscreen Controller to select either Inches (IN) or
Hectopascals (HPA).
Enabling/Disabling Metric Overlays on the Standby Flight Display:
Press the top softkey on Touchscreen Controller to select the metric altitude overlay.

EAS
Selecting Standard Barometric Pressure:
Push the lower knob to select standard pressure; ‘STD BARO’ is displayed in the
Barometric Setting. Stuck Microphone

Audio and
CNS
ABNORMAL CNS OPERATION
If a push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35

Management
seconds of continuous operation. An ‘L MIC STUCK ON’ (pilot side) or an ‘R MIC STUCK

Flight
ON’ (copilot side) CAS message will appear to advise the crew of a stuck microphone.
The MIC Button Annunciation flashes as long as the PTT Key remains stuck.
COM FAILURE

Avoidance
Hazard
In case of a COM system failure, an amber X may appear on the frequency display.
COM TUNING DISCREPANCY
A discrepancy between the active COM frequency on the GTC, and the actual tuned fre-

AFCS
quency reported by the controlling GIA, causes the active COM frequency digits on the GTC
and PFD to turn amber.
In case of a NAV system failure, an amber X may appear on the frequency display and PFD.

Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal

‘Audio & CNS’ Screen

Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index

PFD
NAV Tuning Failure Indications

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 189
 Abnormal Operation

AUDIO CONTROLLER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION

Instruments
Flight

If there is a failure of the Audio Controller, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and
microphone directly to the COM1 transceiver. Audio will not be available on the speaker.
TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER FAILURE
EAS

In case of a Touchscreen Controller failure, the operational controller will control the pilot,
copilot, and passenger audio and radios.
TRANSPONDER FAILURE
Audio and
CNS

If the active transponder fails, green indications turn to yellow and the word FAIL is dis-
played on the Transponder Code/Mode Button.
Management
Flight
Avoidance
Hazard
AFCS

Transponder Fail Indication

FMS DEGRADATION
Additional
Features

The FMS will operate in either the GPS or the DR position fixing mode, depending on the
available sensors. If enabled and available for use, GPS1/GPS2 will have priority, and SBAS
will be used if available. If one GPS sensor fails, the system will automatically transition to the
other GPS sensor.
Operation
Abnormal

If GPS is lost and the system is unable to recover a signal, or if both GPS sensors fail, the
"GPS LOI" (Loss of Integrity) annunciation is displayed in amber on the PFW. Also, a system
message concerning the loss of GPS will appear on the Touchscreen Controller.
Annun/Alerts

DEAD RECKONING NAVIGATION

The system will revert to Dead Reckoning (DR) mode if the system is no longer fully using
any GPS sensor for position fixing, even if airspeed and heading data are unavailable. In DR
Mode, the system will use its last-known position combined with continuously updated air-
Appendix

speed and heading data (when available) to calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimat-
ed position. It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR
mode will become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation.
DR mode will be indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters “DR” displayed in
Index

amber on the HSI, and on top of the aircraft symbol on map displays. The CDI deviation bar
will be displayed in amber, and the "UNABLE RNP" annunciation will also be displayed on the
190 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal Operation

PFW. The autopilot can be coupled in DR mode, as long as the lateral deviation guidance is

Instruments
Flight
available.
As a result of operating in DR mode, all data that is dependent upon GPS is displayed as
amber text to denote degraded navigation source information. If the VSD Inset is enabled,
‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed. Airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded

EAS
accuracy. Also, while the system is in DR mode, SVT and forward looking terrain alerting
functions are disabled.
CONNEXT WEATHER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS

Audio and
CNS
Weather Request Description
Status Message

Management
Auto requests inhibited The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to excessive

Flight
Send manual request to errors. Automatic weather data requests have stopped. Send a manual
reset. weather data request to resume automatic updates.

Auto update retry: ## The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an

Avoidance
Hazard
Seconds error occurred during the previous request. Timer counts down until the next
automatic request occurs.
Connext Comm Error [2] A communications error has occurred with the GIA. The system should be
serviced.

AFCS
Connext Comm Error [4] This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently failed,
or the GIA is off-line.
Connext Comm Error [5] The Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not accessible. Check Iridium

Additional
Features
signal strength. If this error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [6] A communications error has occurred. If this error persists, the system
should be serviced.
Operation
Abnormal

Connext Comm Error [7] A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength and
re-send the Connext Data Request.
Connext Comm Error [8] A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
Annun/Alerts

Connext Login Invalid There is a problem with the Garmin Connext registration. Contact Garmin
Aviation Product Support using the information at flygarmin.com.
Connext Server The Garmin Connext weather data server is temporarily out of service, but is
Temporarily Inop expected to return to service in less than 30 minutes.
Appendix

Connext Server Inop The Garmin Connext weather data server will be out of service for at least
30 minutes.
Invalid Coverage Area The Connext Data Request does not sufficiently define a coverage area on
which to retrieve weather data. Verify the selections in the Connext Weather
Index

Coverage Window, then issue another Connext Data Request.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 191
 Abnormal Operation

Weather Request Description

Instruments
Flight

Status Message
No Connext Subscription The system is not currently subscribed to the Garmin Connext Weather
service, or the access code is incorrect. Verify the access code. Contact
Garmin Aviation Product Support using the information at flygarmin.com.
EAS

Reduce Request Area The weather data request area exceeds size limits. Reduce weather coverage
area and re-send data request.
Request Canceled The user has canceled a weather data request.
Audio and
CNS

Request Failed - Try Again The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
Transfer Preempted The data link is busy. Retry request later.
Management

Abnormal Weather Data Request Status Messages

Flight

AFCS ABNORMAL OPERATIONS

ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION
Avoidance
Hazard

Underspeed Protection is available when the optional Electronic Stability and Protection
(ESP) system is installed and the autopilot is on. It is designed to discourage aircraft operation
below minimum established airspeeds.
When the aircraft reaches a predetermined airspeed (see pertinent flight manual for air-
AFCS

speeds which are dependent upon flap setting, and anti-ice system on-board), a flashing amber
‘MINSPD’ annunciation will appear above the airspeed indicator.
When the airspeed trend vector reaches the predetermined airspeed, a single aural “AIR-
Additional
Features

SPEED” will sound, alerting the pilot to the impending underspeed condition.
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude
Operation
Abnormal

capture mode is active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Pitch commands are not
changed until overspeed protection becomes active. Overspeed protection is provided in situa-
tions where the flight director cannot acquire and maintain the mode reference for the selected
vertical mode without exceeding Vne.
Annun/Alerts

When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box
above the Airspeed Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should
be reduced and/or the pitch reference adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disap-
pears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
Appendix

SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION

NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers as well
Index

as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.

192 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Abnormal Operation

If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the fol-

Instruments
lowing steps:

Flight
1) Firmly grasp the control stick.
2) Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and power is removed
from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all primary servo motors and engaged

EAS
solenoids. Note the visual and aural alerting indicating autopilot disconnect.
3) Reconfigure the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4) Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and solenoid

Audio and
CNS
components.
5) Release the AP DISC Switch.
OVERPOWERING AUTOPILOT SERVOS

Management
Flight
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force applied
to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of pressure or force on
the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to run to an out-of-trim condition.

Avoidance
Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the controls should be avoided when the

Hazard
autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim to run,
resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the action is prolonged.
In this case, larger than anticipated control forces are required after the autopilot is disengaged.

AFCS
Checking autopilot servos during the preflight check:
1) Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be overpowered.

Additional
Features
2) Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servos.
DATALINK TROUBLESHOOTING
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the ‘Avionics Status’ Page
Operation
Abnormal

for Iridium Receiver (GSR 56) (optional) or the SiriusXM Datalink Receiver (GDL 69A) (op-
tional) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69A the status is marked with a red ‘X’.
Annun/Alerts

Viewing the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen:

1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Avionics Status.
2) Touch the LRU Info Tab.
3) Scroll to display the appropriate database information.
Appendix

4) Touch an LRU to view further information.

» Ensure the installed hardware has an active subscription or account (e.g., Iridium sub-
scription, XM subscription)
Index

» Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the ap-
plicable hardware

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 193
 Abnormal Operation

» If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible
Instruments
Flight

problem:

Message Message Location Description

‘XM Information’ Screen Datalink Receiver antenna error;
CHECK ANTENNA
EAS

(Touchscreen Controller) service required

‘XM Information’ Screen Datalink Receiver updating encryption
UPDATING (Touchscreen Controller) code
Audio and

‘XM Information’ Screen

CNS

(Touchscreen Controller) Loss of signal; signal strength too low

NO SIGNAL
Weather Datalink Display for receiver
(selected display pane)
Management
Flight

‘Music’ Screen
LOADING Acquiring channel audio or information
(Touchscreen Controller)
‘Music’ Screen
OFF AIR Channel not in service
Avoidance

(Touchscreen Controller)
Hazard

‘Music’ Screen
--- Missing channel information
(Touchscreen Controller)
‘XM Information’ Screen
AFCS

(Touchscreen Controller)
ACTIVATION REQUIRED SiriusXM subscription is not activated
Weather Datalink Display
(selected display pane)
Additional
Features

SiriusXM Datalink Receiver Messages

Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index

194 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red or amber ‘X’ (depending on the LRU) is
typically displayed on items associated with the failed data. The following table depicts various

EASEIS
system annunciations. Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for additional
information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.

AudioNav/Com/
NOTE: Upon initially powering the system, certain windows remain invalid as the

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute
from initial power application. If any window continues to remain invalid, the system
should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
System Annunciation Comment

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
ADAHRS is aligning.

AFCS
AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Display system is not receiving attitude information from the ADAHRS
(GRS unit). Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

ADAHRS calibration incomplete or configuration module failure.

Appendix
Appendix

GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation

use. Note that ADAHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation.
ADAHRS operation may be degraded if GPS signals are not present (see
the current version of the flight manual).
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 195
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Annunciation Comment

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Display system is not receiving valid groundspeed information.

EISEAS

Display system is not receiving airspeed input from the air data
computer.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management

Display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data
computer.
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

Display system is not receiving valid heading input from the ADAHRS or
magnetometer.
AFCS
Features AFCS

Display system is not receiving altitude input from the ADAHRS or

Additional Additional

magnetometer.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Display system is not receiving valid OAT information from the air data
computer.
Annun/Alerts

Other Various Red/Amber A red or amber ‘X’ through any other display field (such as engine
Annun/Alerts

X Indications instrumentation fields) indicates the field is not receiving valid data.

CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES

Appendix

In some circumstances, some messages may appear in a pop-up window in conjunction

Appendix

with others:
Crew Profile Import/
Description
Export Results
Index
Index

‘No crew profile plan files Displayed if the SD card does not have one or more valid crew
found to import.’ profile filenames.

196 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

Crew Profile Import/

Instruments
Instruments
Description

Flight
Flight
Export Results
‘Overwrite existing profile?’ Displayed if the profile name matches the name of existing
profile.
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a Displayed if the profile name is invalid.

EASEIS
different profile name.’
‘All available crew profiles in Displayed if the maximum number for crew profiles has been

AudioNav/Com/
use. Delete a profile before reached.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
importing another.’

and
‘Crew profile import failed.’ Displayed if the importing operation fails for any other reason.
‘Crew profile import Displayed if the importing operation succeeds.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
succeeded.’
‘Overwrite existing file?’ Displayed if the filename matches the name of an existing file
on the SD card.

Hazard Hazard
‘Crew profile export failed.’ Displayed if the export operation fails.

Avoidance
‘Crew profile export Displayed if the export operation succeeds.
succeeded.’

AFCS
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages

AFCS Features
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS

Additional Additional
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in
the sensors exceed a specified amount, a comparator annunciation is displayed in black text
on a amber background. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, the comparator Features

annunciation is black text on a white background. The following is a list of the possible an-
Operation
Abnormal

nunciations:

Comparator
Annun/Alerts

Condition
Annunciation
Annun/Alerts

ALT Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.

If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
IAS If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in sensors is ≥ 10
Appendix
Appendix

knots.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in sensors is ≥ 7
knots.
HDG Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
Index
Index

PIT Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 197
 Annunciations & Alerts

Comparator
Instruments
Instruments

Condition
Flight
Flight

Annunciation
ROL Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
VDI Difference in temperature compensated altitudes is > 50 ft.
EISEAS

ALT No data from one or both altitude sensors.

IAS No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
HDG No data from one or both heading sensors.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

PIT No data from one or both pitch sensors.

Nav/Com/

ROL No data from one or both roll sensors.

VDI No temperature compensated altitude data available.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Comparator Annunciations
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Reversionary sensor selection for the AHRS and ADC is annunciated above the roll scale
Hazard Hazard

on the PFD. Reversionary sensor selection for the GPS is annunciated to the right of the HSI.
Avoidance

These annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on the PFD. Pressing the PFD Opt
Softkey accesses the Sensors Softkey. Pressing the Sensors Softkey accesses the ADC and
AHRS softkeys. These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed on the PFD. With
AFCS

certain types of sensor failures, the system may make some sensor selections automatically.
The GPS sensor cannot be switched manually.
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Reversionary Sensor
Condition
Window Text
USING ADC2 PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

USING AHRS2 PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.

Reversionary Sensor Annunciations

Annun/Alerts

AIRSPACES
Annun/Alerts

Message Comments
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace. The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Appendix
Appendix

ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace

Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft current ground
ahead –
track penetrates the airspace within 10 minutes.
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
Index

Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.

Index

and ahead.

198 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near –
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
less than 2 nm.
Airspace Alert Messages

EASEIS
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY MESSAGES
Under certain conditions, some messages may appear in conjunction with others:

AudioNav/Com/
Message Description

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
‘Loading…’ VSD is loading data due to a range change, full/half
switch, or first being selected for display.
‘Flight Plan Not Available’ Flight Plan mode is selected and there is not a

Flight Flight
flight plan loaded with at least one leg.

Management Avoidance
‘Flight Plan mode unavailable because aircraft off All of the following are true:
course and active leg over 200 NM’ – Flight Plan mode is selected

Hazard Hazard
– The active leg is greater than 200 nm
– The aircraft is outside the swath

Avoidance
‘VSD Not Available’ At least one of the following is true:
– Valid terrain database not available

AFCS
– Current barometric altitude not available
– Current heading is not available

AFCS Features
– GPS position not available

Additional Additional
– An invalid range error has occurred
VSD Messages Features

IMPORTING AND EXPORTING FLIGHT PLAN MESSAGES

Operation
Abnormal

In some circumstances, flight plan import or export messages may appear in a pop-up win-
dow in conjunction with others.
Annun/Alerts

Flight Plan Import/Export

Annun/Alerts

Description
Results
‘Flight plan successfully A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully
imported.’ imported as a stored flight plan.
Appendix
Appendix

‘File contained user waypoints The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan,
only. User waypoints only user waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the
imported successfully. No system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system
stored flight plan data was have been modified.
Index
Index

modified.’

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 199
 Annunciations & Alerts

Flight Plan Import/Export

Instruments
Instruments

Description
Flight
Flight

Results
‘No flight plan files found to The SD card contains no flight plan data.
import.’
‘Flight plan import failed.’ Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD
EISEAS

card.
‘Flight plan partially Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the
Audio and

imported.’ SD card, however others had errors and were not imported. A
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

partial stored flight plan now exists in the system.

‘File contained user waypoints The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only
only.’ user waypoints. In addition, one or more of these waypoints
Flight Flight

may not have imported successfully.

Avoidance Management

‘Too many points. Flight plan The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than
truncated.’ the system can support. The flight plan was imported with as
Hazard Hazard

many waypoints as possible.

Avoidance

‘Some waypoints not loaded. The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints
Waypoints locked.’ the system cannot find in the navigation database. The flight
plan has been imported, but must be edited within the system
AFCS

before it can be activated for use.

‘User waypoint database full. The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints.
Features AFCS

Not all loaded.’ The quantity of stored user waypoints has exceeded system
Additional Additional

capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card

have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were
Features

not imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must
Operation
Abnormal

be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.

‘One or more user waypoints One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when
Annun/Alerts

renamed.’ imported due to naming conflicts with waypoints already

Annun/Alerts

existing in the system.

‘Flight plan successfully The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
exported.’
Appendix

‘Flight plan export failed.’ The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD
Appendix

card. The SD card may not have sufficient available memory or

the card may have been removed prematurely.
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
Index
Index

200 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

TAKEOFF AND LANDING ASSISTANT (TOLA)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
TAKEOFF DATA
The 'Configuration Monitor' Box on the 'Takeoff Data' Pane will display an amber message
(example: 'FPL APT MISMATCH') for each item that is currently set differently than its planned
takeoff setting.

EASEIS
Message Condition
FLAPS When in the takeoff phase, the flaps setting selected in TOLA for takeoff differs from the

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
MISMATCH current flaps setting as detected by the flight deck.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
FPL APT The departure airport in the active flight plan is not the same as the departure airport on
MISMATCH the Origin Tab.
FPL RWY The departure runway in the active flight plan is not the same as the departure runway

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
MISMATCH on the Origin Tab.
Takeoff Configuration Monitor Messages
LANDING DATA

Hazard Hazard
The 'Configuration Monitor' Box on the 'Landing Data' Pane will display an amber mes-

Avoidance
sage (example: 'FPL RWY MISMATCH') for each item that is currently set differently than its
planned landing setting.

AFCS
Message Condition

AFCS Features
FLAPS When in the landing phase, the actual flaps setting is not the same as the flaps setting on
MISMATCH the Landing Config Tab.

Additional Additional
FPL APT The destination airport in the active flight plan is not the same as the destination airport
MISMATCH on the DEST Tab. Features

FPL RWY The destination runway in the active flight plan is not the same as the destination runway
Operation
Abnormal

MISMATCH on the DEST Tab.

Landing Configuration Monitor Messages
Annun/Alerts

FIS-B WEATHER ANNUNCIATIONS

Annun/Alerts

FIS-B Weather Status Banner Annunciation Description

Current aircraft position is outside the FIS-B
FIS-B WEATHER UNAVAILABLE
Appendix

Coverage area.
Appendix

GTX™ 345R is currently off-line or not receiving

NOT RECEIVING WEATHER DATA FIS-B Weather data from the antenna.
FIS-B Weather Status Annunciation
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 201
 Annunciations & Alerts

TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE ANNUNCIATIONS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle

< 1000’ > 1000’ < 1000’ > 1000’ Obstacle Location
AGL AGL AGL AGL
EISEAS

Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft

below the aircraft altitude.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and

1000 ft below the aircraft altitude.
Flight Flight

White obstacle is more than 1000 ft

Avoidance Management

below aircraft altitude.

Hazard Hazard

Terrain SVT Relative Point Obstacle Symbols and Colors

Avoidance

Wire Obstacle Wire Obstacle Location

Red wire obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude.
AFCS

Yellow wire obstacle is between the aircraft altitude to within 250 feet below
Features AFCS

the aircraft altitude.

Additional Additional

White wire obstacle is more than 250 ft below the aircraft altitude.
Features

Relative Wire Obstacles and Colors

Operation
Abnormal

Unlighted Lighted
Wind Turbine Wind Turbine Wind Turbine Obstacle Location
Annun/Alerts

Obstacle Obstacle
Annun/Alerts

Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft below the aircraft

altitude.
Appendix
Appendix

Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the

aircraft altitude.
Index
Index

White obstacle is more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude.

Wind Turbine Obstacles and Colors

202 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

Potential Impact Alert

Instruments
Instruments
Example Annunciation

Flight
Flight
Area Examples Type
TAWS-B Warning
PULL UP
Warning

EASEIS
Terrain-SVT Warning
or TERRAIN

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Caution TERRAIN

or

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Potential Impact Area with Annunciations

TERRAIN ANNUNCIATIONS

Hazard Hazard
PFD/’Map - Touchscreen Controller
Alert Type Terrain- SVT’ Voice Alert

Avoidance
Page Alert Pop-Up Alert
Reduced Required Terrain TERRAIN WARNING - TERRAIN “Warning; Terrain,

AFCS
Clearance Warning (RTC) Terrain”
Reduced Required Line TERRAIN WARNING - WIRE “Warning; Wire,

AFCS Features
Clearance (RLC) Warning Wire”

Additional Additional
Imminent Terrain Impact TERRAIN WARNING - TERRAIN “Warning; Terrain,
Warning (ITI) Terrain” Features

Reduced Required TERRAIN WARNING - OBSTACLE “Warning; Ob-

Obstacle Clearance stacle, Obstacle”
Operation
Abnormal

Warning (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact “Warning; Ob-
Annun/Alerts

TERRAIN WARNING - OBSTACLE

Warning (IOI) stacle, Obstacle”
Annun/Alerts

Imminent Line Impact “Warning; Wire,

TERRAIN WARNING - WIRE
Warning (ILI) Wire”
Reduced Required Terrain “Caution; Terrain,
Appendix

TERRAIN CAUTION - TERRAIN

Clearance Caution (RTC) Terrain”
Appendix

Imminent Line Impact TERRAIN CAUTION - WIRE “Caution; Wire,

Caution (ILI) Wire”
Imminent Terrain Impact TERRAIN CAUTION - TERRAIN “Caution; Terrain,
Index
Index

Caution (ITI) Terrain”

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 203
 Annunciations & Alerts

PFD/’Map -
Instruments
Instruments

Touchscreen Controller
Flight
Flight

Alert Type Terrain- SVT’ Voice Alert

Page Alert Pop-Up Alert
Reduced Required Line TERRAIN CAUTION - WIRE “Caution; Wire,
Clearance Caution (RLC) Wire”
EISEAS

Reduced Required
“Caution; Ob-
Obstacle Clearance TERRAIN CAUTION - OBSTACLE
stacle, Obstacle”
Caution (ROC)
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Imminent Obstacle “Caution; Ob-

Nav/Com/

TERRAIN CAUTION - OBSTACLE

Impact Caution (IOI) stacle, Obstacle”
Terrain SVT Alerts Summary
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

PFD/’Map
- TAWS-B’ Touchscreen Controller Pop-
Alert Type Voice Alert
Page Alert Up Alert
Hazard Hazard

Annunciation
Avoidance

Excessive Descent
PULL UP PULL-UP “Pull Up”
Rate Warning (EDR)
AFCS

Reduced Required
“Terrain, Terrain;
Terrain Clearance PULL UP TERRAIN - PULL-UP
Pull Up, Pull Up”
Warning (RTC)
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Imminent Line Impact PULL UP “Wire Ahead; Pull

WIRE AHEAD - PULL-UP
Warning (ILI) Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Features

“Wire, Wire; Pull

Line Clearance PULL UP WARNING - WIRE
Up, Pull Up”
Operation
Abnormal

Warning (RLC)
“Terrain Ahead,
Imminent Terrain
PULL UP TERRAIN AHEAD - PULL-UP Pull Up; Terrain
Annun/Alerts

Impact Warning (ITI)

Annun/Alerts

Ahead, Pull Up”

Reduced Required “Obstacle,
Obstacle Clearance PULL UP OBSTACLE - PULL-UP Obstacle; Pull Up,
Warning (ROC) Pull Up”
Appendix
Appendix

“Obstacle Ahead,
Imminent Obstacle
PULL UP OBSTACLE AHEAD - PULL-UP Pull Up; Obstacle
Impact Warning (IOI)
Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
“Caution, Terrain;
Index
Index

Terrain Clearance TERRAIN CAUTION - TERRAIN

Caution, Terrain”
Caution (RTC)

204 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

PFD/’Map

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
- TAWS-B’ Touchscreen Controller Pop-
Alert Type Voice Alert
Page Alert Up Alert
Annunciation
Imminent Terrain “Terrain Ahead;
TERRAIN TERRAIN - AHEAD

EASEIS
Impact Caution (ITI) Terrain Ahead”
Required Reduced
“Caution, Wire;
Line Clearance Impact TERRAIN CAUTION - WIRE

AudioNav/Com/
Caution, Wire”
Caution (RLC)

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Imminent Line
“Wire Ahead;
Clearance Impact TERRAIN WIRE AHEAD
Wire Ahead”
Caution (ILI)

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
“Caution,
Reduced Required
Obstacle;
Obstacle Clearance TERRAIN CAUTION - OBSTACLE
Caution,
Caution (ROC)
Obstacle”

Hazard Hazard
Imminent Obstacle “Obstacle Ahead;

Avoidance
TERRAIN OBSTACLE AHEAD
Impact Caution (IOI) Obstacle Ahead”
Premature Descent “Too Low,
TERRAIN TOO LOW - TERRAIN

AFCS
Alert Caution (PDA) Terrain”
Touchdown Callout

AFCS Features
None None “Five-Hundred”
(VCO) “500”

Additional Additional
Excessive Descent
TERRAIN SINK RATE “Sink Rate”
Rate Caution (EDR) Features

Negative Climb Rate

TERRAIN DONT SINK “Don’t Sink”
Operation
Abnormal

Caution (NCR)

TAWS-B Alerts Summary

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

PFD/Terrain Terrain SVT Display

Alert Type SVT Display Center Banner Voice Alert
Annunciation Annunciation
Appendix

System Test in Progress. TER TEST TERRAIN TEST None

Appendix

“Terrain System Test

System Test Pass. None None
OK”
Terrain Alerting Inhibited. TER INH None None
Index
Index

“Terrain System Not

No GPS position. TER N/A NO GPS POSITION
Available”1
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 205
 Annunciations & Alerts

PFD/Terrain Terrain SVT Display

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Alert Type SVT Display Center Banner Voice Alert

Annunciation Annunciation
Excessively degraded GPS
“Terrain System Not
signal; or Out of database TER N/A None
EISEAS

Available”1
coverage area.
Terrain System Test Fail;
Terrain or Obstacle
Audio and

database unavailable or “Terrain System

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

TER FAIL TERRAIN FAIL

Nav/Com/

invalid; Invalid software Failure”

configuration; or System
audio fault.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

MFD Terrain or Obstacle

database unavailable or
invalid, and Terrain SVT None TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE None
Hazard Hazard

operating with PFD Terrain

or Obstacle databases.
Avoidance

1
“Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
AFCS

Terrain SVT System Status Annunciations

Features AFCS
Additional Additional

‘TAWS’ Pane ‘TAWS’ Pane Center

Alert Type Voice Alert
Annunciation Banner Annunciation
Features

TAWS FAIL
Operation
Abnormal

TAWS System Fail. “TAWS System Failure”

Annun/Alerts

TAWS Not Available. TAWS N/A “TAWS Not Available”

Annun/Alerts

(if GPS position lost)

TAWS Available. None None “TAWS Available”
System Test in
TAWS TEST None
Appendix

progress.
Appendix

TAWS System Test None

None “TAWS System Test OK”
pass.
TAWS PDA/FLTA TAWS INH None None
Index
Index

Alerting Inhibited.
TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations

206 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

TAWS Alert

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Alert Cause ‘TAWS’ Pane Annunciation(s) Types
Not Available
TAWS System Test Fail; Terrain, Airport TAWS FAIL
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable

EASEIS
or invalid on all displays; software and FLTA, PDA
mismatch among displays; TAWS audio TAWS FAIL
fault.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
MFW Terrain or Obstacle database

XPDR/Audio Management
and
unavailable or invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or Obstacle databases.
TAWS N/A

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
No GPS position. and FLTA, PDA, VCO
NO GPS POSITION

Hazard Hazard
Excessively degraded GPS signal, or out TAWS N/A

Avoidance
FLTA, PDA
of database coverage area.
TAWS-B Abnormal Status Alerts

AFCS
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS

AFCS Features
Traffic System Traffic Overlay
Traffic Map Mode Annunciation

Additional Additional
Mode Status Icon

Operating TAS: OPERATING

Features
Operation
Abnormal

TAS: STANDBY
Standby
Annun/Alerts

(also shown in white in center of ‘Traffic Map’

Annun/Alerts

Pane)

Failed 1 TAS: FAILED

Appendix
Appendix

TAS Modes

‘Traffic Map’ Pane

Description
Center Annunciation
Index
Index

NO DATA System is not receiving any data from the traffic unit.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 207
 Annunciations & Alerts

‘Traffic Map’ Pane

Instruments
Instruments

Description
Flight
Flight

Center Annunciation
System is receiving data from the traffic unit, but the unit is reporting a
DATA FAILED
failure.
EISEAS

FAILED The traffic unit is sending invalid data to the system.

TAS Failure Annunciations

Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Traffic Status Banner

Description
Annunciation
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range. 1
Flight Flight

TA OFF SCALE Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected
Avoidance Management

display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory. 2
TA X.X ± XX ↕
Hazard Hazard

Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in

hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Avoidance

The traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending

TRFC FAIL incorrectly formatted data). 2
AFCS

NO TRFC DATA Data is not being received from the traffic unit.
Features AFCS

1
Shown as symbol on ‘Traffic Map’ Pane.
Additional Additional

2
Shown in center of ‘Traffic Map’ Pane.
TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
Features
Operation
Abnormal

‘Traffic Map’ Pane

Description
Center Annunciation
Annun/Alerts

NO DATA Data is not being received from the traffic unit.

Annun/Alerts

Data is being received from the traffic unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
DATA FAILED
failure.
Appendix

FAILED Incorrect data format received from the traffic unit.

Appendix

Traffic Failure Annunciations

Index
Index

208 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

Traffic Status

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Banner Description
Annunciation
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range. 1
TA OFF SCALE
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range.

EASEIS
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory. 2
TA X.X ± XX ↕ Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and

AudioNav/Com/
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly

and
TRFC FAIL
formatted data).

NO TRFC DATA Data is not being received from the traffic unit.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
1
Shown as symbol on ‘Traffic Map’ Pane
2
Shown in center of ‘Traffic Map’ Pane.

Hazard Hazard
Traffic Status Annunciations

Avoidance
AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS
Condition Annunciation Description

AFCS
Pitch Failure PTCH Pitch axis control failure; autopilot inoperative

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Roll Failure ROLL Roll axis control failure; autopilot inoperative

Pitch Trim Failure If autopilot is engaged, take control of the aircraft and
disengage autopilot
Features

(or stuck MEPT PTRM

If autopilot is disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to
Operation
Abnormal

Switch) unstick
Yaw Damper Failure YAW Yaw damper control failure
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Autopilot and MEPT are unavailable; Flight director may still

System Failure AFCS
be available
Elevator Mistrim Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated
¤ELE
Down direction
Appendix
Appendix

- May indicate a failure of the pitch-trim adapter or trim

Elevator Mistrim Up £ELE
system
Aileron Mistrim
AILñ
Right
Index

Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction

Index

Aileron Mistrim Left œAIL

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 209
 Annunciations & Alerts

Condition Annunciation Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Rudder Mistrim Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated

RUDñ
Right direction.
- Aircraft rudder pilot adjustment after substantial pitch
Rudder Mistrim Left œRUD
and power changes required
EISEAS

Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at

completion
- Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-on
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

PFT and preflight system tests as this may cause the preflight
Nav/Com/

Preflight Test system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their
power-on tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to
remedy the situation.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

PFT Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure

Hypoxia Recognition
EDM Activated only by the Hypoxia Recognition System
System is Activated
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

AFCS Status Alerts

SURFACEWATCH ALERTS
AFCS

The SurfaceWatch alert annunciations are displayed in the central portion of the PFW. The
Features AFCS

alert annunciations are accompanied by a corresponding voice alert. Other associated informa-
tion is presented in the SurfaceWatch Information Box.
Additional Additional

Associated
Alert Annunciation Description
Voice Alert
Features
Operation
Abnormal

TWY TAKEOFF Issued when the aircraft is taking off from or landing on a
“Taxiway”
TWY LANDING non-runway (e.g., a taxiway).
Annun/Alerts

Issued when the aircraft is taking off from or landing on a

Annun/Alerts

runway with a length less than needed as calculated by the

system.
“Runway too
RWY TOO SHORT - The Runway Too Short Alert may be issued for any
short”
Appendix

runway from which the aircraft is taking off from, or

Appendix

landing on, even if the runway is not the one entered

by crew.
“Check Issued when the aircraft is taking off from or landing on a
CHECK RUNWAY
Index

runway” runway different than that entered into the system.

Index

SurfaceWatch Alert Annunciations

210 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

STABILIZED APPROACH ALERTS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Stabilized
Voice
Approach Alert Description Type
Alert
Annunciation

EASEIS
BARO “Baro” Barometric/GPS Altitude Mismatch Alert IFR

GLIDEPATH “Glidepath” GPS Vertical Deviation Alert IFR

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
GLIDESLOPE “Glideslope” Non-GPS Vertical Deviation Alert IFR

and
COURSE “Course” Lateral Deviation Alert IFR

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
FLAPS “Flaps” Flaps Not in Landing Configuration Alert IFR / VFR

CROSSWIND “Crosswind” Crosswind Alert IFR / VFR

Hazard Hazard
TAILWIND “Tailwind” Tailwind Alert IFR / VFR

Avoidance
Note: Alerts in this table are prioritized by criticality, in the event where more than one alert
may be applicable, only the single most critical alert will be annunciated.

AFCS
Stabilized Approach Annunciations

AFCS Features
CAS MESSAGES

Additional Additional
WARNING MESSAGES Features

NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance with the
Operation
Abnormal

current version of the pertinent flight manual. This option is only available on the
SR22 and SR22T models.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

CAS Message Title 'Notifications' Window Text

AOA OVERHEAT 2
AOA probe is overheated.
APPROACH SPEED Approach Speed is too high.
Appendix

AUTO DESCENT Automatic descent to 14,000FT in 60 seconds.

Appendix

AUTO DESCENT Aircraft descending to 14,000FT.

AUTO DESCENT Aircraft descending to 12,500FT.
1
Optional
Index
Index

2
TKS FIKI (optional)
3
SR22T only

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 211
 Annunciations & Alerts

CAS Message Title 'Notifications' Window Text

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

AUTO DESCENT Aircraft descended due to pilot incapacitation.

CHT Cylinder head temperature is high.
CO LVL HIGH Carbon monoxide level is too high.
EISEAS

ESSENTIAL BUS VOLTS Check essential power bus voltage.

FLAPS ICE 2
Full flaps prohibited in icing conditions.
FUEL FLOW Check fuel flow.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

FUEL IMBALANCE Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.

FUEL LOW LEFT Left fuel tank is nearly empty.
FUEL LOW RIGHT Right fuel tank is nearly empty.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

FUEL LOW TOTAL Total fuel quantity is low.

IPS CONTROL FAIL IPS valves cannot be closed.
IPS FLUID LOW IPS fluid quantity is low.
Hazard Hazard

IPS QUANTITY FAIL Left and right IPS fluid quantities are unknown.
Avoidance

MAIN BUS 1 VOLTS Check main power bus 1 voltage.

MAIN BUS 2 VOLTS Check main power bus 2 voltage.
AFCS

MANIFOLD PRESSURE Check manifold pressure.

OIL PRESSURE Oil pressure is out of range.
Features AFCS

OIL TEMP Oil temperature is high.

Additional Additional

OXYGEN FAULT 1
Oxygen system fault.
OXYGEN QTY LOW1 Oxygen quantity is low.
Features

OXYGEN REQUIRED1 Oxygen usage is required.

Operation
Abnormal

RPM Check engine RPM.

SPIN SPIN SPIN Spin entry detected - initiate recovery.
Annun/Alerts

STALL Stall warning.

Annun/Alerts

STALL WARNING FAIL Stall warning is inoperative.

STARTER ENGAGED Starter is engaged.
Appendix

TIT3
Turbine inlet temperature is high.
Appendix

1
Optional
2
TKS FIKI (optional)
3
SR22T only
Index
Index

212 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

CAUTION MESSAGES

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
CAS Message Title ‘Notifications’ Window Text
ALT AIR OPEN 2
Alternate air door is open.
ALTERNATOR 1 CUR-
Check alternator 1 current.

EASEIS
RENT
ALTERNATOR 2 CUR-
Check alternator 2 current.
RENT

AudioNav/Com/
AOA HEAT FAIL 3 Autopilot is unavailable due to miscompare.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
AP MISCOMPARE Autopilot is unavailable due to miscompare.
AP/PFD DIF ADC Autopilot and PFD are using different ADCs.

Flight Flight
AP/PFD DIF AHRS Autopilot and PFD are using different AHRSs.

Management Avoidance
BATTERY 1 CURRENT Check battery 1 current.
BATTERY 1 FAIL Battery 1 service is required.

Hazard Hazard
BATTERY 1 FAULT Battery 1 fault detected.
BATTERY 1 LOW Battery 1 state of charge is low.

Avoidance
CHT Cylinder head temperature is high.
FLAPS AIRSPEED

AFCS
Flaps motion inhibited.
INHIBIT
FLAPS DISAGREE Flaps not in commanded position.

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
FLAPS FAIL Flaps not in commanded position.
FLAPS SELECTOR FAIL Flaps not in commanded position.
FUEL IMBALANCE Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
Features

FUEL LOW TOTAL Total fuel quantity is low.

Operation
Abnormal

FUEL PUMP OFF Fuel pump is turned off.

FUEL QTY MISCOMP Sensed and totalized fuel quantity disagreement.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

FUEL VALVE AUTO FAIL Automatic fuel tank selection is unavailable.

HYPOXIA ALERT Hypoxia caution alert.
IPS FLUID LOW 3
IPS fluid quantity is low.
Appendix

IPS IMBALANCE3 IPS fluid quantity imbalance has been detected.

Appendix

IPS PRESSURE HIGH 3

IPS pressure is high.
IPS PRESSURE LOW 3
IPS tail pressure is low.
1
Optional
Index
Index

2
SR22T
3
TKS FIKI (optional)

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 213
 Annunciations & Alerts

CAS Message Title ‘Notifications’ Window Text

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

IPS QUANTITY FAIL 3

Left IPS fluid quantity is unreliable.
IPS QUANTITY FAIL 3
Right IPS fluid quantity is unreliable.
IPS SPEED HIGH 3
Airspeed is too high for ice protection.
EISEAS

IPS SPEED LOW 3

Airspeed is too low for ice protection.
IPS TEMP LOW 3
Temperature is too low for ice protection.
MAIN BUS 1 VOLTS Check main power bus 1 voltage.
Audio and
CNS

MAIN BUS 2 VOLTS Check main power bus 2 voltage.

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

MANIFOLD PRESSURE Check manifold pressure.

NO ADC MODES Autopilot air data modes are not available.
Flight Flight

NO VERT MODES Autopilot vertical modes are not available.

Avoidance Management

OIL PRESSURE Oil pressure is out of range.

OIL TEMP Oil temperature is high.
Hazard Hazard

OXYGEN QTY LOW 1

Oxygen quantity is low.
Avoidance

OXYGEN REQUIRED 1
Oxygen usage is required.
PARK BRAKE Parking break is set.
AFCS

PITOT HEAT FAIL Pitot heat failure.

PROBE HEAT OFF Probe heat is required.
Features AFCS

SFD ALT MISCOMPARE SFD altitude miscompare.

Additional Additional

SFD IAS MISCOMPARE SFD airspeed miscompare.

SFD PITCH MISCOM-
SFD pitch miscompare.
Features

PARE
Operation
Abnormal

SFD ROLL MISCOM-

SFD roll miscompare.
PARE
STALL WARNING FAIL AOA/stall warning input invalid.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

STARTER ENGAGED Starter is engaged.

TAKEOFF FLAPS Flaps not in takeoff configuration.
1
Optional
Appendix

2
SR22T
Appendix

3
TKS FIKI (optional)
ALERTS MESSAGES
Index

NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance with the
Index

current version of the pertinent flight manual limitations. This option is only available
on SR22 and SR22T models.
214 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

CAS Message Title ‘Notifications’ Window Text

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
ALTITUDE SEL Climbing away from selected altitude.
ALTITUDE SEL Descending away from selected altitude.
AOA FAIL 2
Dynamic stall speed band is unavailable.

EASEIS
ARE YOU ALERT? Are you alert?
CHECK OXYGEN1 Check oxygen system status.

AudioNav/Com/
COURSE SELECT 1
Current track will not intercept selected course.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
ECS RECIRC ON ECS recirculation mode is prohibited in flight.
ESP CONFIG ESP config error. Config service req'd.
EXIT ICING2 1 Exit icing conditions.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
FAILED PATH An autopilot servo data path has failed.
FLAPS CLIMB Flaps not set for enroute climb.

Hazard Hazard
FUEL IMBALANCE Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.

Avoidance
FUEL PUMP OFF Fuel pump is turned off.
FUEL VALVE OFF Fuel valve is in the off position.

AFCS
HDG MODE Heading mode active for extended period.
IPS FLUID LOW 2
IPS fluid quantity is low.

AFCS Features
IPS PUMP BACKUP3

Additional Additional
IPS backup pump mode has been selected.
OXYGEN ON1 Oxygen system is left on after shutdown.
Features
OXYGEN QTY LOW 1
Oxygen quantity is low.
Operation
Abnormal

ROL MODE Roll mode is active.

SFC WATCH FAIL SurfaceWatch failed.
Annun/Alerts

SFC WATCH INHIB SurfaceWatch inhibited.

Annun/Alerts

SFD NO COMPARE SFD comparison data missing.

VNAV ALT SEL VNAV needs lower ALT SEL to capture VPATH.
VNAV NOT ARMED
Appendix

Press VNV to arm VPATH capture.

Appendix

1
Optional
2
TKS FIKI (optional)
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 215
 Annunciations & Alerts

SYSTEM MESSAGES
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

System Message Comments

ABORT APPR – Loss of Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
GPS navigation. Abort
EISEAS

approach.
ADC 1 COMM – Check The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
ADC 1 and GIA1 wiring
Audio and

ADC 1 COMM – Check The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

ADC 1 and GIA2 wiring

ADC 1 FAULT – ADC The AFCS is unavailable due to invalid data from the ADC unit.
Failure
Flight Flight

ADC 1 POWER – ADC 1 The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
Avoidance Management

power loss. Check power.

ADC 2 COMM – Check The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of power.
Hazard Hazard

ADC 2 and GIA1 wiring

ADC 2 COMM – Check The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of power.
Avoidance

ADC 2 and GIA2 wiring

ADC 2 FAULT – ADC The AFCS is unavailable due to invalid data from the ADC unit.
AFCS

Failure
ADC 2 POWER – ADC 2 The ADC unit is inoperative due to a loss of power.
Features AFCS

power loss. Check power.

Additional Additional

ADC1 ALT EC – ADC ADC1 / GDC1 is reporting the altitude error correction is unavailable.
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
Features

ADC1 AS EC – ADC ADC1 / GDC1 is reporting the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
Operation
Abnormal

airspeed error correction is

unavailable.
Annun/Alerts

ADC1 SERVICE – ADC A failure has been detected in the ADC1 / GDC1. The system should be
Annun/Alerts

needs service. Return unit serviced.

for repair.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC ADC2 / GDC2 is reporting the altitude error correction is unavailable.
Appendix

altitude error correction is

Appendix

unavailable.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC ADC2 / GDC2 is reporting the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
airspeed error correction is
unavailable.
Index
Index

216 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC A failure has been detected in the ADC2 / GDC2. The system should be
needs service. Return unit serviced.
for repair.
AFCS [1-2] INOP: PFT AFCS 1 and/or 2 pre-flight test failure.

EASEIS
FAIL – Pre-Flight Test
Failure
AFCS INOP: GIA1 The GSA servos are inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
SERVOS COMM – Check

XPDR/Audio Management
GIA.

and
GIA1 485 bus wiring to
servos
AFCS INOP: GIA2 The GSA servos are inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
SERVOS COMM – Check GIA.
GIA2 485 bus wiring to
servos

Hazard Hazard
AFCS INOP: PIT SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an internal servo fault. The system
FAULT – PIT Servo failure should be serviced.

Avoidance
AFCS INOP: PIT SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an AFCS 1 and/or 2 pre-flight
PFT – AFCS [1-2] Pre-Flight test failure. The system should be serviced.

AFCS
Test Fail: PIT Servo
AFCS INOP: PIT SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of power. The system should be

AFCS Features
POWER – PIT Servo power serviced.

Additional Additional
loss. Check power.
AFCS INOP: PIT SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of power. The system
POWER – PIT Servo power should be serviced.
Features

loss. Check power.

Operation
Abnormal

AFCS INOP: PIT TRM The GSA servo is inoperative due to an AFCS 1 and/or 2 pre-flight test
SERVO – AFCS [1-2] failure. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts

Pre-Flight Test Fail: PIT Trim

Annun/Alerts

Servo.
AFCS INOP: PIT TRIM The GSA servo is inoperative due to an internal servo fault. The system
SVO FAULT – PIT Trim should be serviced.
Servo failure
Appendix
Appendix

AFCS INOP: ROL SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an internal servo fault. The system
FAULT – ROL Servo failure should be serviced.
AFCS INOP: ROL SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an AFCS 1 and/or 2 pre-flight test
PFT – AFCS [1-2] Pre-Flight failure. The system should be serviced.
Index
Index

Test Fail: ROL Servo

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 217
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

AFCS INOP: ROL SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of power. The system should be
POWER – ROL Servo power serviced.
loss. Check power.
AFCS INOP: YAW SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an internal servo fault. The
EISEAS

FAULT – YAW Servo failure system should be serviced.

AFCS INOP: YAW SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to an AFCS 1 and/or 2 pre-flight
PFT – AFCS [1-2] Pre-Flight test failure. The system should be serviced.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Test Fail: YAW Servo

Nav/Com/

AFCS INOP: YAW SERVO The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of power. The system
POWER – YAW Servo should be serviced.
power loss. Check power.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

AHRS 1 COMM – Check The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
AHRS 1 and GIA1 wiring
AHRS 1 COMM – Check The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
Hazard Hazard

AHRS 1 and GIA2 wiring

Avoidance

AHRS 1 FAULT – AHRS The AFCS is unavailable due to invalid data from the AHRS unit.
Failure
AFCS

AHRS MAG DB – AHRS AHRS1 and AHRS2 magnetic model database versions do not match.
magnetic model database
version mismatch.
Features AFCS

AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1

Additional Additional

AHRS1 calibration version error. The system should be serviced.

calibration version error.
SRVC REQD.
Features

AHRS1 CONFIG– AHRS1 AHRS1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
Operation
Abnormal

config error. Config service memory. The system should be serviced.

REQD.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 AHRS1 is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check the
Annun/Alerts

not receiving any GPS current version of the pertinent flight manual for limitations. The system
Annun/Alerts

information. should be serviced.

AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 AHRS1 is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be
not receiving backup GPS serviced.
Appendix

information.
Appendix

AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 AHRS1 is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be
operating exclusively in serviced.
no-GPS mode.
Index
Index

AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 AHRS1 is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The
using backup GPS source. system should be serviced when practical.

218 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
AHRS 1 POWER – AHRS 1 The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of power.
power loss. Check power.
AHRS1 SERVICE– AHRS1 A failure has been detected in AHRS1. The system should be serviced.
needs service. Return unit

EASEIS
for repair.
AHRS 2 COMM – Check The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.
AHRS 2 and GIA1 wiring

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
AHRS 2 COMM – Check The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a GIA.

and
AHRS 2 and GIA2 wiring
AHRS 2 POWER – AHRS 2 The AHRS unit is inoperative due to a loss of power.

Flight Flight
power loss. Check power.

Management Avoidance
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 AHRS1 earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field
Magnetic-field model needs model when practical.
update.

Hazard Hazard
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not AHRS1 is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The

Avoidance
receiving valid airspeed. AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2 AHRS2 calibration version error. The system should be serviced.

AFCS
calibration version error.
SRVC REQD.

AFCS Features
AHRS2 CONFIG– AHRS2 AHRS2 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration

Additional Additional
config error. Config service memory. The system should be serviced.
REQD. Features

AHRS 2 FAULT – AHRS The AFCS is unavailable due to invalid data from the AHRS unit.
Operation
Abnormal

Failure
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 AHRS2 is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check the
not receiving any GPS current version of the pertinent flight manual for limitations. The system
Annun/Alerts

information. should be serviced.

Annun/Alerts

AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 AHRS2 is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be
not receiving backup GPS serviced.
information.
Appendix
Appendix

AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 AHRS2 is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be
operating exclusively in serviced.
no-GPS mode.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 AHRS2 is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The
Index
Index

using backup GPS source. system should be serviced when practical.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 219
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

AHRS2 SERVICE– AHRS2 A failure has been detected in AHRS2. The system should be serviced.
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 AHRS2 earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field
EISEAS

Magnetic-field model needs model when practical.

update.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not AHRS2 is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

receiving valid airspeed. AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The
Nav/Com/

system should be serviced.

AP DISC: AP ENGAGE Failed to engage AP due to activation timeout of required resources.
TIMEOUT
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

AP DISC: GFC POWER Abnormal AP disconnect due to loss of GFC power.

LOSS
AP DISC: GIA Abnormal AP disconnect while switching to alternate GIA.
Hazard Hazard

REVERSION
Avoidance

AP DISC: HSDB Abnormal AP disconnect due to loss of data bus connectivity.

CONNECTIVITY
AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to invalid data in pitch servo.
AFCS

– PIT servo
Features AFCS

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to invalid data in roll servo.
– ROL servo
Additional Additional

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to failed servo pre-flight test.
– Servo PFT
Features

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to loss of primary flight display.
Operation
Abnormal

– PFD
AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to servo receiving invalid ADC data.
Annun/Alerts

– ADC
Annun/Alerts

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to stall warning activated.

– SWPS
AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to invalid AHRS data.
Appendix

– AHRS
Appendix

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to cross-side GIA commanding an AP

– Cross-side GIA disconnect.
AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to flight director receiving invalid required
– Flight Director parameters parameter.
Index
Index

AP DISC: INVALID DATA Abnormal AP disconnect due to loss of servo communication.

– Servo comm failure

220 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
AP DISC: MET ACTIVE Abnormal AP disconnect due to use of manual electric trim.
AP DISC: PRIMARY TRIM Abnormal AP disconnect due to incorrect trim card selection
– Primary Trim not Selected.

EASEIS
AP DISC: SENSOR Abnormal AP disconnect due to miscompared ADC sensor readings.
MISCOMPARE – ADC
AP DISC: SENSOR Abnormal AP disconnect due to miscompared AHRS sensor readings.

AudioNav/Com/
MISCOMPARE – AHRS

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
AP DISC: SOFTWARE Abnormal AP disconnect due to software fault.
AP DISC: X-SIDE Abnormal AP disconnect due to cross-side GIA commanding an AP
DISCONNECT – Cross-side disconnect.

Flight Flight
disconnect

Management Avoidance
AP DISC: YD NOT Abnormal AP disconnect due to loss of yaw damper.
AVAILABLE

Hazard Hazard
APPR ADVISORY – SBAS SBAS not available. The system is calculating the VNAV profile using
VNAV not available. Using BARO VNAV.

Avoidance
Baro VNAV.
APPR ADVISORY – GPS GPS not available. The system is calculating the VNAV profile using BARO

AFCS
VNAV not available. Using VNAV.
Baro VNAV.

AFCS Features
APPR DOWNGRADED – Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable. Use Baro LNAV/VNAV

Additional Additional
<Approach Downgraded> or LNAV minimums.
APR INACTV – Approach The system notifies the pilot the loaded approach is not active. Activate
is not active. approach when required.
Features

ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the
Operation
Abnormal

ahead - less than 10 airspace within 10 minutes.

minutes.
Annun/Alerts

ARSPC NEAR – Airspace Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
Annun/Alerts

near – less than 2 nm.

ARSPC NEAR – Airspace Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
near and ahead.
Appendix

ARM VNAV DESCENT – Adjust altitude preselect value to enable VNAV descent.
Appendix

Reset altitude preselect to

arm descent.
AUDIO MANIFEST – The GIA has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Audio software mismatch,
Index
Index

communication halted.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 221
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

CHECK CRS – Database Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more
course for LOC1 / [LOC ID] than 10 degrees.
is [CRS]°.
CHECK CRS – Database Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more
EISEAS

course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] than 10 degrees.

is [CRS]°.
CHECK NAV – Approach Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

ID mismatch / <LOC> than 10 degrees.

Nav/Com/

CHECKLIST DATABASE The GTC database has an error.

ERROR – See GTC1’s
database page for details.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

CHECKLIST DATABASE The GTC database has an error.

ERROR – See GTC2’s
database page for details.
Hazard Hazard

CNFG MODULE – PFD1 The specified GDU configuration module backup memory has failed. The
Avoidance

configuration module is system should be serviced.

inoperative.
COM #1 INOP: CAL – COM 1 calibration version error. Check COM calibration.
AFCS

Factory COM Calibration

Lost or Corrupted.
Features AFCS

COM #1 INOP: CRNT – COM 1 current is low. Check COM current.

Additional Additional

Check COM Current.

COM #1 INOP: INTRL – COM 1 has an internal fault.
Features

COM Internal Fault.

Operation
Abnormal

COM #1 INOP - SYNTH – COM 1 has a synthesizer lock fault.

COM Synthesizer Lock Fault.
COM #1 INOP - VOLT – COM 1 has low voltage.
Annun/Alerts

Check COM Voltage.

Annun/Alerts

COM #2 INOP: CAL – COM 2 calibration version error. Check COM calibration.
Factory COM Calibration
Lost or Corrupted.
Appendix
Appendix

COM #1 REDUCED TX COM 1 has a reduced transmission power.

POWER – Reduced COM
transmit power.
COM #2 INOP: CRNT – COM 2 current is low. Check COM current.
Index
Index

Check COM Current.

COM #2 INOP: INTRL – COM 2 has an internal fault.
COM Internal Fault.
222 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
COM #2 INOP: SYNTH – COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
COM Synthesizer Lock Fault.
COM #2 INOP: VOLT – COM 2 has low voltage.
Check COM Voltage.

EASEIS
COM #2 REDUCED TX COM 2 has a reduced transmission power.
POWER – Reduced COM
transmit power.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
COM1 PTT – COM1 push- The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or

and
to-talk key is stuck. “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If
the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
remote transfer key is stuck. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push- The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or

Hazard Hazard
to-talk key is stuck. “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If

Avoidance
the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.
remote transfer key is stuck. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem

AFCS
persists, the system should be serviced.
COPILOT PTT STUCK – The GMA 1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or

AFCS Features
GMA 1 Copilot Push-to-Talk “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If

Additional Additional
is Stuck the problem persists, the system should be serviced.

DATA LOST – Pilot stored The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile
Features

data was lost. Recheck and settings. The pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred
Operation
Abnormal

settings. settings, if desired.

DATABASE CHANGE – This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer
Verify stored airways. consistent with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after a
Annun/Alerts

navigation database update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans

Annun/Alerts

and reload airways as needed.

DATABASE CHANGE This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been
– Verify user modified manually edited. This alert is issued only after a navigation database
Appendix

procedures. update. Verify the user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are
Appendix

correct and current.

DATABASES Databases are downloading to the system. Go to the ‘Database Status’
DOWNLOADING – See Screen to monitor status.
Index

databases page for more

Index

information.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 223
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

DATABASES EXPIRED – The databases in the system have expired. Restart the system to move the
Restart avionics to activate standby databases to active status.
standby databases.
DATABASES The GDUs have different database versions or regions. Restart the system
EISEAS

MISMATCHED – Restart to move the standby databases to active status.

displays to correct
mismatch.
Audio and
CNS

DB ERR – Database error

Management XPDR/Audio

Database verification error. Reload databases with new data card. If

Nav/Com/

exists. problem persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
DB MISMATCH – The GDUs have different navigation database versions or regions installed.
Navigation database Crossfill is off. Check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen to ascertain versions
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

mismatch. Xtalk is off. or regions. Also, check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen for a database
synchronization function not completed. After synchronization is complete,
power must be turned off, then on.
Hazard Hazard

DB MISMATCH – Obstacle The GDUs have different obstacle database versions or regions installed.
database mismatch. Check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen to ascertain versions or regions. Also,
Avoidance

check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen for a database synchronization function

not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned
AFCS

off, then on.

DB MISMATCH – Terrain The GDUs have different terrain database versions or regions installed.
Features AFCS

database mismatch. Check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen to ascertain versions or regions. Also,
check the ‘Avionics Status’ Screen for a database synchronization function
Additional Additional

not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned

off, then on.
Features

DB UPDATE IN Databases are updating. See the “Database Status’ Screen on the
Operation
Abnormal

PROGRESS – See Touchscreen Controller.

Database Page for more
information.
Annun/Alerts

DIG GMA1 MANIFEST The digital audio controller has incorrect software installed. The system
Annun/Alerts

– DIG GMA 1 software should be serviced.

mismatch, communication
halted.
Appendix

DISABLE GP TO ARM Disable AFCS APPR mode to enable VNAV.

Appendix

CLIMB – Press NAV to

enable VNAV track change.
DISABLE GS TO ARM Disable AFCS APPR mode to enable VNAV.
Index

CLIMB – Press NAV to

Index

enable VNAV track change.

224 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
DOC VIEWER MISMATCH The documents on the database cards do not match. Ensure the aircraft
– See Document Viewer manufacturer installed documents on the bottom card of each display
Page for detailed info. match.
FAILED PATH – [xxxx]. A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA has failed.

EASEIS
FLIGHT PLAN CATALOG Flight plan storage full. Last plan in the flight plan storage was overwritten
– Last plan in catalog was by an imported flight plan.
overwritten by an import.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an

and
has been truncated. obsolete approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete
procedure is removed from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current
arrival or approach.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight Upon power-on, The system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint
plan waypoint is locked. is locked. This occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an
obsolete waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and

Hazard Hazard
flags this message. This can also occur with user waypoints in flight plans
that are deleted. Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer

Avoidance
exists in any database, or update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect
the new information.

AFCS
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to
plan waypoint moved. a new navigation database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain

AFCS Features
correct waypoint locations.

Additional Additional
FS 510 MANIFEST – FS Incorrect software version. The system should be serviced.
510 software mismatch.
GDC1 MANIFEST – The GDC1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Features

GDC1 software mismatch,

Operation
Abnormal

communication halted.
GDC2 MANIFEST – The GDC2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts

GDC2 software mismatch,

Annun/Alerts

communication halted.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 GDL 69A SXM configuration settings do not match those of backup
config error. Config service configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
REQ’D.
Appendix
Appendix

GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has A failure has been detected in the 69A SXM. The receiver is unavailable.
failed. The system should be serviced.
GDL69 MANIFEST – The 69A SXM has incorrect software installed. The system should be
GDL69 software mismatch, serviced.
Index
Index

communication halted.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 225
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

GEA # 1 INOP: CNFG – There is a problem with the GEA 1 software configuration. Check the
Check GEA software and configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
configuration.
GEA # 1 INOP: INTRL – GEA 1 has an internal fault. The system should be serviced.
EISEAS

GEA internal fault.

GEA # 1 INOP: POWER – GEA 1 power is low. Check GEA power. If the problem persists, the system
Check GEA power. should be serviced.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

GEA # 1 INOP: SENS There is an error in the GEA 1 software and configuration. Check the
CNFG – Check GEA software and configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be
software and configuration. serviced.
GEA # 1 INOP: TEMP
Flight Flight

GEA 1 has insufficient cooling. If the problem persists, the system should
Avoidance Management

– Check GEA cooling be serviced.

arrangement.
GEA # 1 INOP: VOLT – GEA 1 voltage is low. Check GEA voltages.
Hazard Hazard

Check GEA voltages.

Avoidance

GEA # 1 INOP: VOLT GEA 1 transducer power is low. Check GEA transducer power.
EXCIT – Check GEA
Transducer Power Outputs.
AFCS

GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 The #1 GEA configuration settings do not match those of backup
config error. Config service configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Features AFCS

REQ’D.
Additional Additional

GEA1 MANIFEST – The #1 GEA has incorrect software installed. The system should be
GEA1 software mismatch, serviced.
Features

communication halted.
Operation
Abnormal

GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation.
too far north/south, no Heading is annunciated as invalid.
magnetic compass.
Annun/Alerts

GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation.
Annun/Alerts

too far North/South, no Heading is flagged as invalid.

magnetic compass.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
Appendix

software mismatch,
Appendix

communication halted.
GIA #1 FAN FAIL – GIA #1 fan failure. Monitor GIA #1 temperature.
Fan fault, check GIA
temperature.
Index
Index

GIA #1 INOP - CRNT – GIA 1 current is low. The current should be checked.
Check GIA Current.
226 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
GIA #1 INOP: SERL GIA 1 serial communication fault. Check GIA serial communication.
– Internal GIA Serial
Communication Fault.
GIA #1 INOP: VOLT – GIA 1 low voltage. Check voltage.

EASEIS
Check GIA Voltage.
GIA #1 OVER TEMP – GIA 1 is reporting an over-temperature condition.
Check GIA Temperature.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
GIA #2 FAN FAIL – GIA #2 fan failure. Monitor GIA #2 temperature.

and
Fan fault, check GIA
temperature.
GIA #2 INOP - CRNT –

Flight Flight
GIA 2 current is low. The current should be checked.

Management Avoidance
Check GIA Current.
GIA #2 INOP: SERL GIA 2 serial communication fault. Check GIA serial communication.
– Internal GIA Serial

Hazard Hazard
Communication Fault.

Avoidance
GIA #2 INOP: VOLT – GIA 2 low voltage. Check voltage.
Check GIA Voltage.
GIA #2 OVER TEMP – GIA 2 is reporting an over-temperature condition.

AFCS
Check GIA Temperature.

AFCS Features
GLIDE/ASSIST RING Glide assist / glide ring unavailable above specified altitude.
ASSIST – Unavailable

Additional Additional
above [#}.
GLIDESLOPE #1 INOP: The Glideslope sub-system of the GIA is inoperative due to an internal Features

INTRL – Glideslope Internal fault.

Operation
Abnormal

Fault
GLIDESLOPE #2 INOP: The Glideslope sub-system of the GIA is inoperative due to an internal
INTRL – Glideslope Internal fault.
Annun/Alerts

Fault
Annun/Alerts

GMA 1 INOP: COMM – There is a problem with the GMA 1 config module connection. Check the
GMA Communication Fault. connection.
GMA 1 INOP: INTRL – GMA 1 has an internal fault. The system should be serviced.
Appendix
Appendix

GMA Internal Fault.

GMA 1 INOP: SOFTWARE The GMA is inoperative due to a CRC fault.
– GMA CRC Fault.
GMA 1 INOP: VOLTAGE The GMA is inoperative due to a voltage fault.
Index
Index

– Voltage outside standard

range.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 227
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

GMA 1 STUCK KEY – The Front Panel key for the GMA is stuck.
Front Panel Key is Stuck
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is The audio controller has detected a failure. The audio controller is
inoperative. unavailable. The system should be serviced.
EISEAS

GMA1 INSPECTION GMA1 backup power source is not connected. The system should be
REQUIRED – Redundant serviced.
power supply is not present.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

GMA1 MANIFEST – DIG The audio controller has incorrect software installed. The system should be
GMA 1 software mismatch, serviced.
communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
Flight Flight

The audio controller self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain
Avoidance Management

needs service. Return unit audio functions may still be available, and the audio controller may still be
for repair. usable. The system should be serviced when practical.
GMC1 CONFIG – GMC Error in the configuration of GMC1.
Hazard Hazard

Config error. Config service

Avoidance

REQ’D.
GMC1 FAIL – GMC is A failure has been detected in GMC1. GMC1 is unavailable.
inoperative.
AFCS

GMC1 KEYSTK – GMC A key is stuck on the GMC1 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by
[key name] key is stuck. pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem
Features AFCS

persists.
Additional Additional

GMC1 MANIFEST – GMC1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GMC software mismatch.
Features

Communication halted.
Operation
Abnormal

GPS #1 INOP - CAL – GPS 1 factory calibration lost or corrupted. Check GPS calibration. Check
Factory GPS Calibration Lost GPS calibration.
Or Corrupted.
Annun/Alerts

GPS #1 BATT LOW GPS 1 Battery is low. The battery should be checked.
Annun/Alerts

– GPS 1 Batt Check

Recommended.
GPS #2 INOP - CAL – GPS 2 factory calibration lost or corrupted. Check GPS calibration. Check
Appendix

Factory GPS Calibration Lost GPS calibration.

Appendix

Or Corrupted.
GPS #1 BATT LOW GPS 2 Battery is low. The battery should be checked.
– GPS 2 Batt Check
Recommended.
Index
Index

228 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS being disabled
GPS navigation. Enable GPS
sensors.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.

EASEIS
GPS navigation. GPS fail.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
GPS navigation. Position

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
error.

and
GPS1 CHECK POSITION – Check GPS1. From the ‘Sensors’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller,
Position difference. Check disable then enable GPS1 to clear the alert. If the alert persists, the system
position sensors. should be serviced.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
GPS2 CHECK POSITION – Check GPS2. From the ‘Sensors’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller,
Position difference. Check disable then enable GPS2 to clear the alert. If the alert persists, the system
position sensors. should be serviced.

Hazard Hazard
GRS-GMU1 RS232 The RS-232 communication path between the GRS and GMU has failed.

Avoidance
COMM FAIL – GMU The system should be serviced.
Software Loading
Inoperable

AFCS
GRS-GMU2 RS232 The RS-232 communication path between the GRS and GMU has failed.
COMM FAIL – GMU The system should be serviced.

AFCS Features
Software Loading

Additional Additional
Inoperable
GRS1 MANIFEST – AHRS1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GRS1 software mismatch,
Features

communication halted.
Operation
Abnormal

GRS2 MANIFEST – AHRS2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GRS2 software mismatch,
Annun/Alerts

communication halted.
Annun/Alerts

GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has A failure has been detected in GSR1. The system should be serviced.
failed.
GTC1 CARD1 ERR – GTC1 The internal SD card in the Touchscreen Controller contains invalid data.
Appendix

card 1 is invalid. The system should be serviced.

Appendix

GTC1 CARD1 REM – The internal SD card in the Touchscreen Controller was removed. The
GTC1 card 1 was removed. system should be serviced.
Reinsert card.
GTC1 CHK REQD: FAN GTC1 fan failure. Monitor GTC temperature.
Index
Index

FAIL – Monitor GTC

Temperature

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 229
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

GTC1 CONFIG – GTC1 Touchscreen Controller configuration settings do not match those of
config error. Config service backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
REQ’D.
GTC1 DB ERR – GTC1 The Touchscreen Controller detected a failure in one or more databases.
EISEAS

[XXXX] database errors Ensure the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem
exist. persists, the system should be serviced.
GTC1 INOP: OVERTEMP GTC1 is outside of operational temperature range. The system should be
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

– Temperature outside serviced.

Nav/Com/

operational range
GTC1 INOP: VOLTAGE – GTC1 is outside of operational temperature range. The system should be
Voltage outside standard serviced.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

range
GTC1 MANIFEST – The Touchscreen Controller has incorrect software installed. The system
GTC1 software mismatch, should be serviced.
Hazard Hazard

communication halted.
Avoidance

GTC1 MEM ERROR – The GTC is inoperative due to an internal memory fault. If problem
Internal Memory Error persists, remove and replace the GTC per Line Maintenance Manual
procedures. If problem has been resolved, return the aircraft to normal
AFCS

operations.
GTC1 KEYSTK – GTC1 A knob or key is stuck on the GTC bezel. Attempt to free the stuck control
Features AFCS

[key name] key is stuck. by pushing or turning it several times. The system should be serviced if the
Additional Additional

problem persists.
GTC1 OVERTEMP – Reduced backlight level.
Reduced Backlight Level
Features

GTC1 RESET – Corrective The GTC1 performed a corrective restart to repair an Single Event Upset.
Operation
Abnormal

Reset Performed There is no maintenance action required. The GTC1 is capable of resuming
normal operation after the corrective restart.
Annun/Alerts

GTC2 CARD1 ERR – GTC2 The internal SD card in the Touchscreen Controller contains invalid data.
Annun/Alerts

card 1 is invalid. The system should be serviced.

GTC2 CARD1 REM – The internal SD card in the Touchscreen Controller was removed. The
GTC2 card 1 was removed. system should be serviced.
Appendix

Reinsert card.
Appendix

GTC2 CHK REQD: FAN GTC1 fan failure. Monitor GTC temperature.
FAIL – Monitor GTC
Temperature
GTC2 CONFIG – GTC2 Touchscreen Controller configuration settings do not match those of
Index
Index

config error. Config service backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
REQ’D.

230 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
GTC2 DB ERR – GTC2 The Touchscreen Controller detected a failure in one or more databases.
[XXXX] database errors Ensure the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem
exist. persists, the system should be serviced.
GTC 2 MEM ERROR – The GTC is inoperative due to an internal memory fault. If problem

EASEIS
Internal Memory Error persists, remove and replace the GTC per Line Maintenance Manual
procedures. If problem has been resolved, return the aircraft to normal
operations.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
GTC2 INOP: OVERTEMP

XPDR/Audio Management
GTC2 is outside of operational temperature range. The system should be

and
– Temperature outside serviced.
operational range
GTC2 INOP: VOLTAGE – GTC2 is outside of operational temperature range. The system should be

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Voltage outside standard serviced.
range
GTC2 KEYSTK – GTC2 A knob or key is stuck on the GTC bezel. Attempt to free the stuck control

Hazard Hazard
[key name] key is stuck. by pushing or turning it several times. The system should be serviced if the
problem persists.

Avoidance
GTC2 MANIFEST – The Touchscreen Controller has incorrect software installed. The system
GTC2 software mismatch, should be serviced.

AFCS
communication halted.
GTC2 OVERTEMP – Reduced backlight level.

AFCS Features
Reduced Backlight Level

Additional Additional
GTC2 RESET – Corrective The GTC2 performed a corrective restart to repair an Single Event Upset.
Reset Performed There is no maintenance action required. The GTC2 is capable of resuming
normal operation after the corrective restart.
Features

GTS CONFIG – GTS Config The GTS and GDU have different copies of the GTS configuration, or the
Operation
Abnormal

error. Config service REQ'D. Mode S address is invalid. The system should be serviced.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts

software mismatch,
Annun/Alerts

communication halted.
GTX 3X5 1 MANIFEST – The GTX has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GTX software mismatch.
Appendix

GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B 1090 A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
Appendix

– Datalink: ADS-B 1090

receiver has failed.
GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B IN The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B IN information.
– Datalink: ADS-B in has
Index
Index

failed.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 231
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B NO The transponder is not able to receive position information.
POS – GTX not receiving
ADS-B position data
GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B NO TX ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving a valid GPS
EISEAS

– Transponder: ADS-B out position. Other transponder functions may be available. Service when
has failed. possible.
GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B TRFC – The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic information.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Datalink: Traffic failed.

Nav/Com/

GTX 3X5 1 ADS-B UAT A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
– Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

GTX 3X5 1 CONFIG – The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup
GTX config error. Config configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
service REQ’D.
Hazard Hazard

GTX 3X5 1 FAIL – GTX is There is no communication with the #1 transponder.

Avoidance

inoperative.
GTX 3X5 1 FIS-B WX – The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather information.
Datalink: FIS-B Weather has
AFCS

failed.
GTX 3X5 1 GND TEST – Transponder / datalink ground test active.
Features AFCS

<XPDR OR DLK 1>: Ground

Additional Additional

test mode active.

GTX 3X5 1 OVER TEMP The system has detected an over temperature condition in GTX 1 / datalink
Features

– <XPDR OR DLK 1>: Over 1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the
temperature. system should be serviced.
Operation
Abnormal

GTX 3X5 1 PRES ALT – Unable to provide pressure altitude information.

GTX not receiving ADS-B
Annun/Alerts

press alt data

Annun/Alerts

GTX 3X5 1 SERVICE – GTX 1 should be serviced when possible.

GTX needs service. Return
unit for repair.
Appendix

GTX 3X5 1 TEST MODE Transponder test mode active.

Appendix

– Transponder: Test mode

active.
GTX 3X5 1 UNDER TEMP The system has detected an under temperature condition in GTX 1 /
– <XPDR OR DLK 1>: datalink. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the problem
Index
Index

Under temperature. persists, the system should be serviced.

232 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU. Heading is flagged as invalid. The
magnetometer fault has AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be
occurred. serviced.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2 A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU. Heading is flagged as invalid. The

EASEIS
magnetometer fault has AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be
occurred. serviced.
HOLD EXPIRED– Holding Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the User Defined Hold.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
EFC time expired.

and
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside The aircraft is inside the airspace.
airspace.
LOI – GPS integrity lost.

Flight Flight
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.

Management Avoidance
Crosscheck with other
NAVS.
LOSS OF GPS Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellite reception.

Hazard Hazard
NAVIGATION – Insufficient

Avoidance
Satellite Reception.
LOW BANK ACTIVE – Low Bank mode is active. Disengage to continue approach.
Disengage for approach.

AFCS
LOW BANK ACTIVE – Low Bank mode active, disengage Low Bank Mode to continue the
Disengage for RNP less approach.

AFCS Features
than 1.0.

Additional Additional
LRG MAG VAR– Verify all The GDU internal model cannot ascertain the exact magnetic variance for
course angles. geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course Features
angles may differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
Operation
Abnormal

LRU REPLACEMENT – The system has detected an LRU replacement. Perform LRU replacement
[LRU name]. software or full configuration loading procedure.
MANIFEST – Software The GSR1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts

mismatch, communication
Annun/Alerts

halted.
MFD FAN FAIL – The The cooing fan in the MFD has failed. The system should be serviced.
cooling fan for the PFD is
Appendix

inoperative.
Appendix

MFD1 CARD 1 ERR– The SD card in the top card slot of the MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 card 1 is invalid.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM– The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the MFD. The SD card
Index
Index

MFD1 card 1 was removed. needs to be reinserted.

Reinsert card.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 233
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

MFD1 CARD 2 ERR– The SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 card 2 is invalid.
MFD1 CARD 2 REM– The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the MFD. The SD
MFD1 card 2 was removed. card needs to be reinserted.
EISEAS

Reinsert card.
MFD1 CHK REQD: BTM The GDU bottom SD card is inoperative.
SD – Bottom SD card error.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

MFD1 CHK REQD: INT The GDU internal SD card is inoperative.

SD – Internal SD card error.
MFD1 CHK REQD: TOP The GDU top SD card is inoperative.
Flight Flight

SD – Top SD card error.

Avoidance Management

MFD1 CMC INOP: Config The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to file invalid
– CMC system inop due to configuration.
invalid config.
Hazard Hazard

MFD1 CMC INOP: The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to file system
Avoidance

Corrupt – CMC INOP due corruption.

to file system corruption.
AFCS

MFD1 CMC INOP: MEM The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to insufficient
Full – Internal SD card full. memory.
Features AFCS

MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration
config error. Config service memory. The system should be serviced.
Additional Additional

REQ’D.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD 1 The MFD detected database errors. Reload databases with new data card.
Features

[XXXX] database errors If problem persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
Operation
Abnormal

exist.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the
obstacle database missing. specified LRU.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that data card
terrain database error exists. is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 HEAT TIME EXTD The specified GDU heater is taking an extended time to warm up. The
Appendix
Appendix

– Heater taking extended system should be serviced.

time to warm up.
MFD1 INOP: DISABLE The specified GDU has insufficient voltage. The system should be serviced.
DSPL – Check Disable
Index
Index

Display Input Wiring

234 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
MFD1 INOP: LED FAULT The specified GDU has reduced backlight levels. The system should be
– Reduced backlight level: serviced.
needs repair.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing

EASEIS
[key name] is stuck. it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 MANIFEST – MFD1 The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
software mismatch.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
MFD1 MEM ERROR – The MFD is inoperative due to an internal memory error. If problem

and
Internal Memory Error persists, remove and replace the MFD per Line Maintenance Manual
procedures. If problem has been resolved, return the aircraft to normal
operations.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
MFD1 OVER TEMP – The specified GDU is over-temperature. The system should be serviced.
Check MFD1 temperature.
MFD1 RESET – Corrective The GDU performed a corrective restart to repair a Single Event Upset.

Hazard Hazard
Reset Performed There is no maintenance action required. The GDU is capable of resuming

Avoidance
normal operation after the corrective restart.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
needs service. Return unit

AFCS
for repair.
MFD1 TERRAIN DSP – One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the MFD is

AFCS Features
MFD1 Terrain awareness missing or invalid.

Additional Additional
display unavailable.
MODEL MISMATCH – The GTC or GDU modes are not compatible. The system should be Features
Model mismatch for GDU or serviced.
GTC. Service required.
Operation
Abnormal

NAV #1 INOP: CAL – NAV 1 calibration version error. Check COM calibration.
Factory NAV Calibration
Annun/Alerts

Lost or Corrupted.
Annun/Alerts

NAV #1 INOP: CONFIG There is a problem with the NAV 1 software configuration. Check the
– Check NAV Software and configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Config.
Appendix

NAV #1 INOP: INTRL – NAV 1 has an internal fault.

Appendix

NAV Internal Fault.

NAV #1 INOP: SERL NAV 1 serial communication fault. Check NAV serial communication.
– Internal NAV Serial
Communication Fault.
Index
Index

NAV #1 INOP: SYNTH – NAV 1 has a synthesizer lock fault.

NAV Synthesizer Lock Fault.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 235
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

NAV #2 INOP: CAL – NAV 2 calibration version error. Check COM calibration.
Factory NAV Calibration
Lost or Corrupted.
NAV #2 INOP: CONFIG There is a problem with the NAV 2 software configuration. Check the
EISEAS

– Check NAV software and configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
config.
NAV #2 INOP: INTRL – NAV 2 has an internal fault.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

NAV Internal Fault.

Nav/Com/

NAV #2 INOP: SERL NAV 2 serial communication fault. Check NAV serial communication.
– Internal NAV Serial
Communication Fault.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

NAV #2 INOP: SYNTH – NAV 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.

NAV Synthesizer Lock Fault.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
Hazard Hazard

remote transfer key is stuck. state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
Avoidance

persists, the system should be serviced.

NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV1 The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
remote transfer key is stuck. state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
AFCS

persists, the system should be serviced.

NO RUNWAY POSITION Inhibit SurfaceWatch.
Features AFCS

DATA – Inhibit
Additional Additional

SurfaceWatch. No runway
position data.
Features

NON-MAGNETIC UNITS Navigation angle is not set to Non-MAG NAV at power-on.

– Non-MAG NAV angle
Operation
Abnormal

display units are active.

NON WGS84 WPT – Do The position of the selected waypoint [xxxxx] is not calculated based
Annun/Alerts

not use GPS for navigation on the WGS84 map reference datum and may be positioned in error
Annun/Alerts

to [xxxx] as displayed. Do not use GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84

waypoint.
PFD FAN FAIL – The The cooing fan in the PFD has failed. The system should be serviced.
Appendix

cooling fan for the PFD is

Appendix

inoperative.
PFD POSITIONS There is a mismatch in the position sensed by the PFDs. Check position
DIFFERENT – PFD sensor settings. If message persists the system should be serviced.
positions mismatch. Check
Index
Index

position sensors.

236 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
PFD1 ANNUNC INOP – PFD 1 annunciations are inoperative due to an internal error.
PFD Annunciation Failure
PFD1 CARD 1 ERR– The SD card in the top card slot of the PFD contains invalid data.
PFD1 card 1 is invalid.

EASEIS
PFD1 CARD 1 REM– The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the PFD. The SD card
PFD1 card 1 was removed. needs to be reinserted.
Reinsert card.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
PFD1 CARD 2 ERR– The SD card in the bottom card slot of the PFD contains invalid data.

and
PFD1 card 2 is invalid.
PFD1 CARD 2 REM– The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the PFD. The SD

Flight Flight
PFD1 card 2 was removed. card needs to be reinserted.

Management Avoidance
Reinsert card.
PFD1 CHK REQD: BTM The GDU bottom SD card is inoperative.
SD – Bottom SD card error.

Hazard Hazard
PFD1 CHK REQD: INT SD The GDU internal SD card is inoperative.

Avoidance
– Internal SD card error.
PFD1 CHK REQD: TOP SD The GDU top SD card is inoperative.
– Top SD card error.

AFCS
PFD1 CMC INOP: Config The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to file invalid

AFCS Features
– CMC system inop due to configuration.
invalid config.

Additional Additional
PFD1 CMC INOP: The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to file system
Corrupt – CMC INOP due corruption. Features

to file system corruption.

Operation
Abnormal

PFD1 CMC INOP: MEM The CMC system logging capability is inoperative due to insufficient
Full – Internal SD card full. memory.
Annun/Alerts

PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration
Annun/Alerts

config error. Config service memory. The system should be serviced.

REQ’D.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 The PFD detected a failure in more than one database. Reload databases
[XXXX] database errors with new data card. If problem persists, delete databases and reload with
Appendix
Appendix

exist. a new card.

PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the
obstacle database missing. specified LRU.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the
Index
Index

terrain database missing. specified LRU.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 237
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

PFD1 HEAT TIME EXTD The specified GDU heater is taking an extended time to warm up. The
– Heater taking extended system should be serviced.
time to warm up.
PFD1 INOP: DISABLE The specified GDU has insufficient voltage. The system should be serviced.
EISEAS

DSPL – Check Disable

Display Input Wiring
PFD1 INOP: LED FAULT The specified GDU has reduced backlight levels. The system should be
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

– Reduced backlight level: serviced.

Nav/Com/

needs repair.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing
name] is stuck. it several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

PFD1 MEM ERROR – The PFD is inoperative due to an internal memory error. If problem persists,
Internal Memory Error remove and replace the MFD per Line Maintenance Manual procedures. If
problem has been resolved, return the aircraft to normal operations.
Hazard Hazard

PFD1 MANIFEST – PFD1 The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Avoidance

software mismatch.
PFD1 OVER TEMP – The specified GDU is over-temperature. The system should be serviced.
Check PFD1 temperature.
AFCS

PFD1 RESET – Corrective The GDU performed a corrective restart to repair a Single Event Upset.
Reset Performed There is no maintenance action required. The GDU is capable of resuming
Features AFCS

normal operation after the corrective restart.

Additional Additional

PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
needs service. Return unit
Features

for repair.
Operation
Abnormal

PFD1 TERRAIN DSP – One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the PFD is
PFD1 Terrain awareness missing or invalid.
display unavailable.
Annun/Alerts

PILOT PTT STUCK – GMA The GMA 1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or
Annun/Alerts

1 Pilot Push-to-Talk is Stuck “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation. If
the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Appendix

PIT SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Appendix

Check PIT servo wiring to GIA. The system should be serviced.

GIA1
PIT SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Check PIT servo wiring to GIA. The system should be serviced.
Index
Index

GIA2

238 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
PIT TRIM INOP – Data The system has detected conflicting sensor readings from the trim
Miscompare monitors.
PIT TRIM INOP – The system has detected uncommanded trim surface movement and
Uncommanded Movement stopped operation.

EASEIS
PIT TRIM INOP – Runaway The system has detected a runaway trim situation and stopped operation.
Trim

AudioNav/Com/
PIT TRIM INOP – Wrong The system has determined the trim is moving in the wrong direction

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
direction detected compared to what was commanded.

and
PIT TRIM INOP – Servo The system has detected a trim servo fault.
Fault

Flight Flight
PIT TRIM INOP – Flap The system has detected that the flap configuration trim is inoperative.

Management Avoidance
configuration trim
inoperative
PIT TRIM INOP – Primary The system has detected a failure of the primary trim system.

Hazard Hazard
trim failure

Avoidance
PIT TRIM INOP – Manual The system has detected a fault in the manual electric trim system
electric trim fault

AFCS
PIT TRIM INOP – Trim The system has detected an improper response to trim commands.
response fault

AFCS Features
REGISTER CONNEXT – The system is not registered with Garmin Connext, or its current

Additional Additional
Data services inop, register registration data has failed authentication.
w/ Connext.
ROL SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Features

Check ROL servo wiring to GIA. The system should be serviced.

Operation
Abnormal

GIA1
ROL SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Annun/Alerts

Check ROL servo wiring to GIA. The system should be serviced.

Annun/Alerts

GIA2
SCHEDULER [#] – Message criteria entered by the user.
<message>.
SLCT ARR RWY – Select
Appendix

The system notifies the pilot to load the appropriate approach runway for
Appendix

appropriate runway for the arrival procedure.

arrival procedure.
SLCT FREQ– Select The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the
appropriate frequency for appropriate NAV receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
Index
Index

approach.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 239
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

SLCT MAG– Select The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the ‘Avionics
MAGNETIC NAV ANGLE Settings’ Screen to Magnetic.
display units.
SLCT NAV– Select NAV on The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set
EISEAS

CDI for approach. the CDI to the correct NAV receiver.

SLCT NON-MAG– Select The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the ‘Avionics
alternate NAV ANGLE Settings’ Screen to True.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

display units.
Nav/Com/

SMS TEXT MSG MEM The memory limit for SMS text messaging has been reached. The oldest
LIMIT – Oldest MSG will text message will automatically be deleted when a new SMS text message
be deleted when MSG is received.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

received.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn The computed bank angle needed to execute the turn ahead may exceed
ahead. the current bank angle limit.
Hazard Hazard

STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.

Avoidance

Stormscope has failed.

SURFACEWATCH The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
DISABLED – Too far north/
AFCS

south.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL – The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid audio configuration.
Features AFCS

Invalid audio configuration.

Additional Additional

SURFACEWATCH FAIL – The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid configurable alerts.
Invalid configurable alerts.
Features

SURFACEWATCH FAIL – The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or more invalid inputs.
Operation
Abnormal

One or more inputs invalid.

SURFACEWATCH The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
INHIBITED – SurfaceWatch
Annun/Alerts

inhibited.
Annun/Alerts

SVT DISABLED – Out of Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the
available terrain region. boundaries of the installed terrain database.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient
Appendix
Appendix

DB resolution too low. resolution (9 arc-second or better) is not currently installed.

SYSTEM INOP: AIRCRAFT The system configuration has changed unexpectedly. The system should be
ID – Aircraft-specific config serviced.
lost / corrupted.
Index
Index

SYSTEM INOP: FLEET ID The system configuration has changed unexpectedly. The system should be
– System configuration lost serviced.
or corrupted.
240 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
TCAS FAIL – TCAS system The TCAS system has failed. The system should be serviced.
is inoperative.
TEMP COMP – APPR ALT Temperature compensated approach altitude is higher than the Transition
Constraint above Transition Level.

EASEIS
Level
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer The system notifies the pilot the timer has expired.
has expired.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic

and
device has failed. device should be serviced.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn TAWS is disabled because the audio configuration is invalid. The system

Flight Flight
Awareness audio config should be serviced.

Management Avoidance
error. Service REQD.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn TAWS is disabled because an aural alert audio source is unavailable.
Awareness audio source

Hazard Hazard
unavailable.

Avoidance
UNABLE RNP – Estimated The estimated GPS position error exceeds the RNP limits. Check GPS
position error exceeds RNP. signal.
UNABLE RNP APR – GPS The GPS integrity level is insufficient for the RNP AR approach

AFCS
integrity lost. Check GPS
sensors.

AFCS Features
UNABLE VNAV ALTITUDE The current vertical speed is insufficient to make the active flight plan

Additional Additional
– Cannot meet VNAV altitude constraint before crossing the waypoint.
altitude constraint. Features

VNV UNAVAILABLE – The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go
Operation
Abnormal

Excessive crosstrack error. invalid.

VNV UNAVAILABLE – The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical
Excessive track angle error. deviation to go invalid.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

VNV UNAVAILABLE – A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go
Parallel course selected. invalid.
VNV UNAVAILABLE – The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other
Unsupported leg type in unsupported leg type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents
Appendix
Appendix

flight plan. vertical guidance to the active vertical waypoint.

VNAV DISCONTINUITY A vertical discontinuity exists ahead of the aircraft in the flight plan.
AHEAD – Discontinuity
after [waypoint].
Index
Index

VNAV CONFIG – VNAV VNAV configuration error. The system should be serviced.
config error Config service
REQD.
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 241
 Annunciations & Alerts

System Message Comments

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

VOR1 APPR DEV NOT VOR-based deviation is not available.

AVAIL – APPR NAVAID
deviation not available.
VOR2 APPR DEV NOT VOR-based deviation is not available.
EISEAS

AVAIL – APPR NAVAID

deviation not available.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

at waypoint - [xxxx]
Nav/Com/

XTALK ERROR – Flight The GDUs and/or GTCs are not communicating with each other. The
display crosstalk error has system should be serviced.
occurred.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

YAW SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Check YAW servo wiring GIA. The system should be serviced.
to GIA1
Hazard Hazard

YAW SERVO COMM – The GSA servo is inoperative due to a loss of communication path to a
Avoidance

Check YAW servo wiring GIA. The system should be serviced.

to GIA2

AIRFRAME SYSTEM MESSAGES

AFCS

Message Title Window Text

Features AFCS

AOA SENSOR FAIL The AOA 2 signal is out of range.

Additional Additional

ECS RECIRC ON ECS recirculation mode is prohibited in flight.

ESP CONFIG ESP config error. Config service req’d.
Features

ESP DEGRADE ESP IAS mode is inoperative.

Operation
Abnormal

ESP FAIL ESP is inoperative.

ESP OFF ESP selected off.
Annun/Alerts

MIXTURE POSITION
Annun/Alerts

Mixture position sensor requires service.

SERVICE REQD
THROTTLE POSITION
Throttle position sensor requires service.
SERVICE REQD
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

242 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

APPENDICES

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
Two options are available for updating databases:

EASEIS
• Garmin Pilot™ in combination with a Portable Electronic Device (PED) which transfers
databases to the system through the FS 510 Wireless Transceiver
• A 32 GB Supplemental Data (SD) card (or FS 510 card as a storage device) and an SD Card

AudioNav/Com/
reader to download databases from a personal computer

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
See descriptions and procedures in this Appendix for more information.
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make
the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a

Flight Flight
Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features.

Management Avoidance
Database information is obtained from third party sources. Inaccuracies in the data may be
discovered from time to time. Garmin communicates this information by issuing a Database
Alert. These notifications are available on flygarmin.com.

Hazard Hazard
Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to da-

Avoidance
tabase information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect pro-
cedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other displayed

AFCS
item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go to
flygarmin.com and select Aviation Data Error Report.

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power
interruption during the database loading process could result in maintenance being
required to reboot the system. Features
Operation
Abnormal

NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in
the expiration date on the Power-on Display and the effective date on the ‘Database
Annun/Alerts

Status’ Screen being displayed in amber.

Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 243
 Appendix
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin database-
Flight

dependent avionics of the following:

• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
EISEAS

National Airspace System.

• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
Audio and

from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen are

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

assured compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs) by virtue of a

Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA. A copy of the Type 2 LOA
is available for each database and can be viewed at flygarmin.com by select-
ing ‘Type 2 LOA Status.’
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is

required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does
not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may
Hazard Hazard

be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in ac-

Avoidance

cordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations as

applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
AFCS

NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database exclu-
Features AFCS

sion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be incomplete.
The database exclusion list can be viewed at flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Database
Additional Additional

Exclusions List.’
Features

NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database alerts
Operation
Abnormal

and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database alerts can
be viewed at flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Alerts.’
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact Garmin
Product Support to coordinate the revised DQRs.
Appendix

NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related
Appendix

to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect

procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other displayed item
used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go to flygarmin.
Index

com and select ‘Report An Aviation Data Error Report.’

Index

244 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

DATABASES AND CYCLES

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
STANDBY DATABASE CATALOG
The Standby Database Catalog supports multiple regions for the same database, allowing the
crew to quickly change regions while on ground. A system power cycle is required to change
database regions. The Standby Database Catalog can store standby and active databases for the

EASEIS
internally stored display (GDU™) databases, SD Card databases, and databases on a connected
PED. Databases in the Standby Database Catalog can be active databases from a region that is
not currently selected, or standby databases stored until reaching the activation date. When an

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of the MFD, it will take priority over any other databases

and
recognized by the system.
Changing the Database Region:

Flight Flight
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.

Management Avoidance
2) Scroll if necessary and select the button(s) for the desired database(s) in the ‘Standby’
Column.
3) Select the button for the desired database(s) on the ‘Standby Database Catalog’ Screen.

Hazard Hazard
The selected database(s) will sync to ‘Standby’.

Avoidance
4) To monitor the database(s) transfer:
a) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.

AFCS
b) Scroll if necessary and select the button for the desired database in the ‘Standby’
Column.

AFCS Features
c) The database update status will appear in the status window at the top of the screen.

Additional Additional
Monitor the database transfer. Synchronization is complete when ‘Databases
Transfer Complete’ is displayed in the progress window.
5) Databases selected to load will be indicated by a cyan single-arrow. For any new
Features

databases not selected to load with a cyan arrow, touch the arrow in the ‘Load’ Column
Operation
Abnormal

next to the specific database. The arrow will change to cyan in color.
6) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database Options >
Annun/Alerts

Restart Displays.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status > Database
Options > Restart Displays.
Appendix

7) Press the right-most softkey on the MFD to acknowledge the power-on screen.
Appendix

8) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
Index
Index

9) Verify the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’ Column.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 245
 Appendix

DATABASE AUTO SWAP

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

When an expired, active database has a standby database that is ready to become effective,
a cyan arrow will be displayed between the database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it in-
dicates the standby and active databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle,
activating the current standby database. The auto swap process may be inhibited if desired by
EISEAS

touching the Inhibit Auto Swap Button.

Inhibiting / Enabling database auto swap:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Or:
Nav/Com/

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
2) Scroll down and touch Database Options > Inhibit Auto Swap.
Flight Flight

A 32 GB SD (or FS 510 card as a storage device) card can be used to perform database
Avoidance Management

updates. Only cards provided by Garmin or the OEM should be used. In the event there is a
file corruption problem with the SD card, it may be necessary to reformat the card. This can
cause an issue when formatting using Mac OS, where the newly formatted device will not be
Hazard Hazard

recognized by the avionics system. When using a Macintosh computer to format the SD card,
Avoidance

Garmin recommends using the SD Memory Card Formatter application made available by the
SD Association as a download from sdcard.org. When running the application, use the Quick
Format option.
AFCS

NOTE: Use of SD cards that are not Garmin or OEM provided may cause system
Features AFCS

malfunctions when left in the MFD after the databases are loaded.
Additional Additional

All databases can be updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD. Data-
base updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation Databases’
Features

section of the Garmin website (flygarmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
Operation
Abnormal

from the website, a personal computer equipped with an appropriate card reader is used to
unpack and program the new databases onto an existing card. When database files are loaded
to the card, any previously loaded database files of the same type residing on the card will be
Annun/Alerts

overwritten. This includes loading a database of a different coverage area or data cycle than
Annun/Alerts

the currently residing on the card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
– PC with Window Vista or later/Mac with OS X 10.9 or later
Appendix

– SD card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent.

Appendix

– Updated databases obtained from the Garmin website.

– Garmin or OEM provided 32 GB SD card
Index
Index

246 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

SEAMLESS DATABASE ACTIVATION

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
When new databases are available on an SD card inserted in the bottom slot of the MFD, the
Seamless Database Activation process allows any new Navigation, Obstacle, Airport Directory,
and SafeTaxi databases to be synchronized and activated across the avionics system at power-
on. FliteCharts, ChartView, and IFR/VFR Charts databases will be synchronized and activated

EASEIS
in the background after power-on. All aforementioned databases will be activated and dis-
played in the ‘Active’ Column of the ‘Database Status’ Screen; no restart of system is required.
However, when new Basemap and Terrain databases are available, a restart of the system will

AudioNav/Com/
be necessary for those databases to be activated.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Monitoring Seamless Database Activation:
1) Download and install the databases on the SD card.
2) Insert an SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
3) Apply power to the system.
4) The Touchscreen Controllers and Display Units will display update status for any new
databases available. The system will complete the power-on process when the updates

Hazard Hazard
are complete.

Avoidance
5) After the system is powered on, the Navigation, Obstacle, Airport Directory, and
SafeTaxi will display in the Active column if updates were available for those databases.
FliteCharts, ChartView, and IFR/VFR Charts will begin synchronizing. The synchronization

AFCS
can be monitored in the ‘Database Status’ Screen progress window. Touch Utilities >
Setup > Database Status. A cyan ‘Delayed Access’ Symbol will appear in the ‘Load’

AFCS Features
Column for any database that is synchronizing. Associated charts will not be available for

Additional Additional
use on the system when the symbol is present.
6) To cancel the charts update, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database Features
Options > Cancel Chart DB Update.
Operation
Abnormal

7) The ‘Delayed Access’ Symbol will display on any ‘MFW Home’ Screen Buttons, the
Database Status Button and on the ‘Initialization’ Screen to show the affected screens
are not accessible.
Annun/Alerts

8) When there are new Basemap and Terrain databases to be activated, the system will
Annun/Alerts

display the message ‘Activate databases with on ground restart’ in the progress window.
Cyan arrows will appear in the ‘Load” Column beside the Basemap and Terrain databases.
9) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database Options >
Appendix

Restart Displays.
Appendix

Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status > Database
Options > Restart Displays.
Index
Index

10) Press the right most softkey on the MFD to acknowledge the power-on screen.
11) From Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Or:
190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 247
 Appendix

From Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

12) Verify the standby Basemap and Terrain databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
Flight

Column.
UPDATING DATABASES WHEN THE SYSTEM IS POWERED ON
The following instructions cover updating databases after system power-on for using an SD
EISEAS

Card. (For instructions to update databases after system power-on using Garmin Pilot and a
PED, see ‘Updating Databases Using Garmin Pilot’). Databases will update automatically after
power-on when enabled on the system. Databases will begin to update automatically when an
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of the MFD after system power-on
Nav/Com/

Updating databases using an SD card:

1) When using databases from an SD card:
Flight Flight

a) Download and install the databases on the SD card.

Avoidance Management

b) Insert an SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.

2) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Hazard Hazard

Or:
Avoidance

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
3) Monitor the Sync Status on the ‘Database Status’ Screen. Wait for the databases to
complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being displayed briefly.
AFCS

4) The database update status will appear in the status window at the top of the screen.
Synchronization is complete when ‘Databases Ready’ is displayed in the progress
Features AFCS

window.
Additional Additional

5) Databases selected to load will be indicated by a cyan single-arrow. For any new
databases not selected to load with a cyan arrow (or if Inhibit Automatic Swap is
Features

selected), touch the arrow in the ‘Load’ Column next to the specific database. The arrow
will change to cyan in color.
Operation
Abnormal

6) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database Options >
Restart Displays.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
Annun/Alerts

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status > Database
Options > Restart Displays.
7) Remove the SD card from the applicable display if desired.
Appendix
Appendix

8) Press the right most softkey on the MFD to acknowledge the power-on screen.
9) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
Index
Index

10) Verify the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’ Column.

248 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Databases can be updated using a PED with Garmin Pilot in combination with the Wireless

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Transceiver. A PED with Garmin Pilot™ must be paired with the Wireless Transceiver over

Flight
Bluetooth. The system preferred PED may be selected on the Touchscreen Controller ‘Data-
base Status’ Screen from a menu list of devices that have been paired to the system. When the
system is enabled it will automatically connect to the preferred device. If the preferred device

EASEIS
has not been selected or is not available, the system will automatically connect to the first of
any available, paired devices.
Once a Bluetooth connection to the paired PED is made, Garmin Pilot™ makes available da-

AudioNav/Com/
tabases that can be transferred with Wi-Fi to the Wireless Transceiver. If any of these databases

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
is more recent than the respective standby database on the system, (or if there is no standby

and
database on the system) those databases will be automatically selected to load. The database
updates may be initiated from the ‘Database Status’ Screen on either Touchscreen Controller.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
NOTE: The system will only provide a Wi-Fi connection if new databases have been
detected for download on Garmin Pilot™ via a valid Bluetooth connection. If there
are no database updates required, the system will not provide a Wi-Fi signal.

Hazard Hazard
NOTE: If the PED has previously connected to the Wireless Transceiver, and

Avoidance
is not connected to another Wi-Fi source (i.e. hangar Wi-Fi), the PED should
connect automatically to the Wireless Transceiver. If the PED is connected to

AFCS
another Wi-Fi source or has not previously connected to the Wireless Transceiver,
then the Wireless Transceiver will not connect automatically.

AFCS Features
Select the Preferred Device.

Additional Additional
1) From MFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Initialization >
Database Status. Features

Or:
Operation
Abnormal

From MFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Database
Status.
Annun/Alerts

2) Touch the Select Preferred Device Button.

Annun/Alerts

3) Touch the button for the desired PED from the list.
Updating databases using Garmin Pilot:
1) Turn the system on.
Appendix
Appendix

2) Press the right-most softkey on the MFD to acknowledge the power-on screen.
3) From MFW Home, touch Services > Connext Setup > Settings Tab.
4) Ensure the Database Import Button is selected.
5) From MFW Home, touch Services > Networks & Pairing > Bluetooth Settings and
Index
Index

ensure pairing mode is enabled on the ‘Bluetooth Settings’ Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 249
 Appendix

6) On the PED, start Garmin Pilot™ and touch Home > Connext > Database Concierge.
Instruments
Instruments

7) On the PED, connect with Bluetooth to the Wireless Transceiver. (Refer to the Additional
Flight
Flight

Features section for more information on connecting to Bluetooth)

8) From MFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Initialization >
Database Status > Mobile App Databases.
EISEAS

Or:
From MFW Home on the Touchscreen Controller, touch Utilities > Setup > Database
Status > Mobile App Databases.
Audio and

9)
CNS

The ‘Database Status’ Screen will show the databases connected to the PED in place of
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

the active databases on the system. Databases selected to load will be indicated by a
cyan single-arrow. For any new databases not selected to load with a cyan arrow (or if
Inhibit Automatic Swap is selected), touch the arrow in the ‘Load’ Column next to the
Flight Flight

specific database. The arrow will change to cyan in color.

Avoidance Management

10) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Utilities > Services > Networks &
Pairing > (Internal WiFi) Settings.
Hazard Hazard

11) On the PED, connect to the indicated SSID Wi-Fi network shown on Utilities > Services
> Networks & Pairing > (Internal WiFi) Settings on the Touchscreen Controller.
Avoidance

Or:
If using a PED that has not been previously paired with the system, a password prompt
AFCS

will appear on the PED. Enter the password shown on connect to the indicated SSID
Wi-Fi network shown on Utilities > Services > Networks & Pairing > (Internal WiFi)
Features AFCS

Settings on the Touchscreen Controller.

Additional Additional

13) Touch the Start Transfer Button on the ‘Database Status’ Screen.
14) ‘Databases Ready’ and ‘Transfer starting’ will appear in the progress window of the
Features

‘Database Status’ Screen, followed by, ‘Database Transfer in Progress.’ Monitor the Sync
Status on the ‘Database Status’ Screen. Wait for all databases to complete transferring.
Operation
Abnormal

‘Transfer Complete’ will be shown briefly in the progress window and for each individual
database. To cancel, touch the Cancel Transfer Button.
Annun/Alerts

15) Touch the Active Databases Button. The database update status will appear in the
Annun/Alerts

status window at the top of the screen. The load is complete when ‘Databases Ready’
and ‘Activate database with on ground restart’ is displayed.
16) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database Options >
Appendix

Restart Displays.
Appendix

Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status > Database
Options > Restart Displays.
Index
Index

17) Press the right-most softkey on the MFD to acknowledge the power-on screen.
18) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Or:
250 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.

Instruments
Instruments
19) Verify the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’ Column.

Flight
Flight
DELETING DATABASES
If databases are not properly loading or functioning, it may be necessary to delete the data-
bases from the system. All databases may be deleted at once or individual databases may be

EASEIS
selected for deletion.
Deleting Active, Standby, and / or ‘All SD’ databases:

AudioNav/Com/
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
2) Scroll down and touch Database Options > Delete Databases.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
3) The following prompt will appear. Touch the OK Button.
4) To delete Active, Standby, and / or SD card databases:
a) Touch the Select All Button in the ‘Active’, ‘SDBY’, and / or ‘All SDs’, column(s) to

Hazard Hazard
delete all databases for one or all database sources.

Avoidance
Or:
Touch the desired database button in the ‘Active’, ‘SDBY’, and / or ‘All SDs’ column to
delete specific databases.

AFCS
b) A message will appear to notify how many databases will be deleted during on-
ground restart.

AFCS Features
c) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status > Database

Additional Additional
Options > Restart Displays.
Or: Features

From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status > Database
Operation
Abnormal

Options > Restart Displays.

d) Press the right most softkey on the MFD display to acknowledge the power-on screen.
Annun/Alerts

e) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Initialization > Database Status.
Annun/Alerts

Or:
From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Setup > Database Status.
f) Confirm that all or selected databases have been deleted from the system.
Appendix
Appendix

MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE

The Magnetic Field Variation Database is loaded as part of the navigation database, but
is copied to, and resides within each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). When applying power, the
system compares the MV DB within the navigation database to that presently residing in each
Index
Index

AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). When a new navigation database is loaded, the system may ascertain
the newly loaded MV DB within the navigation database is newer than that residing in each

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 251
 Appendix

AHRS. In this case, the system will prompt for an update. This prompt is displayed on the
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

Touchscreen Controller (GTC), Note, in this example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to indicate an
Flight

update is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status
to the system. GRS2 may be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that
both AHRS be updated.
EISEAS

Loading the Magnetic Field Variation Database update:

1) With the MV DB prompt displayed, touch the OK Button. A progress monitor is
displayed
Audio and
CNS

2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed. A
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

database mismatch message indicates the second GRS has not yet been updated.
3) Touch the OK Button. A progress monitor for the next GRS is displayed. When the
upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS

Hazard Hazard

Selects split display mode

Returns to the Home Screen
on the PFD.
Avoidance AFCS

Selects half-display mode

Returns to the previous screen
on the MFD.
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Displays the ‘Notifications’ Screen

on Touchscreen Controller. Flashes
Features

when a new system message is

Operation
Abnormal

issued. The button will display as Selects full-display mode

‘WARN’ or ‘CAUT’ in red or amber when controlling the MFD.
respectively to alert of warning Selects full display mode
Annun/Alerts

and caution messages. Refer to when controlling the PFD.

Annun/Alerts

the Appendices Section for more

information about the alerting
system.
Appendix
Appendix

Displays the Telephone ‘Notifications’

Screen on Touchscreen Controller.
Scrolls up in a list
Flashes when a new telephone call
is received.
Index
Index

252 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Displays the ‘Initialization’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
on Touchscreen Controller. Button
appears on the ‘MFW Home’ Screen Scrolls down in a list
if initialization tasks have not been
completed.

EASEIS
Cancels data entry and
During Initialization, selects the next
returns to the previous
Task in the Initialization process.
screen

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
Displays the ‘SMS Text Messaging’

and
Inbox Screen on Touchscreen Accepts entered data into
Controller. Flashes when a new SMS the system.
message is received.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Displays the Connext ‘Notifications’
Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Opens ‘Direct To’ Screen on
Flashes when a new Connext the Touchscreen Controller

Hazard Hazard
message is received.

AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 253
 Appendix

MFW MODE TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

MFW Home
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS

Shows ‘Navigation Map’ Pane in the selected Display Pane. When the ‘Navigation Map’
Features AFCS

Pane is displayed, the button becomes the Map Selection Button. Touch the Map
Additional Additional

Selection Button to access the ‘Map Settings’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.
or
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Shows ‘Traffic Map’ Pane in the selected Display Pane. When the ‘Traffic Map’ Pane is
Annun/Alerts

displayed, the button becomes the Traffic Settings Button. Touch the Traffic Settings
Annun/Alerts

Button to access the ‘Traffic Settings’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.

or
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

254 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Shows a ‘Weather <SiriusXM, Connext, Stormscope, or FIS-B>’ Pane in the selected

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Display Pane. When the weather pane is displayed, the button becomes the Weather
Selection Button. Touch the Weather Selection Button to access the ‘Weather
or Selection’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller.

EASEIS
Shows the ‘TAWS’ Pane in the selected Display Pane. When the ‘TAWS’ Pane is displayed,

AudioNav/Com/
the button becomes the TAWS Settings Button. Touch the TAWS Settings Button to

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
access the ‘TAWS Settings’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller.
or

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Accesses ‘Flight Plan Information’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller.

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
Accesses ‘Active Flight Plan’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.

AFCS
Accesses ‘Procedures’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Additional map displays may be

AFCS Features
shown as procedures are selected.

Additional Additional
Accesses ‘Charts’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Charts are shown on the selected
Display Pane.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Accesses ‘Systems’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Systems data can be selected for
display on the Touchscreen Controller, and displayed on a Display Pane. Also provides
Annun/Alerts

access to systems controls, systems tests, and optional video controls.

Annun/Alerts

Accesses the Checklists for display in the selected Display Pane.

Appendix
Appendix

Accesses the ‘Services’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Includes optional Iridium phone,
and text messaging services, Networks and Pairing, Bluetooth Phone, Music, Position
Reports, Connext Setup, and Contacts.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 255
 Appendix

Accesses the ‘Utilities’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller. Includes Trip Planning functions,
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Minimums, Trip Statistics, Timer, Scheduled Messages, FMS Sensors, Initialization, Electronic
Documents (optional), Screen Cleaning, Crew Profile, and Setup. If SurfaceWatch option is
not installed, Weight and Balance functions are also on the ‘Utilities’ Screen.
Accesses the ‘PERF’ Screen. Provides controls for entering takeoff, landing, PERF Datalink
EISEAS

wind and temperature and weight and balance data and speed bugs.

Provides information about Airports, Intersections, VORs, NDBs, VRPs, User Waypoints. Also
Audio and

allows creation of User Waypoints.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Provides information about the nearest Airports, Intersections, VORs, NDBs, VRPs, User
Waypoints, Airspace, ARTCC facilities, Flight Service Stations, and Weather reporting stations.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

256 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

‘Map Selection’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Touching the Map Button on the ‘Map Selection’ Screen displays the ‘Navigation Map’ Pane
Annun/Alerts

and the button name will change to Map Settings. Additionally, once touched, the Map Set-
Annun/Alerts

tings Button displays the ‘Navigation Map Settings’ Screen which is discussed in the Flight
Management Section.
Touching the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Buttons will respectively display the ‘VFR’, ‘IFR
Appendix

Low’, or ‘IFR High’ Panes. After touching the IFR Low or IFR High Button, the button name
Appendix

will change to ‘IFR Low Settings’ or ‘IFR High Settings’ respectively. Touching either settings
button again opens the ‘IFR/VFR Charts Settings’ Screen which is discussed in the Additional
Features Section.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 257
 Appendix

‘Weather Selection’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EISEAS
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Touching a button within the ‘Weather Selection’ Screen (shown above) will display a re-
spective ‘SiriusXM Weather’, ‘Connext Weather’, ‘Stormscope’ or ‘FIS-B Weather’ Pane. Ad-
Annun/Alerts

ditionally, once touched, the button name will change to a ‘Settings’ syntax. Touching any of
Annun/Alerts

these ‘settings’ buttons will open a settings screen discussed in the Hazard Avoidance Section.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

258 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

‘Aircraft Systems’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Shows the ‘Status & Info’ Pane, with synoptic information about the aircraft doors, brakes,
oxygen and oil temperature. Also shows approximate values and parameters for certain Features
performance calculations.
Operation
Abnormal

Shows the ‘Engine & Fuel’ Pane, with information about fuel quantities, flow, valve, pump
states and other engine information (e.g. CHT/EGT, MAP, and MAT). When the Engine &
Fuel Button is touched, the Lean Assist Button will be displayed on the ‘Aircraft Systems’
Annun/Alerts

Screen.
Annun/Alerts

Shows the ‘Electrical Power’ Pane, with information about the batteries, alternators, and
electrical buses.
Appendix
Appendix

Shows the ‘Video’ Pane in the selected Display Pane. Provides controls for adjusting EVS
video on the display (brightness, contrast, saturation).

Shows the ‘Ice Protection’ Pane, with synoptic information about the ice protection system,
Index
Index

OAT, and pitot and AOA heat. When the Ice Protection Button is touched, the IPS Left,
IPS Auto, and IPS Right buttons will be displayed on the ‘Aircraft Systems’ Screen.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 259
 Appendix
Instruments
Instruments

Displays the ‘System Tests’ Screen. This screen provides controls for testing the following
Flight
Flight

systems: ADS-B and optional TAWS.

Provides functions accessible to maintenance personnel with password.

EISEAS

‘Services’ Screen
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

The ‘Music’ Screen provides controls for the optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio including
channel information, selection, and volume settings.
Appendix
Appendix

Accesses the optional ‘Connext Position Reports’ Screen. Provides controls for sending
automatic or manual position reports.

Accesses the optional ‘Contacts’ Screen for management of contact information including
phone and email addresses. Also provides quick access to stored contacts using phone,
Index
Index

SMS, or email.

260 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Instruments
Instruments
The ‘Satellite Phone’ Screen (available with the Iridium voice telephone option) shows the

Flight
Flight
status of the Iridium satellite telephone connection and provides telephone controls.

Provides controls and settings for networks and for pairing of devices.

EASEIS
The ‘Satellite SMS Text Messaging’ Screen (available with the Iridium voice telephone
option) provides management of incoming and outgoing SMS (short message service) text

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
messages.

XPDR/Audio Management
and
The ‘Pilot Bluetooth Phone’ Screen allows for adjustment of Bluetooth phone settings.

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Provides settings for automated database downloads, Personal Electronic Device (PED),
Aircraft Report Intervals, Connext Registration (REG Tab), and time and dates for past and
future automated database downloads

Hazard Hazard
(Events Tab).

Avoidance
‘Utilities’ Screen

AFCS
AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 261
 Appendix
Instruments
Instruments

Shows the ‘Trip Planning’ Pane in the selected Display Pane, and accesses the ‘Trip
Flight
Flight

Planning’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller.

Accesses the ‘Minimums’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Provides controls for the
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height alerting function. Button displays the current
EISEAS

minimums altitude and source if provided.

Accesses the ‘Trip Statistics’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Shows information
regarding Flight Time, Departure/Arrival Time, Odometer, Trip Odometer, Trip Air
Audio and
CNS

Odometer, Fuel Used, Average Ground Speed, Maximum Ground Speed, Average Wind
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Speed, Average Wind Direction, Sunrise, and Sunset. Total Time and Flight Time are
displayed in the ‘Trip Statistics’ Window. Also provides settings for resetting trip statistics.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Accesses the ‘Timer‘ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Controls the timer on the PFD.

Used to create custom messages to be displayed one-time or periodically. The Touchscreen

Hazard Hazard

Controller displays these System Messages on the ‘Notifications’ Screen.

Avoidance

Accesses the ‘Sensors’ Screen to change RNP, update the aircraft position, enable/disable
AFCS

sensors, and check sensor status and RAIM. Displays the ‘GPS1…’ or ‘GPS2 Status’ Pane.

Displays the ‘Initialization’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Provides controls for
Features AFCS

selecting the Crew Profile, checking Database Status, Safety Info, Initial Fuel, Weight and
Additional Additional

Balance, Flight Plan, and optional Takeoff Data.

Shows optional controls for viewing electronic documents on the Touchscreen Controller,
Features

and displays documents in the selected Display Pane.

Operation
Abnormal

Feature temporarily disables touchscreen glass input to allow for manual cleaning. Turn or
Annun/Alerts

press any knob or softkey on the Touchscreen Controller to exit Screen Cleaning Mode.
Annun/Alerts

Displays ‘Crew Profile’ Screen, which provides controls for activating and managing crew
profiles.
Appendix
Appendix

Displays the ‘Setup’ Screen, which provides controls for avionics settings and status,
SiriusXM Info, ADS-B Status and for displaying the status of avionics databases.
Index
Index

262 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

‘Setup’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal

Provides controls for changing system avionics settings, such as, time format, units of
measure, airspace alert settings, and MFD Data Bar Fields.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

Displays information on the Touchscreen Controller for installed LRUs, system software, and
databases.
Appendix

Shows the ‘SiriusXM Information’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Used to activate
Appendix

audio and data services from SiriusXM Satellite Radio and to verify subscriptions of
SiriusXM Weather products.
Index
Index

Provides access to the ‘Database Status’ Screen for checking database cycle information.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 263
 Appendix
Instruments
Instruments

Provides access to the optional ‘ADS-B’ Status Screen for information on the reception of
Flight
Flight

ADS-B services.

‘PERF’ Screen
EISEAS

NOTE: SurfaceWatch option required for ‘PERF’ Screen to be shown.

Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Avoidance Management
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance AFCS
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts

Aircraft takeoff, landing, and performance related functions, settings, and processes for the
Annun/Alerts

buttons within the ‘PERF’ Screen are discussed in the Flight Management Section.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

264 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

‘Waypoint Info’ Screen

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS Avoidance
Functions, settings, and processes for the buttons within the ‘Waypoint Info’ Screen are

AFCS Features
discussed in the Flight Management Section.

Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 265
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

266
Appendix

‘Nearest’ Screen

in the Flight Management Section.

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
Functions, settings, and processes for the buttons within the ‘Nearest’ Screen are discussed

190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

PFW TOUCHSCREEN CONTROLLER SCREENS

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
PFW Home

EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS Avoidance
Cycles through GPS, LOC1/VOR1 and LOC2/VOR2 navigation modes on the CDI

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with active leg). Features

When OBS is active the annunciator is green.

Operation
Abnormal

or
Selects SUSP mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS. When SUSP is active the
Annun/Alerts

annunciator is green.
Annun/Alerts

Displays pop-up window with selection buttons for Bearing 1 Pointer selections Off,
Appendix

NAV1, NAV2, GPS, ADF, BEST GLIDE, and WPT.

Appendix

Displays pop-up window with selection buttons for Bearing 2 Pointer selections Off,
NAV1, NAV2, GPS, ADF, BEST GLIDE, and WPT.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 267
 Appendix

CAS messages cannot be scrolled. These buttons will remain inactive.

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EISEAS

Accesses the ‘Speed Bugs’ Screen on Touchscreen Controller, where the speed bugs can
Audio and

be configured.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Accesses the ‘Timer’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Controls timer on PFD.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Accesses the ‘Minimums’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. Set MDA or DH.
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

Shows the Traffic Map on the PFD in inset format when the PFD is in Full Mode and turns
the annunciator green. Shows the ‘Traffic Map’ Pane on the PFD when the PFD is in Split
AFCS

Mode, but the green/subdued annunciator is no longer displayed.

Accesses the ‘PFD Map Settings’ Screen on the Touchscreen Controller. The Inset Map is
Features AFCS

not available when in split mode.

Additional Additional

Accesses the ‘Sensors’ Screen. Allows for manual selection of ADC and AHRS sensors,
Features

and access to RNP/EPE settings and Position Sensors settings.

Operation
Abnormal

Accesses the ‘PFD Settings’ Screen to view or set PFD Mode, Flight Director Active
Annun/Alerts

Format, SVT, Flight Path Marker, AOA, Horizon Heading, Wind, Meters Overlay, Baro
Annun/Alerts

Select Units, Time Format, Time Offset, COM Channel Spacing, and Screen Cleaning
function.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

268 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

PFD Settings

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS Avoidance
Deactivates touch input on the Touchscreen Controller to facilitate cleaning. Press or
turn a knob on the controller to resume touch input.

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
PFD Tab Features

Synthetic Vision Button selects Synthetic Vision Mode

Operation
Abnormal

on the PFD.

• Auto: Selects SVT Auto Mode.

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

• Flight: Selects SVT Flight Mode.

• Off: SVT is off.
Shows the type of Flight Director available. Single Cue is
Appendix

the only available format.

Appendix

Enables/disables display of compass heading along the

Zero-Pitch line. When Enabled, the annunciator is green.
Index
Index

Button is subdued when synthetic terrain is disabled.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 269
 Appendix

Option 1: Wind direction arrows with wind direction and

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

speed.
Option 2: Wind direction arrows with headwind and
crosswind components.
Selects the display mode for the Angle of Attack (AOA)
EISEAS

indicator on the PFD.

Auto: Automatically displays the Angle of Attack Indicator
when the aircraft is in a landing configuration, or when
Audio and

normalized AOA is greater than 0.35.

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

On: Displays the Angle of Attack (AOA) Indicator

on the PFD / PFW.
Off: Removes AOA Indicator from the PFD / PFW.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Enables/disables the display of the meter overlay on the

Altimeter.
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

Inches (IN): Displays the BARO setting as inches of

mercury.
Hectopascals (HPA): Displays the BARO setting as
AFCS

hectopascals.
Features AFCS

General Tab
Additional Additional

Selects the Time Format: Local 12hr, Local 24hr, or UTC.

Features

Displays the Local and UTC time offset.

Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts

Selects the COM Channel Spacing: 25 kHz or 8.33 kHz.

Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

270 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

PFD Sensors

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
EASEIS
AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS Avoidance
PFD Tab

AFCS Features
Accesses the ‘ADC Sensor’ Screen where the #1 or #2 Air Data Computer (ADC) can

Additional Additional
be manually selected.

Features
Accesses the ‘AHRS Sensor’ Screen where the #1 or #2 AHRS sensors can be
manually selected.
Operation
Abnormal

RNP/EPE Tab Accesses button to change RNP Setting. Displays GPS current position. Refer to
Annun/Alerts

content later in this section for more information.

Annun/Alerts

Position Accesses buttons to select SBAS and SBAS settings, select GPS1 and GPS2 sensors,
Sensors Tab check sensor status and RAIM. Displays the ‘GPS1...’ or ‘GPS2 Status’ Pane. Refer
to content later in this section for more information.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 271
 Appendix

PFD SOFTKEYS
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Map Decreases the PFD Map display range.
Range -
EISEAS

Map Increases the PFD Map display range.

Range +
PFD Map Displays the PFD Map display settings
Audio and
CNS

Settings softkeys.
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Map Layout Displays softkeys used to select map layouts.

Map Off Removes the PFD Map from the display.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Inset Map Displays the Inset Map.

HSI Map Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Traffic Overlays a dedicated traffic display on the
Hazard Hazard

Inset Map.
Avoidance

HSI Traffic Overlays a dedicated traffic display on the

HSI.
AFCS

Detail Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles

through declutter levels (only available if HSI
Features AFCS

Map is enabled):
All (no declutter): All map features visible.
Additional Additional

DCLTR 1: Declutters land data.

DCLTR 2: Declutters land and SUA data.
Features

Least: Removes everything except for the

Operation
Abnormal

active flight plan.

Weather Displays or removes the name of the selected
Annun/Alerts

Legend data link weather provider (SiriusXM,

Annun/Alerts

Connext, FIS-B) and the weather product icon

and age box (for enabled weather products).
Traffic Adds or removes the display of traffic on the
PFD Map. The softkey annunciator is green
Appendix
Appendix

when the traffic function is on. When the

traffic function is off, the annunciator is gray.
Index
Index

272 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Storm- Adds or removes the display of Stormscope
scope information on the PFD Map (optional).
The softkey annunciator is green when the
function is on. When the function is off, the

EASEIS
annunciator is gray.
Terrain Selects the display of terrain information
Settings softkeys on the PFD Map:

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Off Removes terrain information from the PFD
Map.

Flight Flight
Absolute Displays absolute terrain information.

Management Avoidance
Relative Displays relative terrain information.

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
Absolute + Displays absolute and relative terrain
Relative information on the HSI Map.

AFCS
Data Link Displays data link settings softkeys based on
Settings current installation and configuration options.

AFCS Features
Data Link Selects the data link source for weather data

Additional Additional
displayed on the PFD Map (optional):
Connext: Selects Garmin Connext as the Features
weather source.
Operation

SiriusXM: Selects SiriusXM as the weather

Abnormal

source.
FIS-B: Selects FIS-B as the weather source.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 273
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

NEXRAD Selects type of NEXRAD coverage when FIS-B

is the selected data link source:
CONUS: Selects coverage for continental U.S.
Regional: Selects coverage for a region,
EISEAS

which provides a higher resolution.

Combined: Combines CONUS and regional
coverages.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio

Or:
Nav/Com/

Selects type of NEXRAD coverage when

SiriusXM is the selected data link source:
COMP: Displays composite reflectivity image.
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Base: Displays base reflectivity image.

Storm Cell Adds or removes the display of storm cell
Movement movement information on the PFD Map
Hazard Hazard

(only available when SiriusXM is selected as

Avoidance

the data link weather source). The softkey

annunciator is green when the function is on.
When the function is off, the annunciator is
AFCS

subdued.
NEXRAD Adds or removes the display of NEXRAD
Features AFCS

Animation animation on the Inset Map (only available

Additional Additional

when SiriusXM is selected as the data link

weather source). NEXRAD animation is
not available for display on the HSI Map.
Features

The softkey annunciator is green when the

Operation
Abnormal

function is on. When the function is off, the

annunciator is subdued.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

274 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
WX Overlay Selects the display of weather information on
the PFD Map based on the installation and
configuration options.
SiriusXM: Selects SiriusXM as the weather

EASEIS
source for the display of weather data when
SiriusXM is selected as the weather source
using the Data Link Softkey.

AudioNav/Com/
Connext: Selects Connext as the weather

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
source for the display of weather data when
Connext is selected as the weather source
using the Data Link Softkey.

Flight Flight
FIS-B: Selects FIS-B as the weather source

Management Avoidance
for the display of weather data when FIS-B
is selected as the weather source using the
Data Link Softkey.

Hazard Hazard
Off: Removes weather data from the Inset

Avoidance
or HSI Map.
Datalink Softkey is available when SiriusXM or
Lightning Connext is selected as the weather source

AFCS
using the Data Link Softkey. Adds/
removes the display of SiriusXM or Connext

AFCS Features
information on the PFD Map. The softkey

Additional Additional
annunciator is green when the lightning
function is on. When the lightning function is
off, the annunciator is gray.
Features
Operation
Abnormal

METAR Adds or removes the display of SiriusXM,

Connext, or FIS-B sourced METAR data on
Annun/Alerts

the PFD Map. The softkey annunciator is

Annun/Alerts

green when the METAR data is enabled.

When the METAR data is off, the annunciator
is gray.
Traffic Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated
Appendix
Appendix

Map traffic display. The softkey annunciator is

green when the dedicated traffic display is
on. When the PFD Map is on, the softkey
annunciator is gray.
Index
Index

PFD Displays the PFD settings softkeys.

Settings

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 275
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

SVT Mode Displays the Synthetic Vision Technology

(SVT) settings softkeys.
Auto Selects SVT Auto Mode. The softkey
annunciator is green when the function is on.
EISEAS

Flight Selects SVT Flight Mode. The softkey

annunciator is green when the function is on.
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Off SVT mode off. The softkey annunciator is

green when the function is off.

SVT Displays SVT Settings softkeys.

Flight Flight

Settings
Avoidance Management

Pathways Displays Pathway boxes on the synthetic

vision display.
Hazard Hazard

Runway Displays cyan chevrons and cyan mile

Avoidance

Locator markers which extend 10 nm from the

programmed runway.
AFCS

Airport Displays position markers for airports within

Signs approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft
Features AFCS

position. Airport identifiers are included

when the airport is within approximately 9
Additional Additional

nm.
Wire Displays power lines on the synthetic vision
Features

display.
Operation
Abnormal

Attitude Displays the softkeys for enabling or

Instruments disabling Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT)
Annun/Alerts

features.
Annun/Alerts

Horizon Displays compass heading along the Zero-

Heading Pitch Line.
PFD Mode Enables or disables a Display Pane to the
Appendix

right or left (depending on pilot-side or

Appendix

copilot-side) on the PFD / PFW:

FULL: Display Pane is disabled. The PFD /
PFW display occupies the full screen.
Split: Display Pane is enabled. The PFD /
Index
Index

PFW screen is split between the PFD / PFW

display and the Display Pane.

276 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Bearing 1 Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS, ADF1, and Off.
Bearing 2 Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS, ADF1, and Off.

EASEIS
Other PFD Displays additional PFD / PFW settings
Settings softkeys.

AudioNav/Com/
Wind Displays the wind option softkeys.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
→DEG KT Total wind direction arrow with digital
numeric direction and speed.
↑→KT Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
with numeric speed components.
Off Wind information not displayed.
AOA Selects the display mode for the Angle of

Hazard Hazard
Attack (AOA) Indicator on the PFD / PFW:

Avoidance
Auto: Selects AOA ‘Auto’ mode. (See Flight
Instruments section)

AFCS
On: Displays AOA Indicator on the PFD /
PFW.

AFCS Features
Off: Removes AOA Indicator from the PFD
/ PFW.

Additional Additional
Altitude Displays softkeys to select altitude unit
Units parameters. Features

Meters Displays altimeter meters overlay.

Operation
Abnormal

IN Displays the BARO setting as inches of

mercury.
Annun/Alerts

HPA Displays the BARO setting as hectopascals.

Annun/Alerts

OBS Selects OBS mode on the CDI when

navigating by GPS (only available with
active leg). When OBS is on, the softkey
Appendix

annunciator is green. ‘SUSP’ will replace

Appendix

‘OBS’ when waypoint sequencing is

suspended.
Active Cycles through GPS, NAV1, and NAV2
NAV navigation modes on the CDI.
Index
Index

Sensors Displays the sensor selection softkeys.

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 277
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

ADC Settings Displays the ADC selection softkeys.

ADC 1 Selects the number 1 ADC. The softkey
annunciator is green when selected.
EISEAS

ADC 2 Selects the number 2 ADC. The softkey

annunciator is green when selected.
AHRS Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
Audio and

Settings
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

AHRS 1 Selects the number 1 AHRS. The softkey

annunciator is green when selected.
AHRS 2 Selects the number 2 AHRS. The softkey
Flight Flight

annunciator is green when selected.

Avoidance Management

PFD / PFW Softkeys – Full Mode

When Split Mode is enabled on the PFD / PFW, an MFD / MFW Display Pane will be shown
Hazard Hazard

on the PFD / PFW, replacing five softkeys. The following table lists PFD / PFW softkey func-
Avoidance

tions when operating the PFD / PFW in Split Mode.

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description
AFCS

Traffic Displays the Traffic Map on the

Display Pane on the PFD / PFW.
Features AFCS

PFD Displays the PFD / PFW settings

Additional Additional

Settings softkeys.
Attitude Displays the softkeys for enabling or
Features

Settings disabling Synthetic Vision Technology

Operation
Abnormal

(SVT) features.
SVT Mode Displays buttons for SVT mode.
Annun/Alerts

Auto Selects SVT Auto Mode (Auto Mode

Annun/Alerts

is identical to Flight Mode). The

softkey annunciator is green when
the function is on.
Flight Selects SVT Flight Mode. The softkey
Appendix
Appendix

annunciator is green when the

function is on.
Off SVT mode off. The softkey
annunciator is green when the
Index
Index

function is off.
SVT Displays additional SVT overlay
Settings softkeys (optional).
278 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Pathways Displays Pathway boxes on the
synthetic vision display.
Wire Displays power lines on the synthetic
vision display.

EASEIS
SVT Airports Displays Airport Signs softkey
Runway Displays cyan chevrons and cyan mile

AudioNav/Com/
Locator markers which extend 10 nm from

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
the programmed runway.

and
Airport Displays position markers for airports

Flight Flight
Signs within approximately 15 nm of the

Management Avoidance
current aircraft position. Airport
identifiers are included when the
airport is within approximately 9 nm.

Hazard Hazard
Altitude Displays the softkeys for enabling or

Avoidance
Instruments disabling Synthetic Vision Technology
(SVT) features.
Horizon Displays Pathway boxes on the SVT

AFCS
Heading display.

AFCS Features
PFD Enables or disables a Display Pane
Mode to the right or left (depending on

Additional Additional
pilot-side or copilot-side) on the PFD
/ PFW: Features

FULL: Display Pane is disabled. The

Operation
Abnormal

PFD / PFW display occupies the full

screen.
Split: Display Pane is enabled. The
Annun/Alerts

PFD / PFW screen is split between

Annun/Alerts

the PFD / PFW display and the

Display Pane.
Bearing 1 Cycles the Bearing 1 Information
Appendix

Window through NAV1, NAV2, GPS,

Appendix

ADF1, and Off.

Bearing 2 Cycles the Bearing 2 Information
Window through NAV1, NAV2, GPS,
ADF1, and Off.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 279
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Other Displays additional PFD / PFW

PFD settings softkeys.
Settings
Wind Displays the wind option softkeys.
EISEAS

→DEG KT Total wind direction arrow with

digital numeric direction and speed.
Audio and

↑→KT Headwind/tailwind and crosswind

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

arrows with numeric speed

components.
Off Wind information not displayed.
Flight Flight

AOA
Avoidance Management

Selects the display mode for the

Angle of Attack (AOA) Indicator on
the PFD / PFW:
Auto: Selects AOA ‘Auto’ mode. (See
Hazard Hazard

Flight Instruments section)

Avoidance

On: Displays AOA Indicator on the

PFD / PFW.
Off: Removes AOA Indicator from the
AFCS

PFD / PFW.
Features AFCS

Altitude Displays softkeys to select altitude

Units unit parameters.
Additional Additional

Meters Displays altimeter overlay in meters.

IN Displays the BARO setting as inches
Features

of mercury.
Operation
Abnormal

HPA Displays the BARO setting as

hectopascals.
Annun/Alerts

Sensors Displays the sensor selection softkeys.

Annun/Alerts

ADC Displays the ADC selection softkeys.

Settings
ADC 1 Selects the number 1 ADC. The
Appendix

softkey annunciator is green when

Appendix

selected.
ADC 2 Selects the number 2 ADC. The
softkey annunciator is green when
Index

selected.
Index

280 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
AHRS Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
Settings
AHRS 1 Selects the number 1 AHRS. The
softkey annunciator is green when

EASEIS
selected.
AHRS 2 Selects the number 2 AHRS. The
softkey annunciator is green when

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
selected.

and
OBS Selects OBS mode on the CDI when
navigating by GPS (only available
with active leg). When OBS is on, the

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
softkey annunciator is green. ‘SUSP’
will replace ‘OBS’ when waypoint
sequencing is suspended.

Hazard Hazard
Active Cycles through GPS, NAV1, and
NAV NAV2 navigation modes on the CDI.

Avoidance
PFD Map Displays HSI Map settings softkeys
Settings (the Inset Map is not available when

AFCS
PFD / PFW is in Split Mode).
HSI Map Displays softkeys used to select HSI

AFCS Features
Layout Map layouts.

Additional Additional
Map Off Removes the PFD Map from the
display. Features

HSI Map Displays the HSI Map.

Operation
Abnormal

HSI Traffic Overlays a dedicated traffic

display on the HSI.
Annun/Alerts

Map Decreases the HSI Map display range

Annun/Alerts

Range - (only available if HSI Map is enabled).

Map Increases the HSI Map display range
Range + (only available if HSI Map is enabled).
Appendix

Map Displays HSI Map overlay softkeys

Appendix

Overlays (only available if HSI Map is enabled).

Terrain Selects the display of terrain
Settings information on the HSI Map:
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 281
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Off Removes terrain information from the

PFD Map.
Absolute Displays absolute terrain information.
EISEAS

Relative Displays relative terrain information.

Absolute Displays absolute and relative terrain
+ information on the HSI Map.
Audio and

Relative
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Data Link Displays Datalink softkeys.

Settings
Data Link Selects the data link source for
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

weather data displayed on the PFD

Map (optional):
Connext: Selects Garmin Connext as
Hazard Hazard

the weather source.

SiriusXM: Selects SiriusXM as the
Avoidance

weather source.
FIS-B: Selects FIS-B as the weather
AFCS

source.
NEXRAD Selects type of NEXRAD coverage
Features AFCS

when FIS-B is the selected data link

Additional Additional

source:
CONUS: Selects coverage for
continental U.S.
Features

Regional: Selects coverage for a

Operation
Abnormal

region, which provides a higher

resolution.
Combined: Combines CONUS and
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

regional coverages.
Or:
Selects type of NEXRAD coverage
when SiriusXM is the selected data
Appendix
Appendix

link source:
COMP: Displays composite
reflectivity image.
Base: Displays base reflectivity
Index
Index

image.

282 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Storm Cell Adds or removes the display of
Movement storm cell movement information on
the PFD Map (only available when
SiriusXM is selected as the data

EASEIS
link weather source). The softkey
annunciator is green when the
function is on. When the function is

AudioNav/Com/
off, the annunciator is subdued.

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
WX Overlay Selects the display of weather
information on the PFD Map:
SiriusXM: Selects SiriusXM as the

Flight Flight
weather source for the display of

Management Avoidance
weather data when SiriusXM is
selected as the weather source using
the Data Link Softkey.

Hazard Hazard
Connext: Selects Connext as the

Avoidance
weather source for the display of
weather data when Connext is
selected as the weather source using

AFCS
the Data Link Softkey.
FIS-B: Selects FIS-B as the weather

AFCS Features
source for the display of weather

Additional Additional
data when FIS-B is selected as the
weather source using the Data Link
Softkey.
Features

Off: Removes weather data from the

Operation
Abnormal

Inset or HSI Map.

Datalink Softkey is available when SiriusXM or
Annun/Alerts

Lighting Connext is selected as the weather

Annun/Alerts

source using the Data Link Softkey.

Adds/removes the display of SiriusXM
or Connext information on the PFD
Map. The softkey annunciator is
Appendix

green when the lightning function is

Appendix

on. When the lightning function is

off, the annunciator is gray.
More Displays more map overlay softkeys.
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 283
 Appendix

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

METAR Adds or removes the display of

SiriusXM, FIS-B, or Connext METAR
data (based on data link weather
source selection) on the HSI Map.
EISEAS

The softkey annunciator is green

when the METAR data is on.
When the METAR data is off, the
Audio and

annunciator is subdued.
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

Detail Selects desired amount of map detail;

cycles through declutter levels:
All (no declutter): All map features
Flight Flight

visible.
Avoidance Management

DCLTR 1: Declutters land data.

DCLTR 2: Declutters land and SUA
data.
Hazard Hazard

Least: Removes everything except

Avoidance

for the active flight plan.

Weather Adds or removes the name of the
AFCS

Legend selected data link weather provider

(SiriusXM, FIS-B, Connext) and the
weather product icon and age box
Features AFCS

(for enabled weather products).

Additional Additional

Traffic Adds or removes the display of

traffic on the HSI Map. The softkey
Features

annunciator is green when the traffic

Operation
Abnormal

function is on. When the traffic

function is off, the annunciator is
subdued.
Annun/Alerts

Storm- Adds or removes the display of

Annun/Alerts

scope Stormscope information on the

HSI Map (optional). The softkey
annunciator is green when the
Appendix

function is on. When the function is

Appendix

off, the annunciator is subdued.

Index
Index

284 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

SCREEN CLEANING

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Screen Cleaning mode temporary deactivates touch input on the Touchscreen Controller
screen to facilitate cleaning. The screen can be cleaned using a microfiber or soft cotton cloth
lightly dampened with clean water. Do not use chemical cleaning agents, as these may damage
the coating on the glass surface.

EASEIS
Cleaning the Touchscreen Controller screen:
1) From MFW Home, touch Utilities > Screen Cleaning.
2) The Touchscreen Controller indicates the screen may be cleaned. Clean the screen as

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
needed.

and
3) Press or turn any knob to return to the ‘Utilities’ Screen.
MAP SYMBOLS

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
PFW NAVIGATION STATUS BOX / MFW NAVIGATION DATA BAR
Symbol Description Symbol Description

Hazard Hazard
Active Leg Right Holding Pattern

Avoidance
Direct-to Left Holding Pattern

AFCS
Right Procedure Turn Right DME Arc / Radius to Fix Leg

AFCS Features
Left Procedure Turn Left DME Arc / Radius to Fix Leg

Additional Additional
Vector to Final Features

Navigation Symbols
Operation
Abnormal

LAND SYMBOLS
Annun/Alerts

The following table describes items that are configured on the Land Tab on the 'Map Set-
Annun/Alerts

tings' Screen. See the Hazard Avoidance Section for more information on Obstacles.

Default Maximum
Land Symbols Symbol Range Range
Appendix

(nm) (nm)
Appendix

Obstacles (Point and Wire) See Hazard Avoidance Section 10 25

Roads
see below
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 285
 Appendix

Default Maximum
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Land Symbols Symbol Range Range

(nm) (nm)
- Interstate Highway (Freeway)
50 400
EISEAS

- International Highway (Freeway) 15 150

- US Highway (National Highway) 15 150
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

- State Highway (Local Highway)

10 100

- Local Road (Local Road) N/A 4 25

Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

- Railroad
7.5 25
Hazard Hazard

Large City (> 200,000) 100 1000

Avoidance

Medium City (> 50,000) 50 400

Small City (> 5,000) 25 100
AFCS

State/Province
750 1000
Features AFCS
Additional Additional

Rivers and Lakes (River/Lake)

75 100
Land Symbol Information
Features

AVIATION SYMBOLS
Operation
Abnormal

The following items are configured on the Aviation Tab of the 'Map Settings' Screen.
Annun/Alerts

Default Maximum
Annun/Alerts

Aviation Symbols Symbol Range Range

(nm) (nm)

Low Altitude Airways (V and T Routes) 50 100

Appendix
Appendix

High Altitude Airways (J and Q Routes) 50 100

Index
Index

286 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Default Maximum

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Aviation Symbols Symbol Range Range
(nm) (nm)
Class B Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling/
floor) Label placement and

EASEIS
ranges are variable, in
Class C Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling/ order to provide the
floor) best representation and
minimal clutter

AudioNav/Com/
Class D Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling)

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
CL B/TMA/AWY (see below)

- Class B (CL B) and Terminal

Flight Flight
Maneuvering Area (TMA) 1

Management Avoidance
50 150
- Airway (AWY) 1

Hazard Hazard
CL C/CTA (see below)

Avoidance
- Class C Airspace (CL C)

AFCS
50 100
- Control Area (CTA) 1

AFCS Features
Additional Additional
CL A/D (see below)
- Terminal Radar Service Area (TRSA),
Controlled Traffic Region (CTR) 1, and
Features

Class A (CL A) 1
Operation
Abnormal

- Class D
10 100
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

- Aerodrome Traffic Zone (ATZ) 1

- Traffic Information Zone (TIZ) 1

Appendix
Appendix

Restricted and Prohibited Areas (Restricted) 50 100

Index

Military Operations Areas (MOA (Military)) 50 250

Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 287
 Appendix

Default Maximum
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Aviation Symbols Symbol Range Range

(nm) (nm)
Other (see below)
EISEAS

- ADIZ

- Alert
Audio and
CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

- Class E 1
50 250
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

- Class G 1

- Temporary 1
Hazard Hazard
Avoidance

- Danger, Warning, Unknown, Special

Rules 1, and Training 1
AFCS

Large Airport (Longest Runway ≥ 8100 ft) 100 1000

Medium Airport (8100 ft > Longest
Features AFCS

Runway ≥ 5000 ft, or Longest Runway < 50 400

Additional Additional

5000 ft with control tower)

Small Airport (Longest Runway < 5000 ft
25 150
Features

without control tower)

Operation
Abnormal

Heliport 25 150
Annun/Alerts

VOR Waypoint 50 250

Annun/Alerts

- VOR Compass Rose On/Off N/A N/A

Appendix

INT Waypoint 10 40
Appendix

NDB Waypoint 25 50

VRP Waypoint 25 40
Index
Index

288 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Default Maximum

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight
Aviation Symbols Symbol Range Range
(nm) (nm)
(Route)
User Waypoint 1000 1000
(Airport)

EASEIS
SafeTaxi® See Additional Features 1.5 5

AudioNav/Com/
Runway Extension 7.5 150

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Missed Approach Preview On/Off N/A N/A

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Altitude/Speed Constraints 1000 1000

Hazard Hazard
Avoidance
1
Not located in the United States
Aviation Symbol Information

AFCS
ADDITIONAL MAP DISPLAY ITEMS

AFCS Features
Symbol Name Description Symbol

Additional Additional
ARTCC Frequency
Displayed when using the Nearest Frequencies function
or FSS Frequency Features

Displayed when panning (see Using Map Displays in Flight

Map Pointer
Operation
Abnormal

Management)

Measuring Pointer Displayed when measuring bearing and distance

Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts

No heading Replaces the normal aircraft icon when aircraft GPS location is valid,
aircraft icon but the heading is invalid
Appendix
Appendix

Dead reckoning ‘DR’ text displayed over the aircraft icon when the GPS solution is
aircraft icon invalid

Miscellaneous Map Symbols

Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 289
 Appendix

FLIGHT PLANNING
Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Flight

Symbol
Description Symbol
Name
Course leg currently flown
EISEAS

A future course leg in the current phase of flight

Course Leg
A course leg in either a previously flown course
Audio and

leg, or a future course leg not in the current

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

phase of flight
Heading leg currently flown
Heading Leg
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Future heading leg

Turning path currently flown

Roll Steering
Hazard Hazard

Turning path for the next flight plan leg

Path 1
Avoidance

Turning path beyond the next flight plan leg

Turn Displayed when sequencing to the next flight
AFCS

Anticipation plan leg through a fly-by waypoint, a lead turn is

Arc created, adjusting for groundspeed
Features AFCS

Fly-Over
Displayed as a fly-over waypoint;
Additional Additional

Waypoint;
Displayed when an along track offset waypoint (flyover); (along track)
Along Track
is created.
Waypoint
Features

Fixes intersect the flight plan. The symbol

Operation
Abnormal

Fixes represents either just a fix or when the fix is

made into a flight plan fix waypoint.
Annun/Alerts

A fix that terminates: manually, at a specified

Annun/Alerts

Flight Path
altitude, or at a specified distance or radial when
Fix
flying a heading
Top of
Appendix
Appendix

Descent
When vertically navigating, the system will
(TOD) and
display where the aircraft will begin complete
Bottom of
Descent
the descent.
(BOD)
Index
Index

290 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Appendix

Symbol

Instruments
Instruments
Description Symbol

Flight
Flight
Name
Displayed when the parallel offset course leg is
Parallel
abeam the original flight plan waypoints, and
Offset
will appear as a Flight Path Fix, Along Track

EASEIS
Waypoint
Waypoint, or Fly-Over Waypoint.
1
Roll Steering Path transitions between two disconnected legs (i.e. holding), some procedure
turn segments, parallel offset segments, or after some fly-over waypoints.

AudioNav/Com/
CNS
Flight Plan Symbols

XPDR/Audio Management
and Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
AFCS
AFCS Features Avoidance
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 291
 Abnormal
Additional Additional Hazard Hazard Flight Flight Nav/Com/
Audio and Flight
Flight
Index
Index Appendix
Appendix Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts Features
Operation Features AFCS AFCS Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
CNS EISEAS Instruments
Instruments

292
Appendix

Blank Page

Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin
190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Index

A Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Absolute Terrain 36, 37 AFCS Modes 145

Flight
37 AFCS Preflight Test (PFT) 143
Additional Features 151 Auxiliary Video 178
ADS-B Traffic Aviation Symbols 286

EASEIS
Operation B
Additional Traffic Displays 141 Backcourse Mode (BC) 149
Traffic Map Display Range 142 Bearing/Distance, Measuring 35

AudioNav/Com/
Advisories, CAS 242–243

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
C

and
Advisory Descent 70
Aircraft Load Weights 97 Cargo Weight 97
Airport Information 39 ChartView 155

Flight Flight
Airport Signs 6 Combination Modes 146

Management Avoidance
Airspace COM Failure 189
Alerts 199 Comparator 197
Altitude Labels 37 Connext 169

Hazard Hazard
Nearest 47 Connext Registration 160

Avoidance
On the Map 287 Contacts 161
Smart Airspace 47 Cylinder Head Temperature 12

AFCS
Airways D
On the Map 286 Database Management 179

AFCS Features
Along Track Offset 71 Databases

Additional Additional
Altitude Constraints 66, 67, 68 Auto Swap 246
Approaches 88 Cycles 245
Activating 91, 94 Deleting 251
Features

Degradation Behavior 90 Preferred Device 249

Operation
Abnormal

Loading 91, 93 Seamless Activation 247

Missed Approach 96 Standby Database Catalog 245
Annun/Alerts

Removing 95 Updating After Initialization 247

Annun/Alerts

User Approach Mode 93 Datalink Troubleshooting 193

User Approach Mode Selection 89 Datalink Weather
Visual 93 Connext Weather Data Requests 116
Approach Mode 148
Appendix

FIS-B Weather Product Symbols 112

Appendix

Approach Service Levels 88 Garmin Connext Abnormal Operations

Arrivals 191
Loading 85 Weather Product Overview
Removing 86 NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
Index
Index

Attitude and Heading Reference System NEXRAD Animation 118

(AHRS) 226 Precipitation (Garmin Connext)

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin Index-1
 Index

Reflectivity 120 Along Track Offsets 71

Instruments
Instruments
Flight

Datalink Weather Product Overlays Closest Point 72

Flight

AIREPs 125 Data Fields 47

AIRMETs 125 Flight Plan Keypad 53
Garmin Connext Importing/Exporting 77, 199
EISEAS

Infrared Satellite 121 Inverting 75, 79

SiriusXM Leg Type 290
City Forecast 127 Link P. POS to Standby Flight Plan 76
Audio and

Storm Cell Movement 123 Pending Flight Plan Transfer 77

CNS
Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

TAFs 121 Rerouting 59

Datalink Wind and Temperature 98 Route Entry 53
Dead Reckoning (DR) 186, 190 Adding User Waypoints 55
Flight Flight

Departures Standby Flight Plan 76

Avoidance Management

Loading 82 FliteCharts 157

Removing 83, 85 FOB Sync 98
Differential Pressure 14
Hazard Hazard

G
Direct-to 49, 50, 51, 52, 53
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Avoidance

VNAV Direct-to 69
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Moni-
Displaying Datalink Weather Products
toring (RAIM)
AFCS

Weather Product Map Overlays 114

Prediction 106
E H
Features AFCS

Electronic Charts 154

Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
Additional Additional

Electronic Checklists 174

HSI Map 38
Electronic Documents 176
Engine Manifold Pressure 14 I
Features

Exhaust Gas Temperature 21–22 IFR/VFR Charts 158

Operation
Abnormal

Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) 204

F Importing and Exporting Flight Plans
Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE)
Annun/Alerts

77, 199
106
Annun/Alerts

Inset Map 38
Find Waypoint 56
Flight Director (FD) L
FD Operation 144 Lateral Modes 145
Appendix

Leaning Assist Mode 21–23

Appendix

Flight Management System (FMS)

FMS Degradation 190 M
Flight Path Angle (FPA) 69 Magnetic Field Variation Database 251
Flight Plan Map
Index
Index

Activating a Flight Plan 76 Orientation 33

Active Flight Plan Leg Data 49 Panning 34

Index-2 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
 Index

Range 34 Satellite Telephone & Datalink Services

Instruments
Instruments
Flight
Settings Synchronization 33 159

Flight
Symbols 37, 285, 289 SBAS
Map Pointer SBAS Channel 94
Rerouting 59 Search Facility or City 56

EASEIS
MFD Home Screen 254 SiriusXM Satellite Radio 172
MFD Navigation Data Bar 33, 285 SurfaceWatch 152
Missed Approach 96 Sync to Pilot Button 24

AudioNav/Com/
Monitoring COM Radio 23 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) 187

CNS
XPDR/Audio Management
and
Field of View 6
N
System Annunciations 195
NAV Receiver Tuning 26
System Message 216
Nearest Airport

Flight Flight
Management Avoidance
Minimum Runway Length 40 T
Surface Matching 40 Tachometer 14
Nearest Airspace 46, 47 Takeoff and Landing Assistant (TOLA)

Hazard Hazard
100, 201
O
Accessing 100

Avoidance
Oil
Landing Runway Required 105
Pressure 14
Loading Emergency Return Runway
Temperature 14

AFCS
104
P Takeoff Runway Available 101

AFCS Features
Parallel Offset 71 Takeoff Runway Required 101

Additional Additional
Passenger Weight 97 TAS Traffic
PFD Home Screen 267 Non-Threat Traffic 136
PFD Map 38 PA 136
Features

PFD Sensors 271 Proximity Advisory 136

Operation
Abnormal

PFD Settings 269 Telephone Communication 162

Position Reporting 168 Temperature Compensation 96
Annun/Alerts

P. POS Link 76 Terrain Displays

Annun/Alerts

R Terrain and Obstacle Alerts 134

Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitor- Text Messaging (SMS) 165
ing (RAIM) 106–107 Timer 7
Appendix

Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) Transponder Failure 190

Appendix

204 U
Reversionary Mode 185 Underspeed Protection 210
Route Entry 53 Unusual Attitudes 187
Index
Index

S User Airport 42
SafeTaxi 151 User-Defined Holding Pattern 74, 75

190-02954-01 Rev. A Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin Index-3
 Index

User Waypoints
Instruments
Instruments
Flight

Creating 42
Flight

Importing / Exporting 46
Information 41
Temporary 43
EISEAS

V
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) Flight Man-
agement
Audio and
CNS

Enabling Guidance for a Flight Plan

Management XPDR/Audio
Nav/Com/

69
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) 70
Vertical Speed (VS) Target 70
Flight Flight
Avoidance Management

Visual Approach 93
W
Warning Messages 211
Hazard Hazard

Waypoints
Avoidance

Abeam Crossing Waypoints 53

Weight and Balance
Display 97
AFCS

Wind Data 6
Wireless Transceiver 250
Features AFCS
Additional Additional
Features
Operation
Abnormal
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index

Index-4 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Perspective Touch+ by Garmin 190-02954-01 Rev. A
Garmin International, Inc. Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
1200 East 151st Street Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A. Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin AT, Inc. Garmin Corporation
2345 Turner Road SE No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A. Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support or view warranty information at flygarmin.com.

© 2022, 2023 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries 190-02954-01 Rev. A